Table of Contents
|
|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
Title of each class
|
Trading
Symbol(s)
|
Name of each exchange
on which registered
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
Auditor Name:
|
Auditor Location:
|
Auditor Firm ID:
|
| U.S. GAAP ☐ |
|
Other ☐ | ||||||
| by the International Accounting Standards Board | ☒ |
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
In this Annual Report on Form 20-F (“Annual Report”):
| · |
References to “Theratechnologies”, the “Company”, the “Corporation”, “we”, “our” and “us” or similar terms refer to Theratechnologies Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise. |
| · |
EGRIFTA SV ® (tesamorelin for injection) refers to tesamorelin indicated for the reduction of excess abdominal fat in HIV-infected adult patients with lipodystrophy. EGRIFTA SV ® is our registered trademark in the United States and this mark is used in the United States to commercialize tesamorelin for the reduction of excess abdominal fat in HIV-infected adult patients with lipodystrophy. |
| · |
Trogarzo ® (ibalizumab-uiyk) refers to a recombinant humanized monoclonal antibody. Trogarzo ® , in combination with other antiretroviral(s) (“ARV”), is indicated for the treatment of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (“HIV-1”) infection in heavily treatment-experienced adults with multidrug-resistant (“MDR”) HIV-1 infection failing their current ARV regimen. Trogarzo ® is a registered trademark of TaiMed Biologics, Inc. (“TaiMed”) and is under exclusive licence to us for use in the United States and Canada. |
| · |
THERA Patient Support ® is our registered trademark in the United States and it refers to our patients and physicians service desk providing support to these people in connection with our commercialized products. |
| · |
SORT1+ Technology is our trademark and refers to our licensed platform to develop peptide-drug conjugates (“PDC”). |
| · |
Donidalorsen is an investigational RNA-targeted Ligand-Conjugated Antisense (“LICA”) medicine designed to target prekallikrein (“PKK”), which plays an important role in activating inflammatory mediators associated with acute attacks of hereditary angioedema (“HAE”). By reducing the production of PKK, donidalorsen could be an effective prophylactic approach to preventing HAE attacks. Donidalorsen is a product of Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Ionis”) and is under exclusive licence to us for commercialization in Canada, if and when approved by Health Canada. |
| · |
Olezarsen is an RNA-targeted medicine designed to lower the body’s production of apoC-III, a protein produced in the liver that regulates triglyceride (“TG”) metabolism in the blood. It is being evaluated for treatment of both familial chylomicronemia syndrome (“FCS”) and severe hypertriglyceridemia (“sHTG”). Olezarsen is a product of Ionis and is under exclusive licence to us for commercialization in Canada, if and when approved by Health Canada. |
| · |
Except as otherwise indicated, the financial information contained in this Annual Report and in our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). |
| · |
The Company’s functional and presentation currency is the United States dollar. Except as otherwise indicated, all monetary amounts set forth in this Annual Report are expressed in the United States dollar. |
| · |
References to “$” and “US$” are to U.S. dollars and references to “CA$” or “CAD” are to Canadian dollars. |
4
Table of Contents
| · |
Any references in this Annual Report to the number of common shares (“Common Shares”) (including earnings per share), Marathon Warrants (as defined in Note 19c of the Audited Financial Statements), share options, and the exercise price of the Marathon Warrants, share options and other equity-linked securities issued by the Corporation have been retrospectively adjusted and restated to reflect the effect of the 1:4 reverse stock split effective July 31, 2023 (the “Consolidation”), on a retrospective basis. See Note 1 to the Audited Financial Statements. |
| · |
All information is provided as of November 30, 2024, except where otherwise stated. |
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report and the documents contained herein by reference contain forward-looking statements and forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable securities laws that are based on our management’s belief and assumptions and on information currently available to our management (collectively, “Forward-Looking Statements”). In some cases, you can identify Forward-Looking Statements by terms such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “could”, “would”, “expect”, “plan”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “project”, “predict”, “intend”, “potential”, “continue” and similar expressions intended to identify Forward-Looking Statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these Forward-Looking Statements are reasonable, these statements relate to future events or our future performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these Forward-Looking Statements. Forward-Looking Statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:
| ● |
our expectations regarding the commercialization of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® , despite new market entrants; |
| ● |
our ability and capacity to grow the sales of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® successfully in the United States; |
| ● |
our capacity to meet supply and demand for our products; |
| ● |
our ability to resume the full distribution of EGRIFTA SV ® ; |
| ● |
the approval of the prior approval supplement by the FDA (as defined below) by the PDUFA (as defined below) goal date of April 18, 2025; |
| ● |
our ability to continue generating a positive Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below); |
| ● |
the market acceptance of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States; |
| ● |
the continuation of our collaborations and other significant agreements with our existing commercial partners and third-party suppliers and our ability to establish and maintain additional collaboration agreements; |
| ● |
our success in continuing to seek and in maintaining reimbursement for EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® by third-party payors in the United States; |
| ● |
the pricing and reimbursement conditions of other competing drugs or therapies that are or may become available; |
| ● |
our ability to protect and maintain our intellectual property rights in tesamorelin and our other peptide-drug conjugates; |
| ● |
our ability to successfully commercialize the F8 Formulation (as defined below) in the United States, if and when approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”); |
5
Table of Contents
| ● |
our ability to successfully address the questions raised by the FDA in its complete response letter (“CRL”) regarding the F8 formulation of tesamorelin (“F8 Formulation”); |
| ● |
the approval of the F8 Formulation by the FDA; |
| ● |
our ability to successfully complete the human factors validation study (“HFS”) results for EGRIFTA SV ® and to resubmit a Changes Being Effected (“CBE”) supplement with the FDA for EGRIFTA SV ® on or before September 15, 2025, or any other prescribed deadline we may be able to negotiate with the FDA; |
| ● |
our capacity to meet the undertakings, covenants and obligations contained in the Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD”) credit agreement dated November 27, 2024 (“TD Credit Agreement”) and the Investissement Québec (“IQ”) credit agreement dated November 27, 2024 (“IQ Credit Agreement”) (collectively “Loan Agreements”) and not be in default thereof; |
| ● |
our capacity to find a partner to pursue the development of sudocetaxel zendusortide; |
| ● |
our capacity to acquire, in-license, or copromote new drug products; |
| ● |
our success in obtaining Health Canada approval and reimbursement for the two new drug submissions of donidalorsen and olezarsen, if and when filed, and our ability to bring these products to market; |
| ● |
our expectations regarding our financial performance, including revenues, expenses, gross margins, profitability, liquidity, capital expenditures and income taxes; |
| ● |
our estimates regarding our capital requirements; and |
| ● |
our ability to meet the timelines set forth herein. |
Such statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed in or implied by the Forward-Looking Statements. Certain assumptions made in preparing the Forward-Looking Statements include that:
| · |
sales of EGRIFTA SV ® will not be adversely impacted as a result of the drug shortage that occurred in the first quarter of 2025 and will ramp up in 2025; |
| · |
sales of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States will increase over time; |
| · |
our expenses will remain under control; |
| · |
our commercial practices in the United States will not be found to be in violation of applicable laws; |
| · |
the long-term use of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® will not change their respective current safety profile; |
| · |
no recall or market withdrawal of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® will occur; |
| · |
no laws, regulation, order, decree or judgment will be passed or issued by a governmental body negatively affecting the marketing, promotion or sale of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States or donidalorsen and olezarsen in Canada; |
| · |
pharmaceutical products imported from Canada into the United States will not be impacted by the potential imposition of tariffs by the U.S. government; |
| · |
continuous supply of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® will be available to meet market demand on a timely basis; |
6
Table of Contents
| · |
our relations with third-party suppliers of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® will be conflict-free; |
| · |
the level of product returns and the value of chargebacks and rebates will not exceed our estimates in relation thereto; |
| · |
no biosimilar version of tesamorelin will be approved by the FDA; |
| · |
we will meet our financial guidance if and when issued; |
| · |
we will control expenses as planned and no unforeseen events will occur which would have the effect of increasing our expenses in 2025; |
| · |
the FDA will review and approve, or will have no comment on, the Prior Approval Supplement (“PAS”) filed on December 18, 2024 describing the changes made to the manufacturing environment of the facility where EGRIFTA SV ® is produced and, to the extent the FDA has questions, we will be able to answer those to the satisfaction of the FDA resulting in an approval of the PAS; |
| · |
we will be able to obtain from the FDA a discretionary order to release new batches of EGRIFTA SV ® if the FDA does not approve the PAS; |
| · |
our third-party manufacturer’s site producing EGRIFTA SV ® will receive a better site classification than “Official Action Indicated” from the FDA following any new FDA inspection; |
| · |
we will be able to out-license the rights to sudocetaxel zendusortide; |
| · |
the FDA will approve the F8 Formulation; |
| · |
no vaccine or cure will be found for the prevention or eradication of HIV, HAE, FCS or sHTG; |
| · |
the HFS for EGRIFTA SV ® will be successfully completed and we will resubmit a CBE supplement with the FDA for EGRIFTA SV ® by September 15, 2025, unless an extension to file is obtained; |
| · |
the FDA will approve the CBE supplement for EGRIFTA SV ® ; |
| · |
we will have all of the information required to file new drug submissions for each of donidalorsen and olezarsen with Health Canada in 2025; |
| · |
the donidalorsen and olezarsen compounds, when filed with Health Canada, will be approved; |
| · |
if and when approved, donidalorsen and olezarsen will be reimbursed in Canada and will be accepted by the Canadian marketplace as treatment for which they will be indicated; |
| · |
sales of donidalorsen and olezarsen will contribute to the top and bottom-line growth of the Company; |
| · |
we will not default under the terms and conditions of the TD Credit Agreement; |
| · |
we will not default under the terms and conditions of the IQ Credit Agreement; |
| · |
the Corporation will continue as a going concern; |
| · |
the data obtained from our market research on the potential market for EGRIFTA SV ® and on the potential market for Trogarzo ® in the United States are accurate; |
| · |
the data obtained from our market research on the potential market for donidalorsen and olezarsen in Canada are accurate; |
| · |
the timelines set forth herein will not be materially adversely impacted by unforeseen events that could arise subsequent to the date of this Annual Report; |
| · |
our business plan will not be substantially modified; and |
7
Table of Contents
| · |
no international event, such as a pandemic or worldwide war, will occur and adversely affect global trade. |
Forward-Looking Statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. Given these risks and uncertainties, the Forward-Looking Statements and circumstances discussed in this Annual Report may not occur, and you should not place undue reliance on these Forward-Looking Statements. We discuss many of our risks in greater detail under “Item 3D – Risk Factors” (below) but additional risks and uncertainties, including those that we do not know about or that we currently believe are immaterial, may also adversely affect the Forward-Looking Statements, our business, financial condition and prospects. Also, these Forward-Looking Statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this Annual Report. We undertake no obligation and do not intend to update or revise these Forward-Looking Statements, unless required by law. We qualify all of the information presented in this Annual Report, and particularly our Forward-Looking Statements, with these cautionary statements.
STATUS AS AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 3(a) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”) by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”), and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We will continue to qualify as an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of: (a) the last day of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of $1,235,000,000 (as such amount is indexed for inflation every 5 years by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”)) or more; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”); (c) the date on which we have, during the previous 3-year period, issued more than $1,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer”, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. We expect to continue to be an emerging growth company for the immediate future.
Generally, a registrant that registers any class of its securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act is required to include in the second and all subsequent annual reports filed by it under the Exchange Act a management report on internal control over financial reporting and, subject to an exemption available to registrants that are neither an “accelerated filer” or a “large accelerated filer” (as those terms are defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2), an auditor attestation report on management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting. However, for so long as we continue to qualify as an emerging growth company, we will be exempt from the requirement to include an auditor attestation report on management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting in its annual reports filed under the Exchange Act, even if we were to qualify as an “accelerated filer” or a “large accelerated filer”.
FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER FILINGS
We are considered a “foreign private issuer” pursuant to Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act. In our capacity as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that impose certain disclosure obligations and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our shares. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as United States companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information. For as long as we are a “foreign private issuer” we intend to file our annual financial statements on Form 20-F and furnish our quarterly financial statements on Form 6-K to the SEC for so long as we are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. However, the information we file or furnish may not be the same as the information that is required in annual and quarterly reports on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q for United States domestic issuers. Accordingly, there may be less information publicly available concerning us than there is for a company that files as a domestic issuer.
8
Table of Contents
We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We are required to determine our status as a foreign private issuer on an annual basis at the end of our second fiscal quarter. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by United States residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (1) the majority of our executive officers or directors are United States citizens or residents; (2) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States; or (3) our business is administered principally in the United States. If we lose our “foreign private issuer status” we would be required to comply with Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to United States domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirement for foreign private issuers.
NON-IFRS AND NON-U.S. GAAP MEASURE
The information presented in this Annual Report includes a measure that is not determined in accordance with IFRS or U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), being the term “Adjusted EBITDA”. “Adjusted EBITDA” is used by the Corporation as an indicator of financial performance and is obtained by adding to net profit or loss, finance income and costs, depreciation and amortization, impairment loss on intangible assets (new adjustment in fiscal 2024), income taxes, share-based compensation from stock options, certain restructuring costs and certain write-downs (or related reversals) of inventories. “Adjusted EBITDA” excludes the effects of items that primarily reflect the impact of long-term investment and financing decisions rather than the results of day-to-day operations. The Corporation believes that this measure can be a useful indicator of its operational performance from one period to another. The Corporation uses this non-IFRS measure to make financial, strategic and operating decisions. “Adjusted EBITDA” is not a standardized financial measure under the financial reporting framework used to prepare the financial statements of the Corporation to which the measure relates and might not be comparable to similar financial measures disclosed by other issuers. A quantitative reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA is presented under “Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA” of this Annual Report.
The calculation of the “Adjusted EBITDA” in this Annual Report is different from the calculation of the Adjusted EBITDA under the TD Credit Agreement (the “TD Adjusted EBITDA”) and IQ Credit Agreement (the “IQ Adjusted EBITDA”) for the purpose of complying with the covenants therein. The TD Adjusted EBITDA and the IQ Adjusted EBITDA are sometimes collectively referred to in this Annual Report as the “Loan Agreement Adjusted EBITDA”.
PART I
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
| A. |
Directors and senior management. |
Not applicable
| B. |
Advisers. |
Not applicable
| C. |
Auditors. |
Not applicable
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
| A. |
Offer Statistics |
Not applicable
| B. |
Method and Expected Timetable |
Not applicable
9
Table of Contents
Item 3. Key Information
| A. |
(Reserved) |
| B. |
Capitalization and indebtedness |
Not applicable
| C. |
Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds |
Not applicable
| D. |
Risks factors |
Before you invest in our securities, you should understand the high degree of risk involved and consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below. The following risks may adversely impact our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. Additional risks and uncertainties, including those that we do not know about or that we currently believe are immaterial, may also develop as our operations evolve and, therefore, may adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results or prospects. As a result, the trading price of our securities, including our common shares, could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.
This Annual Report also contains Forward-Looking Statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these Forward-Looking Statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks described below.
Risks Related to the Corporation’s Cash Position and Long Term Debt
The Corporation’s report of independent registered public accounting firm (“Auditors Report”) to shareholders and the Board of Directors of the Corporation, as well as note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements of the Corporation for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024 contains a going concern note about the Corporation’s ability to continue as a going concern and its capacity to honor its obligations as they fall due during a period of at least, but not limited to, 12 months from November 30, 2024.
The Corporation’s Auditors Report to the shareholders and Board of Directors, as well as note 1 to the audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Corporation for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, contains a going concern note about the Corporation’s ability to continue as a going concern. The going concern note casts substantial doubt about the capacity of the Corporation to honor its obligations as they fall due during a period of at least 12 months from November 30, 2024.
For the year ended November 30, 2024, the Corporation incurred a net loss of $8,306,000 (2023-$23,957,000; 2022-$47,237,000) and had positive cash flows from operating activities of $2,379,000 (2023- negative $5,678,000; 2022 negative $14,692,000). As at November 30, 2024, cash amounted to $5,899,000 and bonds and money market funds amounted to $3,937,000 and the accumulated deficit is $416,887,000. The Corporation’s ability to continue as a going concern requires the Corporation to continue to achieve positive cash flows through revenues generation and managing expenses, and meet the covenants of the TD Credit Agreement and the IQ Credit Agreement at all times, which require testing on a quarterly basis.
On January 9, 2025, the Corporation announced a temporary supply disruption for EGRIFTA SV ® caused by an unexpected voluntary shutdown of the Corporation’s contract manufacturer’s facility in the third quarter of 2024 following an inspection by the FDA. The manufacturer resumed the manufacturing of EGRIFTA SV ® in November 2024. In order to resume distribution of EGRIFTA SV ® , the Corporation was required to file a PAS with the FDA describing the changes made by its manufacturer. The Corporation filed the PAS on December 18, 2024. A PAS is usually reviewed by the FDA within four months of receipt.
10
Table of Contents
On February 13, 2025, the FDA, via its drug shortage staff, indicated that it would allow the Corporation to sell and distribute newly manufactured batches of EGRIFTA SV ® even though the product was manufactured without an approved PAS, thereby allowing the Corporation to sell two manufactured batches of EGRIFTA SV ® , representing up to six months of supply. Distribution of the product was resumed on February 13, 2025.
In its communication of February 13, 2025, the FDA indicated that if the Company plans to submit a new or updated proposal to continue mitigating this shortage beyond these two batches, the Company should submit the shortage mitigation proposal to the drug shortage staff so that the FDA can evaluate the proposal. The Company’s contract manufacturer has already manufactured one additional batch of EGRIFTA SV ® , and two additional batches are planned before the end of the third quarter of 2025.
Should management’s plans not materialize, the Corporation may be in default under the TD Credit Agreement and the IQ Credit Agreement, be forced to reduce or delay expenditures and capital additions or sell or liquidate its assets. Portions of management’s plans are outside of their control such as the timing of full resumption of product distribution which requires FDA approval. Therefore, there are events or conditions that create material uncertainty and cast substantial doubt about the Corporation’s ability to continue as a going concern.
A breach of a financial covenant under the TD Credit Agreement or the IQ Credit Agreement would entitle the lenders to demand immediate repayment of the Corporation’s debt. As at November 30, 2024, the Corporation’s cash, bonds and money market funds amounted to $9.8 million whereas the principal of the loans to be reimbursed amounted to $45 million. Therefore, if the lenders asked for immediate repayment, the Corporation could be unable to reimburse its debt unless it is able to find additional sources of financing by way of an equity offering. Absent such additional sources of financing, the Corporation could have to sell or liquidate its assets or resort to insolvency laws.
In the event there occurs an event of default under the TD Credit Agreement, the interest rate payable on the loaned amount increases by two hundred basis points and by five hundred basis points if there is a default under the IQ Credit Agreement. In either of these cases TD and IQ, respectively, have the right to declare all amounts outstanding under their respective loans immediately due and payable. If TD or IQ was to declare all loaned amounts due and payable under the TD Credit Agreement or IQ Credit Agreement, as the case may be, the Corporation would not currently be able to repay such amount unless it secures additional financings. Therefore, the Corporation would have to issue additional equity or secure access to alternative funding enabling it to repay in full the loaned amounts under the TD Credit Agreement or the IQ Credit Agreement. The issuance of additional equity would dilute current shareholders and such dilution could be substantial depending on the amount of money the Corporation would have to raise and the price at which such equity offering would be made. In the event the Corporation is unable to implement measures allowing it to secure the repayment of its debt, the Corporation could also have to sell or liquidate its assets or resort to insolvency laws. A recourse to any of these alternatives would have a material adverse effect on the Corporation and its shareholders.
The Loan Agreements contain various covenants, undertakings and obligations, any breach of which could trigger an event of default under the Loan Agreements, resulting in the interest rate payable on any outstanding loaned amount under the TD Credit Agreement to be increased by 200 basis points and 500 basis points under the IQ Credit Agreement and would allow TD and IQ to declare such principal amount and interest on their respective loans immediately due and payable.
An event of default under a Loan Agreement resulting in TD or IQ declaring all principal amount and interest thereon immediately due and payable would require the Corporation to seek and find alternative sources of financing if liquidities readily available to the Corporation were below the amount of the debt to be repaid. As at November 30, 2024, the Corporation had approximatively $9.8 million in cash, bonds and money market funds while the principal of the debt amounted to $45 million. Alternative sources of financing could include the issuance of equity, subject to then prevailing market conditions. The issuance of equity security would dilute shareholders and such dilution could be substantial depending on the price at which the equity offering would be made and the amount to be raised. If the Corporation was unable to secure additional financing to repay any of its outstanding loaned amount, it could have to sell or liquidate its assets. TD and IQ would also have the option to foreclose on all of the assets of the Corporation pursuant to the liens registered against all of the assets of the Corporation. The Corporation could also have to resort to insolvency laws. Any of these alternatives would have a material adverse effect on the Corporation and its shareholders.
11
Table of Contents
We did not generate a profit from our operations in the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024. There can be no guarantee that we will ever achieve profitability.
We have a history of net losses, including a net loss of $8.3 million for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024. In the future, our profitability will mainly depend on our capacity to successfully maintain the commercialization of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States through a low-cost and effective distribution network, compliance with applicable laws, the recruitment and retention of talented personnel, the deployment of effective marketing campaigns and through continued reimbursement coverage for EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® under U.S. Medicare and Medicaid programs and under private-health insurers programs in the United States.
In addition, our profitability will depend on our capacity to obtain Health Canada approval and reimbursement for olezarsen and donidalorsen in Canada. The costs to launch these products is driving negative profitability until their launch on the Canadian market and there is no guarantee that we will be successful in obtaining approval from Health Canada and reimbursement for olezarsen or donidalorsen in Canada.
Our long-term profitability will also depend on our ability and capacity to acquire or in-license additional commercialized drug products immediately accretive to our business, and to control our operating expenses.
There is no guarantee that we will continue succeeding in growing sales of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States or acquiring or in-licensing additional commercialized drug products. The acquisition or in-licensing of additional commercialized drug products will depend on our ability to identify such products, our capacity to enter into agreements on terms satisfactory to us and to obtain all approvals, if any are required. If revenues grow more slowly than we anticipate or if our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected, and we may never obtain or sustain profitability.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash from our operating activities to service our debt obligations.
Future financial and operating performance remain subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to generate a level of positive cash flows from operating activities sufficient to pay the principal and interest on the loans provided by TD and IQ.
For the three months ended November 30, 2024, and for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, the Corporation had positive operating cash flows of $227,000 and $2.4 million, respectively. If the cash flow we generate and our capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay expenditures and capital additions, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our debt. These measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such cash flows and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and we could have to resort to insolvency laws to seek protection from our creditors.
Interest rate fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on our capacity to reimburse the loaned amounts under the TD Credit Agreement and IQ Credit Agreement and on our capacity to execute on our business plan.
The interest rate stipulated in the TD Credit Agreement is based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), plus a premium (“TD Premium”), currently established at 2.75%. The TD Premium can increase by up to 150 basis points (1.5%) or decrease by 50 basis points (0.5%) depending on our ratio of total debt to TD Adjusted EBITDA. The interest rate stipulated in the IQ Credit Agreement is based on US Treasury rates, which is fixed at 4.22% for the term of the loan, plus a risk premium (“IQ Premium”) of 7.23%. The current interest rate paid on the IQ loan is 11.45%. This rate may be decreased or increased by 50 basis points (0.5%), depending on our ratio of total debt to IQ Adjusted EBITDA.
12
Table of Contents
SOFR is a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities. SOFR has a limited history, and the future performance of SOFR cannot be predicted based on its limited historical performance. The level of SOFR may bear little or no relation to historical, actual or indicative data. Prior observed patterns, if any, in the behavior of market variables and their relation to SOFR, such as correlations, may change in the future. While some pre-publication historical data have been released by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, such analysis inherently involves assumptions, estimates and approximations, and hypothetical or historical performance data are not indicative of, and have no bearing on, the potential performance of SOFR. The future performance of SOFR is therefore impossible to predict, and no future performance of SOFR may be inferred from any of the historical, actual or indicative data. Changes in the levels of SOFR will affect the interest rate we have to pay to TD under the TD Credit Agreement during the term of the loan and may adversely affect the amount of cash we will have to allocate to the repayment of the loan.
Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions, and other factors beyond our control. If SOFR increases as a result of events over which we have no control, this could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. If SOFR increases, our debt service obligations would increase even if the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net loss could increase and cash flows from operating activities, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, could correspondingly decrease.
The TD Credit Agreement and the IQ Credit Agreement each include operating and financial restrictions on the Corporation, any of which could prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities. In addition, our failure to comply with such restrictions could trigger an event of default which would increase by 200 basis points the interest payable on any loaned amounts under the TD Credit Agreement and 500 basis points under the IQ Credit Agreement, and would allow each of TD and IQ to declare the outstanding loaned amounts immediately due and payable in addition to providing each with the right to foreclose on all of the assets of the Corporation pursuant to the liens registered against all of the assets of the Corporation. If we are unable to cure an event of default or obtain a waiver from TD or IQ in relation to an event of default under their respective agreement, and if we do not have the financial capacity to repay any amount loaned becoming due and payable, we may have to cease our operations and to resort to insolvency laws.
The Loan Agreements impose significant operating and financial restrictions on the Corporation. These restrictions limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt or issue preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; (iii) make certain investments; (iv) incur additional liens; (v) subject to certain exceptions, enter into transactions related to the acquisition, disposition or in-licensing of assets; and (vi) merge or consolidate.
In addition, the Loan Agreements are subject to various financial covenants including maintaining at all times a total debt to Loan Agreement Adjusted EBITDA ratio, a senior debt to Loan Agreement Adjusted EBITDA ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio over the most recently ended four fiscal quarters. The Loan Agreements further impose reporting requirements on our business activities on a quarterly basis. These reporting requirements extend beyond those that we have to comply with under securities regulations and add a layer of complexity to our reporting obligations. As a result of the restrictions and obligations described above, we will be limited as to how we conduct our business and we may be unable to enter into transactions that may be accretive to our business to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities unless we are able to negotiate waivers or amendments to the Loan Agreements. Debt financing opportunities will also be limited in the event that we are unable to raise capital through the issuance of equity. There can be no assurances that we will be able to maintain compliance with these requirements and covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from TD and IQ, and/or amend the covenants contained in the Loan Agreements to remove those obligations.
Our failure to comply with the covenants described above as well as other terms of our indebtedness will result in an event of default under the Loan Agreements which, if not cured or waived, will result in an increase of 200 basis point on the interest payable on the outstanding loaned amount under the TD Credit Agreement and 500 basis points under the IQ Agreement. An event of default under the Loan Agreements would also allow TD and IQ to declare all loaned amounts immediately due and payable and entitle TD to execute on its first ranking security interest and IQ on its second ranking security interest on all of our assets and foreclose on our assets. In the event there occurs an event of default under any of the Loan Agreements and we are unable to cure such event of default or obtain a waiver from TD and/or IQ in relation thereto, and if we do not have the financial capacity to repay any amount loaned becoming due and payable, we may have to cease our operations and to resort to insolvency laws. Any of those circumstances will have a material adverse effect on shareholders as they will lose the entire value of their investment in the capital of the Corporation.
13
Table of Contents
Risks Related to the Commercialization of Our Products
Our commercial success and revenue growth currently depend on the commercialization of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States; unsatisfactory future sales levels of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States will have a material adverse effect on us.
Our ability to generate revenue and sustain growth is currently concentrated on the commercialization of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States. Our success in generating sales revenue from EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States will depend on our capacity: (a) to pursue the deployment of a commercialization strategy that will be accepted by patients, healthcare professionals and third-party payors; (b) to maintain reimbursement coverage for EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® by third-party payors; (c) to maintain the registration of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® on U.S. governmental forms as drugs available for purchase in the United States; (d) to ensure that adequate supplies of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® are available; (e) to maintain conflict-free relationships with our principal third-party suppliers of services, namely our manufacturers (TaiMed, Bachem Americas Inc. (“Bachem”), and Jubilant HollisterStier, General Partnership (“Jubilant”)), our third party logistics provider RXCrossroads 3PL LLC (“RXC 3PL”) and our distributor in the United States Mckesson Specialty Care Distribution, LLC (“McKesson”), as well as other specialized third parties; and (f) remain compliant with applicable laws.
Our success in commercializing our products in the United States will also depend on our capacity to retain qualified, motivated and talented sales representatives and other key individuals instrumental in the commercialization of our products and the capacity of our third-party suppliers to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to the conduct of their respective businesses.
There can be no assurance that sales of our products to customers in the United States will increase in the future or that we will generate sales at a profitable level. If sales of our products decrease, our revenue would be adversely affected which, in turn, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Because we expect to be dependent on revenues solely from EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® for the immediate future, any negative developments relating to these products, such as safety or efficacy issues, manufacturing issues, the introduction or greater acceptance of competing products, or adverse regulatory or legislative developments, or our inability to successfully manage any of the abovementioned factors, will have a material adverse effect on our business and our future business prospects and could also result in a default to meet the financial covenants in the Loan Agreements.
We may be subject to additional drug shortage issues with EGRIFTA SV ® for as long as Jubilant’s site is designated “Office Action Indicated” (“OAI”) under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, as amended, of the United States (“FFDCA”) and our PAS may not be approved and be subject to a complete response letter (“CRL”) as a result. The failure to obtain approval of our PAS would lead to additional drug shortage issues since the approval of the PAS is a condition precedent to the release of any new batch of EGRIFTA SV ® , unless Jubilant’s site designation is changed from OAI to a more favorable designation or unless discretionary orders are obtained from the FDA to be able to release additional batches of EGRIFTA SV ® .
We may be subject to additional drug shortage issues with EGRIFTA SV ® for as long as Jubilant’s site is designated OAI under the FFDCA because the PAS filed on December 18, 2024, may not be approved and be subject to a CRL as a result of Jubilant’s site having an OAI designation. PAS are generally reviewed and approved when filed in circumstances where a manufacturing site is not OAI designated and has a better rating than OAI.
14
Table of Contents
If our PAS is not approved by the FDA, we will not be able to release any additional batches of EGRIFTA SV ® until the PAS is approved, or until Jubilant’s site is subject to a re-inspection by the FDA and the FDA amends the site designation, or until discretionary orders are issued by the FDA authorizing the release of additional batches of EGRIFTA SV ® . There can be no assurance that any of the foregoing will occur.
If the PAS filed by the Corporation is not approved by the FDA and if the Corporation is unable to obtain discretionary release of additional batches of EGRIFTA SV ® following the two released batches in February 2025, the Corporation could face a drug shortage problem which would materially adversely affect the Corporation’s financial results, operations and reputation.
The Corporation estimates that it has inventory of EGRIFTA SV ® for up to six months, subject to underlying demand.
We do not have a long-term supply agreement with Jubilant to manufacture the finished form of EGRIFTA SV ® for commercial sale in the United States. As a result, we may run into supply issues because there exists no obligation for Jubilant to supply us with EGRIFTA SV ® .
We do not have a long-term supply agreement with Jubilant to manufacture the finished form of EGRIFTA SV ® for commercial sale in the United States. We currently order the finished form of EGRIFTA SV ® on a per batch basis. As a result, we may run into supply issues since the F8 Formulation has not been approved and there exists no obligation for Jubilant to supply us with EGRIFTA SV ® . In addition, following the recent temporary shutdown of the Jubilant manufacturing facility following an inspection by the FDA, there is no guarantee that Jubilant will not be subject to future FDA inspections or that any such inspection will not lead to quality related or good manufacturing practices (“GMP”) adverse findings which could result in delays in, or suspension of, Jubilant’s manufacturing operations, any of which would delay the production and the sale of EGRIFTA SV ® and which would materially adversely affect our revenues, business and operating results, all of which could result in a default to meet the financial covenants in the Loan Agreements.
McKesson is our only client in the United States in connection with the sale of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® . Any default or a dispute under our current agreement, or its termination, would materially adversely affect our revenues, business and operating results.
All of our commercial revenues are derived from the sale of our products to McKesson that acts as our exclusive distributor in the United States. As of May 2026, our agreement with McKesson is subject to automatic renewal in May of each year unless a party provides the other with a 90-day written notice of its intent not to renew the agreement. Either party is entitled to terminate the agreement for convenience at any time upon a 180-day prior written notice. Both parties also have termination rights in certain other circumstances such as a breach of the agreement. If our agreement with McKesson is terminated, or we are unable to agree on the terms of a new agreement and we are unable to find another distributor prior to its term, or if we are in default or engaged in a dispute with McKesson, our sales may be materially adversely impacted and our revenues could decrease substantially.
In addition, under the terms of our agreement with McKesson, we agreed to reimburse McKesson for chargebacks and other discounts that McKesson may offer to its clients. If McKesson’s clients omit to timely claim from McKesson any discount they are entitled to, or if they make a mistake in assessing the types of discounts they are entitled to claim and they claim those discounts later in a year, we will have to refund McKesson for such discounts to which McKesson’s clients are entitled to and this may materially adversely affect our level of revenues and operating results for the year.
We rely on third parties for the manufacture, distribution and commercialization of our products and such reliance may adversely affect our revenues, business and future business prospects if the third parties are unable or unwilling to fulfill their obligations.
We have a single third-party service provider for some of our core business activities pertaining to the commercialization of our products, namely their manufacturing and distribution. Any material issues such third-party service providers may encounter that relate to the provision of services to us would have a material adverse effect on our revenues, business and future business prospects since these third-party service providers may not be easily or rapidly replaced.
15
Table of Contents
We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of EGRIFTA SV ® and tesamorelin, nor do we have plans to develop our own manufacturing operations in the foreseeable future. We currently rely on Bachem and Jubilant to manufacture and supply all of our required raw materials, drug substance and drug product for sales of EGRIFTA SV ® . We will also rely on a single third-party supplier, Lyophilization Services of New England (“LSNE”) for the manufacture of the F8 Formulation, if and when approved. We have not qualified alternative manufacturers to date and no assurance can be given that such manufacturers will be qualified in the future or receive necessary regulatory approvals. There are a limited number of third-party suppliers that are compliant with current GMP, and that also have the necessary expertise and capacity to manufacture our drug substance and drug product. The replacement of a third-party manufacturer is time-consuming and costly due to the required validation of their capabilities. The validation process includes an assessment of the capacity of such third-party manufacturer to produce the quantities that we may request from time to time, the manufacturing process and its compliance with GMP regulations. In addition, the third-party manufacturer would have to familiarize itself with our technology. Validation of an additional third-party manufacturer takes at least twenty-four (24) months and could take as long as thirty-six (36) months or more. The delays associated with the validation of a third-party manufacturer could negatively affect our ability to commercialize our products in a timely manner and on budget. Given the long lead times to change manufacturers, existing manufacturers may utilize this as leverage in negotiations with us in a manner that is adverse to our business. TaiMed is our sole supplier of Trogarzo ® . TaiMed does not currently own or operate any manufacturing facilities for the production of Trogarzo ® and must rely on its suppliers, WuXi Apptec Biologics, Inc. (“WuXi”) and Samsung Biologics Laboratories in South Korea (“Samsung”). We are not in a contractual relationship with WuXi and Samsung for Trogarzo ® and, therefore, we may not be able to interact with any of them in the event they encounter issues which could adversely affect the supply of Trogarzo ® . In such circumstances, we will need to rely on TaiMed to address any of those issues. We have no control over the time and efforts that TaiMed will devote in finding solutions to supply issues if such were to occur, or any say on the solution itself. Any delay in addressing manufacturing issues or any solution to address a manufacturing problem that is not to our liking could have a material adverse effect on the supply and sale of Trogarzo ® and, accordingly, materially adversely affect our revenues.
We do not have state licensure in the United States to distribute EGRIFTA SV ® , Trogarzo ® or any other product we may acquire or in-license and we have not made any application to obtain the licenses required in order to distribute a drug product in the United States. Our supply chain model is based upon that fact and the distribution of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States is done through McKesson which currently holds all state licensure required to distribute a drug product in every American state. Although potential alternative third-party service providers have been identified to replace McKesson in the event that it becomes unable to distribute EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® , we have not entered into any agreements with them and no assurance can be given that such providers would enter into any agreement with us on terms satisfactory to us.
Finally, we may retain contract research organizations (“CROs”) to support us with the conduct of clinical trials from time to time. These CROs will be tasked with the recruitment of patients, negotiations of clinical study agreements with various clinics and the monitoring of those clinics in connection with our clinical trials. If these CROs default on their covenants or are found, for instance, to be in violation of applicable laws, our clinical trials could be delayed, and any timelines set forth in our public communications could be wrong. In addition, if these CROs are found to be in violation of applicable laws, any data generated in the course of our clinical trials could be questioned by regulatory agencies and this could lead to a rejection of any data submitted to those regulatory agencies at the time of submitting a supplemental Biologics License Application (“sBLA”) or New Drug Application (“ NDA”) seeking the approval of our products.
Our reliance on single third-party service providers for some of our core business activities exposes us to a number of risks. As illustrated by the recent drug shortage of EGRIFTA SV ® , we may be subject to delays in, or suspension of, the manufacturing of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® if a third-party manufacturer: (a) becomes unavailable to us, or to TaiMed, for any reason, including as a result of the failure to comply with GMP regulations; (b) experiences manufacturing problems or other operational failures, such as labour disputes, equipment failures or unplanned facility shutdowns required to comply with GMP, or damage from any event, including fire, flood, earthquake, business restructuring, labour disputes, epidemics including global health concerns, or insolvency; (c) fails to perform its contractual obligations under our agreement, such as failing to deliver the quantities requested on a timely basis or not meeting product specifications; (d) makes errors in manufacturing raw materials, components or products that could negatively affect the efficacy or safety of our products or cause delays in the shipment.
16
Table of Contents
We may also be subject to distribution disruption and interrupted sales of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States if: (a) McKesson or RXC 3PL becomes unavailable to us for any reason, including as a result of its failure to meet applicable laws; (b) McKesson or RXC 3PL experience warehousing problems or other operational failure, such as unplanned facility shutdown or damage from any event, including fire, flood, earthquake, epidemics including global health concerns, business restructuring or insolvency; or (c) McKesson or RXC 3PL fails to perform its contractual obligations under our agreement.
We do not have a long-term supply agreement for the supply of sterile water for injection (“SWFI”) which is provided to patients with other ancillary devices contained in the administration box in connection with EGRIFTA SV ® . As a result, we may run into supply issues because there exists no commitment to supply us with such product and we must order the SWFI on a case-by-case basis. If we are unable to purchase SWFI, we may have to change our offering to patients, and this could be perceived negatively and could adversely affect the sales, revenues, and operating results of the Corporation.
We do not have a long-term supply agreement with a supplier of SWFI. The Corporation provides SWFI to patients in the medication box along with other ancillary devices including alcohol swabs, syringes and needles in connection with EGRIFTA SV ® . As a result, we may run into supply issues because there exists no commitment to supply us with SWFI and we must order the SWFI on a case-by-case basis. If we are unable to purchase SWFI, we may have to change our offering to patients, and this could be perceived negatively and could adversely affect the sales, revenues, and operating results of the Corporation .
We do not currently have plans to enter into a long-term supply agreement for SWFI since the Corporation plans on replacing the formulation used for EGRIFTA SV ® with the F8 Formulation if and when approved. The Prescription Drug User Fee Act (“PDUFA”) goal date on the decision for the F8 Formulation has been set to March 25, 2025, and the F8 Formulation does not require the use of SWFI.
We do not have a long-term supply agreement for the supply of bacteriostatic water for injection (“BWFI”) which will be provided to patients in the administration box in connection with the F8 Formulation if and when approved. As a result, we may run into supply issues because there exists no commitment to supply us with such product and we will be required to order the BWFI on a case-by-case basis. If we are unable to purchase BWFI, we may have to change our offering to patients, and this could be perceived negatively and could adversely affect the sales, revenues, and operating results of the Corporation.
We do not have a long-term supply agreement with a supplier of BWFI. The Corporation will provide BWFI to patients in the medication box along with other ancillary devices including alcohol swabs, syringes and needles in connection with the F8 Formulation, if and when approved. As a result, we may run into supply issues because there exists no commitment to supply us with BWFI and we will be required to order the BWFI on a case-by-case basis. If and when the F8 Formulation is approved and we are unable to purchase BWFI, we may have to change our offering to patients, and this could be perceived negatively and could adversely affect the sales, revenues, and operating results of the Corporation.
Significant safety problems may arise with respect to EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® which could result in restrictions in EGRIFTA SV ® ’s or Trogarzo ® ’s label, product recall or withdrawal of any of our products from the market, any of which could materially adversely impact our business and our future business prospects.
17
Table of Contents
New safety issues may arise as EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® are used over longer periods of time by a wider group of patients, some of whom may be taking numerous other medicines, or may suffer from additional underlying health problems. Such safety issues could include an increase in the severity or frequency of known problems or the discovery of previously unknown problems and may result in a variety of adverse regulatory actions. Under U.S. laws, the FDA has broad authority over drug manufacturers to compel any number of actions if safety problems arise, including, but not limited to: (i) requiring manufacturers to conduct post-approval clinical studies to assess known risks or signals of serious risks, or to identify unexpected serious risks; (ii) mandating labeling changes to a product based on new safety information; or (iii) requiring manufacturers to implement a risk evaluation mitigation strategy where necessary to assure safe use of the drug. Similar laws and regulations exist in countries outside of the United States.
Previously unknown safety problems could also result in product recalls, or withdrawal of the products from the territory(ies) where they are approved for commercialization. If new safety issues are discovered, sales of EGRIFTA SV ® and/or Trogarzo ® may decrease and result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our levels of revenues are highly dependent on obtaining and maintaining patient reimbursement for EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® .
Market acceptance and sales of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® substantially depend on the availability of reimbursement from third-party payors such as governmental authorities, including U.S. Medicare and Medicaid, managed care providers, and private insurance plans and may be affected by healthcare reform measures in the United States. Third-party payors decide which medications they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and these third-party payors are attempting to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. Increasingly, third-party payors have been challenging the prices charged for products. Third-party payors may decrease the level of reimbursement of a product or cease such reimbursement and the occurrence of any of these events could materially adversely affect the sales of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® .
Sales of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® to patients benefitting from U.S. Government funded reimbursement programs represent a significant part of our sales. Denial of coverage for any of those products under any of the current programs would materially adversely affect our revenues and operating results.
If and when approved, sales of donidalorsen and olezarsen in Canada will also be highly dependent on the reimbursement of each of those drugs by the provinces. The failure to obtain reimbursement coverage in Canada could adversely affect their acceptance in the marketplace and the level of sales we expect to generate therefrom.
Even though EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® are approved for sale in the United States, revenue that we generate from their sales may be limited.
Sales of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® will continue to depend upon the acceptance of such products by the medical community, including physicians, patients and third-party payors. The degree of market acceptance of these products will depend on a number of factors, including: (a) demonstrated product safety, including the prevalence and severity of side effects, and effectiveness as a treatment that addresses a significant unmet medical need; (b) storage requirements, dosing regimen and ease of administration; (c) the availability of competitive alternatives; (d) our ability to obtain and maintain sufficient third-party coverage for reimbursement from government health care programs, including U.S. Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payors; (e) the willingness and ability of patients to pay out-of-pocket for medications; (f) the product price; and (g) the effectiveness of sales and marketing efforts.
If our products are not accepted by the marketplace, the revenue generated therefrom will be limited and our capacity to grow our revenue and become profitable will be hampered. Our failure to grow our revenue and to become profitable will adversely impact the value of the Corporation, including the market price of our shares. If we fail to achieve adequate sales, we may not generate sufficient revenue in order to become profitable and to service the repayment of our debt under the TD Credit Agreement and IQ Credit Agreement.
18
Table of Contents
We face competition and the development of new products by other companies could materially adversely affect our business and operating results.
The biopharmaceutical and pharmaceutical industries are highly competitive and we must compete with pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies, academic and research institutions as well as governmental agencies for the development and commercialization of products, most of which have substantially greater financial, technical and personnel resources than us. We believe there are currently few approved drug products competing directly with our approved products. However, with respect to Trogarzo ® , we face competition from Fostemsavir and Lenacapavir in the United States. In addition, we are aware of other agents, including dolutegravir and darunavir, that are either indicated or commonly used in combination in regimens to treat heavily-treatment experienced patients with MDR HIV-1. With respect to EGRIFTA SV ® , we face competition from companies selling human growth hormone, testosterone, insulin sensitizing agents, GLP-1 receptor agonists and sermorelin as those products may be prescribed by physicians. In addition, other approaches to reduce visceral adipose tissue in the abdominal area include coping mechanisms such as lifestyle modification (diet and exercise), switching ARTs or liposuction.
In connection with the potential approval by Health Canada of olezarsen and donidalorsen, we are aware of several investigational compounds currently in Phase 3 clinical trials. Plozasiran for the treatment of FCS has completed its Phase 3 clinical trial and has been submitted to the FDA. Pegozafermin and Plozasiran, each for the treatment of sHTG, are currently in Phase 3 clinical trials. In addition, NTLA-2002 and STAR-0215, for the prevention of HAE attacks, are each in Phase 3 clinical trials. Garadacimab, also for the treatment of HAE attacks, has completed its Phase 3 clinical trial and has been submitted to Health Canada.
The development of a vaccine against HIV or of any cure against HIV would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial conditions.
Although there exists no known vaccine and cure for HIV, we are aware that there are research and development activities carried out in order to eradicate this disease. We are also aware that a very low number of patients were cured from HIV. If a vaccine or a cure was found to prevent or cure HIV, sales of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® would be materially adversely impacted and our revenue growth would be hampered. The discovery of any vaccine or cure against HIV would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
There is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining Health Canada approval or reimbursement coverage for olezarsen or donidalorsen in Canada which would adversely affect the Company’s revenues, long-term growth and prospects.
Health Canada must grant market authorization in respect of drugs before they can be sold or promoted on the Canadian market. A new drug submission must contain sufficient information to allow for an assessment of the drug’s safety and efficacy, including administrative, manufacturing, preclinical, clinical and labelling information. The Company plans to submit olezarsen FCS indication for priority review and donidalorsen for standard review to Health Canada in 2025. Priority review is defined by a 180-day review while the standard review is defined by a 300-day review. If we are unable to obtain a priority review by Health Canada for olezarsen and if the submission is not accepted as submitted, this may result in additional costs for the Company and delay the execution of our business plan. Additionally, if we are unable to obtain approval by Health Canada for these products or if the Company is unable to successfully negotiate pricing and reimbursement coverage in Canada, this could have an adverse effect on the revenues of the Company and its long-term growth and prospects.
We do not currently have a supply agreement with Ionis for the supply of olezarsen and donidalorsen for sale in Canada. Pursuant to the Ionis License Agreement, the Company and Ionis agreed to negotiate a supply agreement within six months of the effective date of the Ionis License Agreement. If we are unable to agree to all of the terms of a supply agreement, this may result in unfavorable supply terms for the Company and may adversely affect the Company’s revenues.
19
Table of Contents
Risks Related to Research and Development Activities
The Corporation has filed a sBLA seeking the approval of the F8 Formulation. On January 24, 2024, the Corporation announced that the FDA had issued a CRL to the Corporation with questions largely related to chemistry, manufacturing and controls (“CMC”) concerning the microbiology, assays, impurities and stability for both the lyophilized product and the final reconstituted drug product. The FDA also requested additional information to understand the potential impact of the proposed formulation on immunogenicity risk. On November 26, 2024, the Corporation announced the resubmission of the sBLA to the FDA; however, there can be no assurance that the Corporation will be able to satisfactorily respond to the questions raised by the FDA in its CRL, nor that the FDA will approve the F8 Formulation. If the F8 Formulation is not approved and commercialized, our revenues and operating results could be adversely affected and the introduction of a biosimilar version of EGRIFTA SV ® in the United States market could be facilitated since EGRIFTA SV ® is not patent protected. The entry of a biosimilar version of EGRIFTA SV ® in the United States market could materially adversely affect the revenues and operating results of the Corporation.
The Corporation has conducted studies to assess the bioequivalence of the F8 Formulation against the original 1 mg/vial formulation of EGRIFTA ® . In September 2023, the Corporation filed a sBLA with the FDA seeking the approval of the F8 Formulation for commercial use and, in January 2024, the Corporation received a CRL from the FDA.
The Corporation addressed the questions raised by the FDA in its CRL and on November 26, 2024, announced the resubmission of the sBLA to the FDA. The FDA has issued a PDUFA goal date of March 25, 2025, to complete the review of the sBLA. There can be no assurance that the review of the sBLA by the FDA will be completed by March 25, 2025. Any delay by the FDA in approving the F8 Formulation could materially adversely affect the launch of the F8 Formulation and the expected increased revenue therefrom. The FDA also could determine that the answers provided by the Corporation are not to its satisfaction and issue another CRL.
If the FDA does not approve the F8 Formulation, the Corporation could have to conduct additional testing using the F8 Formulation which would delay the time by which the Corporation could commercialize the F8 Formulation and which would require the Corporation to incur additional expenses and potential inventory write-downs, all of which could adversely affect the Corporation’s revenues, operating results and its potential profitability.
Finally, the non-approval of the F8 Formulation would expose the Corporation to the entry of biosimilar versions of EGRIFTA SV ® given that the patent protection for this product expired in August 2023. Since the F8 Formulation is patent protected until 2033 in the United States, the commercialization of tesamorelin for the treatment of lipodystrophy using the F8 Formulation could protect the entry of biosimilar versions until the expiry of this patent in 2033. The entry of a biosimilar version of EGRIFTA SV ® could materially adversely affect the revenues and operating results of the Corporation .
On March 26, 2021, the Corporation submitted to the FDA a CBE supplement to the Instructions For Use (“IFU”) included in the EGRIFTA SV ® product labeling. The FDA responded to our CBE supplement with a CRL on March 15, 2022, asking us to carry out a HFS to ensure that patients reconstitute the product in the proper manner. The Corporation subsequently filed two requests for an extension to file the HFS results. The FDA granted each request, and the Corporation has until September 15, 2025, to file the HFS results. If the Corporation is unable to complete and file the HFS results by that date, or if it is unable to obtain from the FDA an additional extension of time to file the HFS results, the Corporation will be in default under applicable laws. Even if the Corporation files the HFS results by the prescribed deadline set by the FDA, the FDA may not approve the HFS results and may issue an additional CRL. A default by the Corporation to comply with applicable laws could result in sanctions such as the imposition of fines or penalties, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s operating results as well as its reputation. Moreover, the failure to submit the HFS results within the timelines prescribed by the FDA, or the issuance of a CRL based on the rejection by the FDA of the HFS results, could ultimately result in the FDA prohibiting the sale of EGRIFTA SV ® in the United States due to the difficulty by patients to administer the right dose of EGRIFTA SV ® . If we were unable to commercialize EGRIFTA SV ® in the United States, absent the commercialization of the F8 Formulation, our revenues and operating results would be materially affected and would result in a default under the Loan Agreements.
20
Table of Contents
Per the FDA request, the Corporation is required to complete a HFS for EGRIFTA SV ® by September 15, 2025. To date, the Corporation has completed the first part of the study, the formative study. The validation study remains to be conducted and the results thereof remain to be filed and accepted by the FDA. The Corporation has not initiated work on the second part of the study and does not intend to initiate such work until the FDA has completed its review of the sBLA seeking the approval of the F8 Formulation. If the F8 Formulation is approved by the PDUFA goal date of March 25, 2025, the Corporation expects to withdraw the CBE and be relieved from the obligation to complete the HFS for EGRIFTA SV ® given that the F8 Formulation is intended to replace the current formulation of EGRIFTA SV ® before the deadline to file the results of the HFS for EGRIFTA SV ® . If the F8 Formulation is not approved by the FDA, or if the review by the FDA of the sBLA filed for the F8 Formulation is delayed beyond March 25, 2025, or if the Corporation is unable to complete and resubmit the results of the HFS of EGRIFTA SV ® by September 15, 2025, or if the Corporation does not obtain from the FDA an additional extension of time to complete and file the results of such HFS before any prescribed deadline, the Corporation would be in violation of applicable laws which could result in sanctions such as the imposition of fines or penalties. If the results of the HFS are filed in due time but the FDA does not approve the HFS results, the FDA could issue an additional CRL. The failure to complete and submit the HFS results within prescribed timelines, or the issuance of a CRL based on the rejection by the FDA of the HFS results, could ultimately result in the prohibition to sell EGRIFTA SV ® in the United States due to the difficulty by patients to administer the right dose of EGRIFTA SV ® . Any order issued by the FDA prohibiting the sale of EGRIFTA SV ® in the United States would have a material adverse effect on the revenues and results of operations of the Corporation and, absent any material additional revenue-generating products commercialized by the Corporation, would result in a breach of the Loan Agreements. Any breach of the Loan Agreements under such circumstances would potentially lead to TD and IQ foreclosing on all of the assets of the Corporation or the Corporation resorting to insolvency laws. The conduct of the second part of the study, the validation study, is expected to be costly, the result of which will be to adversely impact the operating expenses of the Corporation and its potential capacity to grow its Adjusted EBITDA as well as becoming profitable. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Corporation will be able to complete the HFS within any timelines prescribed by the FDA since the enrollment of patients in the first part of the HFS proved to be difficult and longer than expected. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the FDA would grant any additional extension of time to the Corporation to complete and file the results of the HFS for EGRIFTA SV ® . If the Corporation in unable to complete the HFS, the Corporation could be in violation of applicable laws and, in addition to the measures described above, the FDA could also impose additional requirements on the Corporation in order to continue its commercialization of EGRIFTA SV ® in the United States (to the extent EGRIFTA SV ® is not withdrawn from the market). These additional measures could result in additional expenses to the Corporation and could potentially adversely affect its operating results and its capacity to generate a positive Adjusted EBITDA.
The development of sudocetaxel zendusortide for the potential treatment of various types of sortilin-expressing cancers is still uncertain given that the Corporation has decided that all future research and development activities in oncology will be made through partnership deals. There can be no assurance that the further development of sudocetaxel zendusortide will be pursued if the Corporation is unable to find a partner or if the terms and conditions of any agreement with a partner are not satisfactory to the Corporation. As a result, the Corporation may have to cancel the development of sudocetaxel zendusortide and the development of its SORT1+ TechnologyTM platform. The cancellation of the research and development program in oncology could also have a material adverse effect on the price of our Common Share.
In January 2023, we announced that the research and development activities of sudocetaxel zendusortide would be stage-gated and dependent on the analysis of data generated by those activities. In March 2024, the Corporation announced that it would phase down its preclinical oncology research activities, while continuing its ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial of sudocetaxel zendusortide in patients with advanced ovarian cancer. In July 2024, the Corporation reported that it was reaching out to pharmaceutical companies to out-license the rights to sudocetaxel zendusortide and to its oncology platform. On December 9, 2024, the Corporation announced preliminary tolerability and efficacy data from the conduct of its Phase 1b dose ranging trial of sudocetaxel zendusortide in patients with advanced ovarian cancer.
21
Table of Contents
On November 21, 2024, the Corporation submitted a new amendment to the protocol to propose two additional study arms in Part 3 of the Phase 1 clinical trial (3.33 and 3.90 mg/kg/wk given days 1, 8 and 15 of a 28-day cycle) to further assess the safety and efficacy of sudocetaxel zendusortide. On January 31, 2025, the FDA agreed with the proposed amendments to the protocol and with the Corporation continuing enrolling patients as part of the Phase 1 clinical trial to pursue the assessment of the safety and efficacy of sudocetaxel zendusortide at a higher dose.
There can be no assurance that the Corporation will continue the development of sudocetaxel zendusortide or its oncology platform unless it can partner its development. Additionally, there can be no assurance that a partner will be found or that a partnership agreement will be entered into on terms satisfactory to the Corporation. If a partner is not found, the Corporation may halt or cancel this program. The halt or the cancellation of the development of sudocetaxel zendusortide as well as any other research and development activities in oncology will materially adversely affect its pipeline of drug candidates, all of which could materially adversely affect the Corporation’s long-term growth and prospects. The cancellation of the research and development program in oncology could also have a material adverse effect on the price of our Common Share.
The conduct of research and development activities is costly, risky and results obtained therefrom may not be those anticipated. Therefore, there can be no assurance that any research and development plan on a product candidate, a new formulation or a new method or route of administration will result in an approved drug, new formulation or new method or route of administration.
The development of new therapies is highly costly, risky and the results obtained therefrom may not yield any of the anticipated benefits. The development of a product candidate into a new drug requires capital or access thereto, as well as the conduct of many tests on animals and humans, all of which must comply with stringent regulation and require substantial investments. There can be no assurance that any research and development program designed to develop a new drug, a new formulation, a new method or route of administration or provide a new treatment, such as the conduct of our Phase 1 clinical trial using sudocetaxel zendusortide for the potential treatment of ovarian cancer, the development of PDCs resulting from our SORT1+ Technology TM platform, will end up generating positive results leading to an approved drug, label expansion, new formulation, or a new method or route of administration by a regulatory authority. The failure to pursue the development of new drugs, new formulations or new methods or routes of administration could hamper the long-term growth of our business and have long-term adverse effects on our potential revenues and operating results.
The conduct of clinical trials is subject to a variety of risks, many of which can be beyond the control of the Corporation forcing it to delay the initiation or conduct of clinical trials or forego same.
The beginning or completion of clinical trials may be delayed or prevented for several reasons, including, among others: (a) negative results from the Corporation’s clinical trial resulting in a failure to meet the endpoints of its clinical trial; (b) delays in reaching or failing to reach agreement on acceptable terms with clinical study sites, the terms of which can be subject to considerable negotiation and may vary significantly among different study sites; (c) any breach of the terms of any CRO agreement by us or by our third-party suppliers that have responsibility to assist us with the conduct of our clinical trials; (d) inadequate quantity or quality of the active pharmaceutical ingredient or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials; (e) challenges in recruiting and enrolling patients to participate in clinical trials, such as the proximity of patients to study sites, eligibility criteria to be included in a clinical trial, the nature of a clinical trial and the competition from other clinical study programs for the treatment of similar diseases as those the Corporation may seek to treat; (f) severe or unexpected adverse drug effects experienced by patients; (g) regulatory agencies requiring a sponsor to conduct additional clinical studies prior to approving a new drug application, a sBLA, or the equivalent thereof in other jurisdictions after review of Phase 3 clinical trial results; (h) regulatory agencies disagreement with a sponsor’s interpretation of data resulting from its Phase 3 clinical trials, or changes in requirements for approval even after they have approved the sponsor’s Phase 3 clinical trial design; and (i) difficulties in retaining patients who have enrolled in a sponsor’s Phase 3 clinical trial but who may be prone to withdraw due to rigours of the clinical trial, lack of efficacy, side effects, personal issues or loss of interest.
22
Table of Contents
In addition, clinical studies may also be delayed or terminated as a result of ambiguous or negative interim results. A sponsor may decide to suspend or terminate its clinical trial, or regulatory agencies could order a sponsor to do so for several reasons, including, among others, failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with the regulatory requirements of a sponsor’s study protocol and inspections of the clinical study operations or study sites by regulatory agencies that would reveal deficiencies or violations requiring a sponsor to undertake corrective actions (to the extent any are available).
If the Corporation incurs any delay in the conduct of its clinical trial or decides to suspend or terminate such trial, this could materially adversely affect the business prospects of the Corporation and its potential long-term growth derived from the potential sale of its drug candidates. Any delay or suspension of a clinical trial may also adversely impact the duration of the protection afforded by the issuance of patents covering the drug candidate subject to such clinical trial and lead to earlier entries of competitors in the market.
Regulatory Risks
The pharmaceutical industry is highly regulated and pharmaceutical companies are subject to various federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-kickback Statute and the federal False Claims Act.
Healthcare fraud and abuse regulations are complex, and even minor irregularities can potentially give rise to claims that a statute or prohibition has been violated. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include: (a) the federal healthcare program’s anti-kickback law, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs; (b) federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent; (c) the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, which created federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters; (d) the FFDCA and similar laws regulating advertisement and labeling; and (e) U.S. States’ law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.
In the United States, the federal anti-kickback law has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers or formulary managers on the other. Although there are several statutory exemptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution, the exemptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration intended to induce or reward prescribing, purchasing or recommending may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exemption or safe harbor. Most American states also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal anti-kickback law and federal false claims laws, which apply to items and services covered by Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor. Administrative, civil and criminal sanctions may be imposed under these federal and state laws. Further, the Health Care Reform Law, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the U.S. federal anti-kickback and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity can now be found guilty under the federal anti-kickback law without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Health Care Reform Law provides that the U.S. government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes. Possible sanctions for violation of these anti-kickback laws include monetary fines, civil and criminal penalties, exclusion from Medicare and Medicaid programs and forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of such prohibitions. Any violations of these laws, or any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.
23
Table of Contents
To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) scrutinizes interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing with investigations can be time and resource consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Additionally, if a healthcare provider settles an investigation with the DOJ or other law enforcement agencies, we may be forced to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. Over the past few years, a number of pharmaceutical and other healthcare companies have been prosecuted under these laws for a variety of promotional and marketing activities, such as: providing free trips or items and gifts of value to prescribers, “sham” consulting fees and grants and other monetary benefits to prescribers; reporting inflated average wholesale prices that were then used by federal programs to set reimbursement rates; engaging in off-label promotion; and submitting inflated best price information to the Medicaid Rebate Program to reduce liability for Medicaid rebates.
In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation on payments made to physicians for marketing. Some states, such as California, Massachusetts and Vermont, mandate implementation of commercial compliance programs, along with the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to certain healthcare professionals. The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with different compliance and/or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may run afoul of one or more of the requirements.
If our activities are found to be in violation of these laws or any other federal and state fraud and abuse laws, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment or restructuring of our activities with regard to the commercialization of our products in the United States, which could harm the commercial sales of our products and materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to mitigate all operational risks. In addition, we cannot guarantee that we, our employees, our consultants or our contractors are or will be in compliance with all potentially applicable U.S. federal and state regulations and/or laws. Because of the far-reaching nature of these laws, we may be required to alter or discontinue one or more of our business practices to be in compliance with these laws. If we fail to adequately mitigate our operational risks or if we or our agents fail to comply with any of those regulations, laws and/or requirements, a range of actions could result, including, but not limited to, restrictions on EGRIFTA SV ® , Trogarzo ® or their respective manufacturing processes, withdrawal of EGRIFTA SV ® or Trogarzo ® from the market, significant fines, exclusion from government healthcare programs or other sanctions or litigation. Such occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our product sales, business and results of operations.
The scope and enforcement of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform. U.S. federal or state regulatory authorities might challenge our current or future activities under these laws. Any such challenge could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. Any state or federal regulatory review of us or the third parties with whom we contract, regardless of the outcome, would be costly and time-consuming.
We may be subject to enforcement action if we engage in the off-label promotion of EGRIFTA SV ® or Trogarzo ® .
Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with the FFDCA, as well as with other applicable laws and regulations, including restraints and prohibitions on the promotion of off-label, or unapproved, use. Physicians may prescribe our products for off-label use without regard to these prohibitions, as the FFDCA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. However, if the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training of company employees or agents constitutes promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials, issue corrective action, or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including but not limited to the issuance of an untitled letter or warning letter, and a judicial action seeking injunction, product seizure and civil or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or non-U.S. enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement. Our reputation would also be damaged. Although our policy is to refrain from written or oral statements that could be considered off-label promotion of our products, the FDA could disagree and conclude that we have engaged in off-label promotion. In addition, the off-label use of our products may increase the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could divert our management’s attention, result in substantial damage awards against us and harm our reputation.
24
Table of Contents
We are not allowed to conduct promotional activities related to EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® outside the United States and we are not allowed to conduct promotional activities for donidalorsen and olezarsen in Canada as these are not approved for commercial sale in this territory. Promotional activities may begin once a drug is approved by the heath authority of a country.
The research, development, manufacture and marketing of pharmaceutical products are governed by various governmental authorities throughout the world to ensure the efficacy and safety of such products. If we fail to comply with the applicable requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or commercialization process, we may be subject to administrative or judicial sanctions.
Governmental authorities in the United States, Canada, and other countries, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, marketing, export and import of products, such as EGRIFTA SV ® , Trogarzo ® , donidalorsen, olezarsen and any other compound that we may develop or acquire. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. If we fail to comply with the applicable requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or commercialization process, we may be subject to administrative or judicial sanctions. Sanctions could include, but are not limited to, refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, warning letters or other enforcement letters, product recalls, import/export delays, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, and government reimbursement, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties. Any sanctions could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.
Risks Related to our Intellectual Property
Our patent protection related to the use of tesamorelin for the reduction of excess abdominal fat in HIV-infected adult patients with lipodystrophy expired in August 2023. Until we can commercialize tesamorelin using the F8 Formulation, the FDA-approved use of tesamorelin for the treatment of lipodystrophy is no longer patent protected and we could face direct competition from biosimilar versions of EGRIFTA SV ® . If we face competition from biosimilar products, our revenues are likely to be reduced thus adversely affecting our revenue growth and results of operations.
The use of tesamorelin for the reduction of excess abdominal fat in HIV-infected adult patients with lipodystrophy is no longer patent protected in the United States. Tesamorelin, the active ingredient of EGRIFTA SV ® , is no longer patent protected and the formulation of EGRIFTA SV ® is not patent protected. If, and when approved, the Corporation will rely on the use of the F8 Formulation to benefit from patent protection until 2033 in the United States in connection with the sale of tesamorelin for the reduction of excess abdominal fat in HIV-infected adult patients with lipodystrophy.
Although we are not aware that a company has filed any biosimilar version of tesamorelin with the FDA, nothing prevents a company from filing with the FDA a biosimilar version of tesamorelin using the same formulation as that of EGRIFTA SV ® and to seek the same indication as that of EGRIFTA SV ® .
25
Table of Contents
If such a filing was made and the FDA were to approve a biosimilar version of EGRIFTA SV ® , we would expect the price of that biosimilar to be lower than that of EGRIFTA SV ® and we could have to lower our price in order to be able to compete with such biosimilar. A lower price of EGRIFTA SV ® would reduce our revenue and would have an adverse effect on our operating results. Even if we were to introduce the F8 Formulation, such biosimilar version could still be a direct competitor to us, albeit with an older formulation of tesamorelin.
Our failure to protect our intellectual property may have a material adverse effect on our ability to develop and commercialize our products.
We will be able to protect our intellectual property rights from unauthorized use by third parties only to the extent that our intellectual property rights are covered and protected by valid and enforceable patents, trademarks and copyrights or are effectively maintained as trade secrets. We try to protect our intellectual property position by, among other things, filing patent applications and trademark applications related to our proprietary technologies, inventions, improvements and tradenames that are important to the development of our business.
Because the patent and trademark position of pharmaceutical companies involves complex legal and factual questions, the issuance, scope, validity, and enforceability of patents and trademarks cannot be predicted with certainty. Patents and trademarks, if issued, may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. For example, if our patents are invalidated or found to be unenforceable, we would lose the ability to exclude others from making, using or selling the inventions claimed. Moreover, an issued patent does not guarantee us the right to use the patented technology or commercialize a product using that technology. Third parties may have blocking patents that could be used to prevent us from developing our compounds, selling our products or commercializing our patented technology. Thus, patents that we own may not allow us to exploit the rights conferred by our intellectual property protection.
Our pending patent applications may not be issued or granted as patents. Even if issued, they may not be issued with claims of sufficient breadth to protect our product candidates and technologies or may not provide us with a competitive advantage against competitors with similar products or technologies. Furthermore, others may independently develop products or technologies similar to those that we have developed or may reverse engineer or discover our trade secrets through proper means. In addition, the laws of many countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of Canada and the United States, and those countries may also lack adequate rules and procedures for defending intellectual property rights effectively.
We also rely on trade secrets, know-how and technology, which are not protected by patents, to maintain our competitive position. We try to protect this information by entering into confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to such confidential information, such as our current and prospective suppliers, distributors, manufacturers, commercial partners, employees and consultants. Any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose confidential information to our competitors. It is possible that a competitor will make use of such information, and that our competitive position could be disadvantaged.
Enforcing a claim that a third party infringes on, has illegally obtained or is using an intellectual property right, including a trade secret or know-how, is expensive and time-consuming and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, enforcing such a claim could divert management’s attention from our business. If any intellectual property right were to be infringed, disclosed to, or independently developed by, a competitor, our competitive position could be harmed. Any adverse outcome of such litigation or settlement of such a dispute could subject us to significant liabilities, could put one or more of our pending patent applications at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, could put one or more of our patents at risk of not issuing, or could facilitate the entry of generic products.
Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. For example, confidential information may be disclosed, inadvertently or as ordered by the court, in the form of documents or testimony in connection with discovery requests, depositions or trial testimony. This disclosure would provide our competitors with access to our proprietary information and may harm our competitive position.
26
Table of Contents
Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability not to infringe on third party patents and other intellectual property rights.
Our capacity to commercialize EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® and donidalorsen and olezarsen or any other drug product we may acquire or in-license will depend, in part, upon our ability to avoid infringing third party patents and other third-party intellectual property rights. The biopharmaceutical and pharmaceutical industries have produced a multitude of patents and it is not always easy for participants, including us, to determine which patents cover various types of products, processes of manufacture or methods of use. The scope and breadth of patents is subject to interpretation by the courts and such interpretation may vary depending on the jurisdiction where the claim is filed and the court where such claim is litigated. For instance, the fact that an entity owns or has rights to use patents pertaining to a subject matter in a country does not guarantee that it is not infringing one or more third-party patents in such country. Therefore, there can be no guarantee that any patent that we own or have rights to will not infringe or violate third-party patents and other third-party intellectual property rights in the country where such patent has been issued.
Patent analysis for non-infringement is based in part on a review of publicly available databases. Although we review from time to time certain databases to conduct patent searches, we do not have access to all databases. It is also possible that we will not have reviewed some of the information contained in the databases or we found it to be irrelevant at the time we conducted the searches. In addition, because patents take years to issue, there may be currently pending applications that have not yet been published or that we are unaware of, which may issue later as patents. As a result, there can be no guarantee that we will not violate third-party patents.
Because of the difficulty in analyzing and interpreting patents, there can be no guarantee that a third party will not assert that we infringe such third-party’s patents or any of its other intellectual property rights. Under such circumstances, there is no guarantee that we would not become involved in litigation. Litigation with any third party, even if the allegations are without merit, is expensive, time-consuming and would divert management’s attention from the daily execution of our business plan. Litigation implies that a portion of our financial assets would be used to sustain the costs of litigation instead of being allocated to further the development of our business.
If we are involved in patent infringement litigation, we would need to prevail in demonstrating that our products do not infringe the asserted patent claims of the relevant patent, that the patent claims are invalid or that the patent is unenforceable. If we are found to infringe a third-party patent or other intellectual property right, we could be required to enter into royalty or licensing agreements on terms and conditions that may not be favorable to us, and/or pay damages, including up to treble damages in the United States (for example, if found liable of willful infringement) and/or cease the development and commercialization of our product candidates. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights may be non-exclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property and to compete with us.
There may be issued patents that we are unaware of that our products may infringe, or patents that we believe we do not infringe but ultimately could be found to infringe. If we were to challenge the validity of a competitor’s issued United States patent in a United States court, we would need to overcome a statutory presumption of validity that attaches to every United States patent. This means that, in order to prevail, we would have to present clear and convincing evidence as to the invalidity of the patent’s claims. We cannot guarantee that a court would find in our favour on questions of infringement and validity. Any finding that we infringe or violate a third-party patent or other intellectual property right could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Litigation Risks
If we fail to comply with our contractual obligations, undertakings and covenants under our agreements with our commercial partners and third-party service providers, we may be exposed to claims for damages and/or termination of these agreements. Furthermore, if we fail to comply with securities laws and applicable pharmaceutical regulations in connection with the commercialization of our products, we may be exposed to claims for damages, fines, penalties, and other sanctions. Any claims for damages, and/or termination of our material contracts, the imposition of fines or penalties could materially adversely affect the commercialization of EGRIFTA SV ® , Trogarzo ® , donidalorsen, and olezarsen, and our capacity to generate revenues and management’s attention to the development of our business.
27
Table of Contents
We rely on third-party service providers for distribution and manufacturing activities related to EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States. We will rely on Ionis for the manufacture and supply of donidalorsen and olezarsen. Under our agreements with our third-party service providers as well as under the Ionis License Agreement, we have assumed certain obligations, undertakings and covenants which, if breached by us and not remedied within the agreed upon periods, could expose us to claims for damages and/or termination of these agreements. If we are unable to meet our obligations under any of our agreements with such third-party service providers which results in termination of such agreements, this will materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results since we rely on single third-party service providers, each of whom performing key services for the success of our business plan. Additionally, if such third-party service providers do not meet their obligations under agreements and we decide to litigate any breach or dispute any amount owed under our agreements, this might materially adversely affect our relationship with such third-party services providers which, in turn, could adversely affect our capacity and ability to deliver on our business plan.
As a publicly traded pharmaceutical company we have to comply with securities laws and various laws related to the commercialization of drug products, any violation of which could result in claims for damages and/or the imposition of fines, penalties and other sanctions. If we are subject to claims for damages and/or the imposition of fines, penalties, or other sanctions this could have the effect of diverting management’s attention from the operation of the business, limit the financial resources available to the Corporation to execute its business plan and adversely affect the Corporation’s reputation.
If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, they could result in costly and time-consuming litigation and significant liabilities.
Despite all reasonable efforts to ensure the safety of our products we may be commercializing, it is possible that we or our commercial partners will sell products which are defective, to which patients react in an unexpected manner, or which are alleged to have side effects. The development, manufacture and sale of such products may expose us to potential liability, and the pharmaceutical industry has been subject to significant product liability litigation. Any claims, with or without merit, could result in costly litigation, reduced sales, significant liabilities and diversion of our management’s time and attention and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, business and operating results. A product liability claim could also tarnish our reputation, whether or not such claims are with or without merit.
If a product liability claim is brought against us, we will be required to pay legal and other expenses to defend the claim and, if the claim is successful, damage awards may be substantial and/or may not be covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance. We may not have sufficient capital resources to pay the damages resulting from a judgment, in which case our creditors could levy against our assets. We may also be obligated to indemnify our commercial partners and third-party service providers as well as make payments to other parties with respect to product liability damages and claims. Defending any product liability claims, or indemnifying others against those claims, could require us to expend significant financial and managerial resources and would have a material adverse effect on our reputation and our financial condition.
28
Table of Contents
Geo-Political Risks
A variety of risks associated with global trade and our international business relationships could materially adversely affect our business.
International business relationships in the United States, Europe, Ukraine, the Middle East, South Korea, Taiwan and elsewhere subject us to additional risks, including: (a) disruptions of important government services; (b) differing regulatory requirements for drug approvals in foreign countries; (c) potentially reduced protection for intellectual property rights, including unexpected changes in the rules governing patents and their enforcement; (d) potential third-party patent rights in foreign countries; (e) the potential for so-called parallel importing, which is what happens when a local seller, faced with high or higher local prices, opts to import goods from a foreign market, with low or lower prices, rather than buying them locally; (f) unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements; (g) economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability, particularly in foreign economies and markets; (h) compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees traveling abroad and for new talents we may desire to recruit; (i) foreign taxes; (j) foreign exchange contracts and foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenue, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country; (k) workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States and Canada; (l) production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and (m) business interruptions resulting from geo-political actions, including war and terrorism, or natural disasters, including earthquakes, volcanoes, typhoons, floods, hurricanes and fires, or epidemic such as the one related to the coronavirus.
These and other risks of international business relationships may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
The imposition by the United States of a 25% tariff on most goods imported into the United States could have an adverse effect on the Corporation’s cost of goods, profits and its overall financial results since EGRIFTA SV ® is exported from Canada to the United States and represents more than 50% of Corporation’s annual revenues.
On February 1, 2025, the President of the United States signed an executive order which provided that, effective February 4, 2025, most goods imported into the United States would be subject to a 25% tariff. The application of the order was subsequently suspended, except that there are discussions about the re-introduction of those tariffs on goods exported from Canada to the United States.
EGRIFTA SV ® is exported to the United States. Although it is too early to determine whether these tariffs will apply to pharmaceutical products and how they would directly impact the Corporation, we expect that such tariff will likely have an adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial results and profits.
Cybersecurity and Data Privacy Risks
We rely extensively on the information technology systems of third-party service providers to store data, such as personal identifiable information, regarding our commercial activities for EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® . Security breaches and other disruptions to those information technology systems could cause a violation of privacy laws, exposing us to liability which could cause our business and reputation to suffer.
In the ordinary course of business, we rely upon information technology and networks, most of which are managed by third parties, to process, transmit and store electronic information to manage and support our business decisions and strategy. We have no control and access over the information technology systems of third-party service providers where most of this information is stored and we are unable to assess whether appropriate measures have been implemented to prevent or limit a security breach of their information technology systems.
We also use our information technology systems to collect and store proprietary data, such as those related to our intellectual property, customers, employees and suppliers.
In connection with our activities, we must comply with privacy laws and regulations of Québec as well as those enacted in certain states of the United States and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”). Those laws and regulations introduced data protection requirements relating to the consent of individuals to whom the personnel data relates, the information provided to the individuals, the security we must retain, the security and confidentiality of the personal data, data breach notification and the use of third-party processors in connection with the processing of personal data. These laws have increased the responsibility of all parties collecting personal data. We have reviewed and have complemented our in-house policies and related procedures to ensure compliance with those laws. However, there can be no guarantee that the Corporation will not be found to violate some of those laws as a result of the combination of our business activities in various jurisdictions and the complexity of those laws and their interpretations.
29
Table of Contents
The secure and uninterrupted operation of third-party information technology systems and of ours is material to our business operations and strategy. More and more businesses are subject to information technology system intrusion for which cyber-terrorists often use ransomware to demand payment of a ransom to allow those businesses to regain access to its data. Despite the measures that we have implemented against unwanted intrusion by third parties, there can be no guarantee that our systems could resist to a cyber-attack. Unauthorized access to data files held in our information technology systems or those of third parties could result in inappropriate use, change or disclosure of sensitive and/or personal data of our customers, employees, suppliers and patients. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could subject us to litigation, regulatory fines, penalties or reputational damages, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.
Other Risks Related to Our Business
We may require additional funding and may not be able to raise the capital necessary to fund all or part of our capital requirements.
We may need financing in order to fund all or part of our capital requirements to sustain our growth, to develop our marketing and commercial capabilities, and to in-license or acquire approved products. Our business performance may prevent us from generating enough cash-flow to achieve our business plan and the market conditions may also prevent us from having access to the public market in the future at the times or in the amounts necessary. In addition, under the TD Credit Agreement, we cannot raise additional capital by way of public or private offerings unless the proceeds are used to repay all or part of the loaned amount. Therefore, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to continue to raise additional capital by way of public or private offerings in the future. The issuance and sale of substantial amounts of equity, or other securities, or the perception that such issuances and sales are limited could adversely affect the market price of our Common Shares.
We depend on our current personnel to pursue our business plan and the loss of our key employees and the inability to attract and hire highly qualified individuals to replace the loss of our current key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business and growth potential.
Because of the specialized nature of our business, our success depends to a significant extent on the continued service of our key employees and on our ability to be able to attract, retain and motivate qualified commercial, medical, regulatory, trade and reimbursement personnel. We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers and provided them, as well as to other key employees, with long-term incentives as a retention mechanism, but such agreements and incentives do not guarantee that our executive officers and other key employees will remain employed by us for any significant period of time, or at all. In addition, we have a limited workforce to pursue our business plan and the loss of any of our key employees could materially adversely affect our business. The loss of key account managers and medical science liaison personnel and our inability to attract and retain them could have a material adverse effect on our commercial and medical activities related to EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® , and, accordingly, on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, it could adversely affect the market price of our Common Shares.
There is intense competition for qualified personnel in the areas of our activities, and we may not be able to continue to attract and retain the qualified personnel necessary for the growth of our business. Our failure to attract and retain such personnel could impose significant limits on our business operations and hinder our ability to successfully and efficiently realize our business plan.
30
Table of Contents
We may not achieve our publicly announced financial, milestones or our commercial objectives on time.
From time to time, we publicly announce the timing of certain events to occur or the attainment of certain commercial objectives. These statements are forward-looking and are based on the best estimate of management at the time, relating to the achievement of such guidance or to the occurrence of such events. However, the actual timing of such events or our ability to achieve these objectives may differ from what has been publicly disclosed. Events such as beginning of commercialization of a product, levels of sales, revenues and other financial metrics may vary from what is publicly disclosed. These variations may occur as a result of a series of events, including problems with a supplier or a commercial partner, change in the procurement policy of a commercial partner or any other event having the effect of delaying the publicly announced timeline or reducing the publicly announced commercial objective. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law. Any variation in the timing of certain events having the effect of postponing such events or any variation in the occurrence of certain events having the effect of altering publicly announced commercial objectives could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, it could adversely affect the market price of our Common Shares.
In connection with the reporting of our financial results, we are required to make estimates and assumptions, which involve uncertainties and any significant differences between our estimates and actual results could have an adverse impact on our reported financial position, operating results and cash flows.
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, our management evaluates our critical and other significant estimates and assumptions, including among others, those associated with revenue and sales allowances and chargebacks, realizable value of inventories, estimation of accruals for clinical trial expenses, measurement and recoverability of intangible assets, the measurement of derivative financial assets, and the measurement of share-based arrangements. Any significant differences between our actual results and our estimates and assumptions could negatively impact our reported financial position, operating results and cash flows.
If actual future payments for allowances for discounts, returns, rebates and chargebacks exceed the estimates the Corporation made at the time of the sale of its products, its financial position, results of operations, and cash flows may be negatively impacted.
Pursuant to the Corporation’s accounts and revenue recognition policies, the product revenue recognized quarter over quarter by the Corporation is net of estimated allowances for discounts, returns, rebates and chargebacks, including potential clawbacks in certain jurisdictions when pricing terms are based on temporary use authorizations and thus subject to future negotiations. Such estimates require subjective and complex judgment due to the need to make estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. Based on industry practice, pharmaceutical companies, including the Corporation, have liberal return policies, sometimes making it difficult to estimate the timing and amount of expected revenues.
A chargeback is the difference between the price the wholesaler pays the Corporation (wholesale acquisition cost) and the price that the wholesaler’s customer pays for the Corporation’s product (contracted customer). The Corporation’s products were subject to certain programs with federal government qualified entities whereby pricing on products is discounted to such entities and results in a chargeback claim to the Corporation, or for the Corporation to bill certain qualifying Public Health Service end-users at government-mandated pricing. To the extent that the Corporation’s sales to discount purchasers, such as federal government qualified entities, increases, chargeback claims will also increase. There may be significant lag time between the Corporation’s original sale to the wholesaler and the Corporation’s receipt of the corresponding government chargeback claims from the Corporation’s wholesalers.
The Corporation’s products are subject to state government-managed Medicaid programs, whereby rebates for purchases are issued to participating state governments. These rebates arise when the patient treated with the Corporation’s products is covered under Medicaid. The Corporation’s calculations require the Corporation to estimate end-user and patient mix to determine which of its sales will likely be subject to these rebates. There is a significant time lag in the Corporation receiving these rebate notices (generally several months after its sale is made). The Corporation’s estimates are based on its historical claims from participating state governments, as supplemented by management’s judgment.
31
Table of Contents
Although the Corporation believes that it has sufficient allowances, actual results may differ significantly from its estimated allowances for discounts, returns, rebates and chargebacks. Changes in estimates and assumptions based upon actual results may have a material impact on its financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Such changes to estimates will be made to the financial statements in the period in which the estimate is changed. In addition, the Corporation’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows may be negatively impacted if actual future payments for allowances, discounts, returns, rebates and chargebacks exceed the estimates the Corporation made at the time of the sale of its products.
Growth may cause pressure on our management and systems
Our future growth may cause significant pressure on management and our operational, financial and other resources and systems. Our ability to manage our growth effectively will require that we implement and improve our operational, financial and management information system, hire new personnel and then train, manage and motivate these new employees. These demands may require the hiring of additional management personnel and the development of additional expertise within the existing management team. Any increase in resources devoted to business development and distribution efforts without a corresponding increase in our operational, financial and management information systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.
Risks Related to our Common Shares
Our share price has been volatile, and an investment in our Common Shares could suffer a decline in value.
The Corporation’s Common Shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) and on the U.S. Nasdaq Capital market (“Nasdaq”). The market price of the Common Shares on the Nasdaq and the TSX has fluctuated significantly in the past and the Corporation expects the market prices to continue to fluctuate in the future, and such prices may decline. For example, since the Corporation’s listing of its Common Shares on Nasdaq to December 31, 2024, the Corporation’s closing share price on Nasdaq has ranged from a low of $0.89 to a high of $16.28. Consequently, you may not be able to sell your Common Shares at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you. In addition, the market price of the Common Shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which are or may be beyond the Corporation’s control, including: actual or anticipated variations in the Corporation’s operating results and/or research and development activities; announcements by the Corporation or the Corporation’s competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions; additions or departures of key personnel; announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts; impairment of assets; changes in accounting principles; changes in the general market and economic conditions; future sales of the Common Shares; the failure of financial analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of the Common Shares, changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by the Corporation to meet or exceed any of these estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow the Common Shares or the shares of the Corporation’s competitors; and investor perceptions of the Corporation and the industry in which the Corporation operates.
In addition, stock markets, in general, have experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of the Common Shares, regardless of the Corporation’s operating performance. Dual listing of the Common Shares on the Nasdaq and the TSX may increase share price volatility on both exchanges because trading is in the two markets, which may result in less liquidity on both exchanges. In addition, different liquidity levels, volumes of trading, currencies and market conditions on the two exchanges may result in different prevailing trading prices. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of certain companies’ securities, securities class action litigation has sometimes been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against the Corporation, could adversely affect the financial condition or results of operations of the Corporation.
32
Table of Contents
The liquidity of our Common Shares is uneven and oftentimes scarce and shareholders desiring to purchase or sell Common Shares could be unable to, if the liquidity in our Common Shares is low.
The volume of Common Shares traded on the TSX and the Nasdaq has been uneven over time and is often low. Therefore, any investor who desires to purchase or sell Common Shares of the Corporation over the TSX or the Nasdaq may be unable to rapidly execute its order and, if the liquidity is low, the price at which such investor may purchase or sell Common Shares may be adversely affected by the lack of trading volume.
Our revenues and expenses may fluctuate significantly and any failure to meet financial expectations and/or our own financial guidance, if any, may disappoint securities analysts or investors and result in a decline in the price of our Common Shares.
Our revenues and expenses have fluctuated in the past and are likely to do so in the future. These fluctuations could cause our share price to decline. Some of the factors that could cause revenues and expenses to fluctuate include the following: (a) the level of sales of EGRIFTA SV ® in the United States; (b) the level of sales of Trogarzo ® in the United States; (c) supply issues with EGRIFTA SV ® or Trogarzo ® ; (d) default under the terms of the TD Credit Agreement or IQ Credit Agreement; (e) the inability to adequately manage our liquidity; (f) the outcome of any litigation; (g) payment of fines or penalties for violations of laws; (h) foreign currency and/or interest rate fluctuations; (i) new tariffs that may affect our products, (j) the timing of achievement and the receipt of milestone or royalty payments from future third parties; and (k) failure to enter into new or the expiration or termination of current agreements with third parties.
If our quarterly or annual operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, or if we need to reduce our financial guidance, if any, the price of our Common Shares could decline substantially. Furthermore, any quarterly fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our stock to fluctuate substantially.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports, or publish unfavorable research or reports about our business, the price of our Common Shares and trading volume may decline.
The trading market for our Common Shares will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us, our business, our markets and our competitors. We do not control these analysts. If securities analysts do not cover our Common Shares, the lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our Common Shares. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade the target price of our Common Shares or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary about us or our business, the price of our Common Shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the market and interest in our Common Shares could decrease, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline and may also impair our ability to expand our business with existing customers and attract new customers.
We do not intend to pay dividends on our Common Shares and, consequently, the ability of investors to achieve a return on their investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our Common Shares.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our Common Shares and we do not currently intend to do so in the foreseeable future. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business. Therefore, the success of an investment in our Common Shares will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that our Common Shares will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our shareholders have purchased their shares.
Our shareholder rights plan and certain Canadian laws could delay or deter a change of control.
Our shareholder rights plan (“Rights Plan”) entitles a rights holder, other than a person or group holding 20% or more of our Common Shares, to subscribe for our Common Shares at a discount of 50% to the market price at that time, subject to certain exceptions. See “Item 10B – Memorandum and Articles of Association – Shareholder Rights Plan” for information on our Rights Plan.
33
Table of Contents
The Investment Canada Act (Canada) subjects an acquisition of control of a company by a non-Canadian to government review if the value of the assets as calculated pursuant to the legislation exceeds a threshold amount. A reviewable acquisition may not proceed unless the relevant minister is satisfied that the investment is likely to be a net benefit to Canada. See “Item 10B – Memorandum and Articles of Association – Limitations on Rights to Own Securities”.
Any of the foregoing could prevent or delay a change of control and may deprive or limit strategic opportunities for our shareholders to sell their shares.
We are governed by the corporate and securities laws of Canada, which in some cases have a different effect on shareholders than the corporate laws of Delaware, U.S. and U.S. securities laws.
We are governed by the Business Corporations Act (Québec) (“QBCA”) and other relevant laws, which may affect the rights of shareholders differently than those of a company governed by the laws of a U.S. jurisdiction, and may, together with our charter documents, have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of the Corporation by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, or may affect the price an acquiring party would be willing to offer in such an instance. The material differences between the QBCA and Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) that may have the greatest such effect include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) for material corporate transactions (such as mergers and amalgamations, other extraordinary corporate transactions or amendments to the our articles) the QBCA generally requires a two-thirds majority vote by shareholders, whereas DGCL generally requires only a majority vote; and (ii) under the QBCA, holders of 10% or more of our shares that carry the right to vote at a meeting of shareholders can requisition a special meeting of shareholders, whereas such right does not exist under the DGCL. See “Item 10B – Memorandum and Articles of Association – Differences in Corporate Law”.
The economic effects of a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease could adversely affect our operations or the market price of our Common Shares.
Public health crises such as pandemics, epidemics or similar outbreaks, including coronavirus known as “COVID-19”, could adversely impact our operations or the market price of our Common Shares. The extent to which a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak would affect our operations, or the market price of our Common Shares would depend on future developments, including the duration of any such pandemic, epidemic or outbreak and actions to contain or treat any such pandemic, epidemic or outbreak, among others.
Item 4. Information on the Company
A. History and development of the Company.
Name, Address and Incorporation
Our legal name and commercial name is Theratechnologies Inc. Our head office and principal place of business is located at 2015 Peel Street, 11 th Floor, Montreal, Québec, Canada H3A 1T8. Our telephone number is (514) 336-7800. Our website is www.theratech.com. Our agent for service in the United States is CT Corporation System, 28 Liberty Street, New York, NY 10005 (212) 894-8940.
We were incorporated under Part IA of the Companies Act (Québec) (“CAQ”), on October 19, 1993, under the name Theratechnologies Inc. We amended our articles on October 20, 1993, by repealing the restrictions applicable to private companies. On December 6, 1993, we again amended our articles to increase the number of directors and to modify our share capital. On March 26, 1997, we further modified our share capital to consist of an unlimited number of common shares and an unlimited number of preferred shares. Finally, on June 21, 2011, we amended our articles to give the power to our directors to appoint a number of additional directors equal to 33.33% of the number of directors elected at the last shareholders meeting preceding any appointment.
34
Table of Contents
On February 14, 2011, the CAQ was abrogated and replaced by the QBCA , and companies governed by Part IA of the CAQ such as us became business corporations governed by the QBCA. Accordingly, we did not have to file articles of continuation or amend our existing corporate articles. The QBCA was applicable immediately without having to complete any formalities.
Authorized Share Capital:
We are authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares, without nominal value and an unlimited number of preferred shares, without nominal value, issuable in one or more series.
Subject to the priority rights of holders of preferred shares, holders of Common Shares are entitled to any dividend declared by the Board of Directors, to one vote per share at meetings of our shareholders and, in the event of our liquidation or dissolution, to participate in the distribution of the assets.
Preferred shares carry no voting rights. Preferred shares may be issued at any time in one or more series. Our articles of incorporation give our Board of Directors the power to fix the number of preferred shares and the consideration per share, as well as to determine the provisions attached to the preferred shares of each series (including dividends, redemption and conversion rights, if any). The shares of every series of preferred shares will have priority over all our other shares, including common shares, with respect to the payment of dividends and return of capital in the event of our liquidation or dissolution.
The Common Shares issued represent the total voting rights pertaining to our securities.
Our Common Shares are listed on the TSX under the symbol “TH”, and on the U.S. Nasdaq under the symbol “THTX”.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our Common Shares and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Common Shares in the foreseeable future. We presently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the expansion and growth of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors the Board of Directors deems relevant.
Recent Developments
Remediation to Temporary Supply Disruption for EGRIFTA SV ®
On January 9, 2025, the Company announced a temporary supply disruption for EGRIFTA SV ® caused by an unexpected voluntary shutdown of the Company’s contract manufacturer’s facility in 2024, following an inspection by the FDA. The manufacturer resumed the manufacturing of EGRIFTA SV ® in November 2024. In order to resume distribution of EGRIFTA SV ® , the Company was required to file a PAS with the FDA describing the changes made by its manufacturer. The Company filed the PAS, which is subject to a four-month review period, on December 18, 2024.
On February 13, 2025, the FDA, via its Drug Shortage staff, indicated that it would allow the Company to sell and distribute newly manufactured batches of EGRIFTA SV ® even though the product was manufactured without an approved PAS, thereby allowing the Company to sell two manufactured batches of EGRIFTA SV ® , representing up to six months of supply. Distribution of the product resumed on February 13, 2025
In its communication of February 13, 2025, the FDA indicated that if the Company plans to submit a new or updated proposal to continue mitigating this shortage beyond these two batches, the Company should submit the shortage mitigation proposal to the Drug Shortage staff so that the FDA can evaluate the proposal. The Company’s contract manufacturer has already manufactured one additional batch of EGRIFTA SV ® , and two additional batches are planned before the end of the third quarter of 2025.
35
Table of Contents
Theratechnologies Receives March 2025 PDUFA Action Date for Updated Tesamorelin F8 Formulation sBLA
On December 10, 2024, the Company announced that the FDA has assigned a PDUFA action date of March 25, 2025 to the Company’s sBLA for the F8 Formulation, submitted on November 26, 2024. If approved by the FDA, the F8 Formulation is intended to replace the F4 formulation, which is sold in the U.S. under the trade name EGRIFTA SV ® . The F8 Formulation is patent protected in the U.S. until 2033.
Company Secures up to $75 Million in New Credit Facilities with TD Bank and Investissement Québec
On December 2, 2024, the Company announced that it had closed on a $40 million three-year non-dilutive, senior secured syndicated financing with TD Bank, as agent (“TD Bank Financing”). This new credit facility includes a $15 million revolving credit facility totaling $15 million, and a term loan totaling $25 million. The credit facility also includes a $20 million accordion feature, which could expand total commitments up to $60 million. IQ, the Company’s largest shareholder, has also agreed to provide a $15 million second ranking secured subordinated term loan (“IQ Subordinated Loan”). Net proceeds from the new loans together with cash on hand were used to repay all obligations, including prepayment penalties, under the Company’s existing facility with affiliates of Marathon Asset Management, L.P. (“Marathon”) pursuant to the credit agreement entered into with Marathon in July 2022 (“Marathon Credit Agreement”), and to fund the $10 million upfront consideration associated to the Ionis product licenses. Refer to Note 16 of the Audited Financial Statements for more information on the TD Credit Agreement and the IQ Credit Agreement.
Exclusive Licensing Agreement with Ionis to Commercialize olezarsen and donidalorsen in Canada
On December 4, 2024, the Company announced it entered into an agreement with Ionis to in-license two investigational RNA-targeted medicines developed by Ionis (“Ionis License Agreement”). Under the Ionis License Agreement, the Company receives exclusive rights in Canada to commercialize olezarsen, which is being evaluated for FCS and sHTG, and for donidalorsen, which is being evaluated for the treatment of HAE. See “Item 4B “Business Overview – Our Products and Pipeline – Pipeline” and refer to Note 28 of the Audited Financial Statements
Sudocetaxel Zendusortide (TH1902) and SORT1+ Technology™
On December 9, 2024, the Company announced preliminary efficacy and safety data from Part 3 (dose escalation, weekly dosing schedule) of its Phase 1b trial of sudocetaxel zendusortide, the Company’s lead PDC in patients with advanced ovarian cancer. Based on results demonstrating favorable tolerability and signals of efficacy, the Medical Review Committee, which includes study investigators and external experts, has unanimously recommended continued evaluation and exploration of higher doses.
On January 31, 2025, the Company received FDA approval to proceed with an amendment to its Phase 1 study protocol to increase the dose of sudocetaxel zendusortide on the same weekly infusion cycle to 3.33 followed by 3.90 mg/kg/wk.
The Company is currently reaching out to pharmaceuticals companies to out-license the rights to sudocetaxel zendusortide and to its SORT1+ Technology TM platform.
Capital Expenditure and Divestitures
Since the beginning of the Corporation’s last three financial years, the Corporation has not made any material capital expenditures. However, in its fiscal year ended November 30, 2022, the Corporation incurred capital divestiture amounting to $6.4 million as a result of the acceleration and amortization of its intangible asset relating to rights to commercialize Trogarzo ® in Europe following its decision to return all commercialization rights to this product to TaiMed.
36
Table of Contents
Public Takeover Offer
During the last and current financial year, we have not been subject to any public takeover offer by third parties in respect of the Company’s Common Shares and the Company has not made any public offer to any company to purchase such company’s shares.
The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC (http://www.sec.gov).
| B. |
Business Overview. |
Principal Products and Activities
We are a specialty biopharmaceutical company focused on the commercialization of innovative therapies that have the potential to redefine standards of care.
Our business strategy is to grow revenues and to achieve a positive Adjusted EBITDA from the sale of our existing and potential future assets in North America and to develop a portfolio of complementary products, compatible with our commercialization know-how.
We currently commercialize two approved products for people living with HIV, namely: EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States.
Our Products and Pipeline
EGRIFTA SV ®
EGRIFTA SV ® (tesamorelin for injection) is a new formulation of EGRIFTA ® which was originally approved by the FDA in November 2010 and was launched in the United States in January 2011. EGRIFTA SV ® was approved by the FDA in November 2018, was launched in 2019 and has now replaced EGRIFTA ® in such country. EGRIFTA SV ® is subcutaneously administered, can be kept at room temperature, comes in a single vial and has a higher concentration resulting in a smaller volume of administration. EGRIFTA SV ® is currently the only approved therapy in the United States for the reduction of excess abdominal fat in HIV-infected adult patients with lipodystrophy. We have been commercializing this product in the United States since May 1 st , 2014.
Following the launch of EGRIFTA SV ® in the United States in 2019, the Company received a number of complaints from patients relating to the reconstitution of EGRIFTA SV ® . In March 2021, the Company proactively decided to submit to the FDA a CBE supplement to the IFU included in the EGRIFTA SV ® product labeling and, per the timelines set forth in the regulation. The Company implemented these changes, which included an amended IFU. We also provided patients with detailed training through our call center, THERA Patient Support ® , related to the changes. The FDA responded to our CBE supplement with a CRL asking us to carry out a HFS to ensure that patients reconstitute EGRIFTA SV ® in the proper manner. To date, the Company has completed the first part of the HFS, the formative study. The validation study remains to be conducted and the results thereof remain to be filed and accepted by the FDA. The Company has until September 15, 2025 to submit the HFS results to the FDA.
Trogarzo ® (ibalizumab-uiyk)
Trogarzo ® (ibalizumab-uiyk) injection was approved by the FDA on March 6, 2018, and, in combination with other antiretrovirals (“ARV”), is indicated for the treatment of human immunodeficient virus type 1(“HIV-1”) infection in heavily treatment-experienced adults with multidrug resistant (“MDR”) HIV-1 infection failing their current antiretroviral regimen. Trogarzo ® was made commercially available in the United States in April 2018 and was the first HIV treatment approved with a new mechanism of action in more than 10 years. The treatment is administered every two weeks. It is a long-acting ARV therapy that can lead to an undetectable viral load in combination with other ARVs
37
Table of Contents
Trogarzo ® was also approved by the EMA in September 2019 and is no longer under licence to us in Europe further to our decision to terminate and return to TaiMed our commercialization rights to this product in April 2022. The EMA has since withdrawn the marketing approval of Trogarzo ® in Europe. See “Item 4B – Business Overview - Markets - Trogarzo ® ” of this Annual Report for more information on the return of commercialization rights to TaiMed.
Trogarzo ® was developed by TaiMed and pursuant to an amended and restated distribution agreement entered into on March 6, 2017 (as further amended) (“TaiMed Agreement”), we have an exclusive license to commercialize this product in the United States and Canada. Trogarzo ® is not approved nor commercialized in Canada. See “Item 10C - Material Contracts – TaiMed Agreement” of this Annual Report and refer to Notes 3 and 13 of the Audited Financial Statements for information on the TaiMed Agreement.
Trogarzo ® is administered by intravenous infusion as a single loading dose of 2,000 mg followed by a maintenance dose of 800 mg every two weeks after dilution in 250 mL of 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP. The Trogarzo ® loading dose can also be administered as an undiluted intravenous (“IV”) push over 90 seconds, and the maintenance dose can be administered as an undiluted IV push over 30 seconds. See “Item 4B – Business Overview – Our Products and Pipeline –– Life Cyle - Trogarzo ® ” of this Annual Report for information on the life cycle of Trogarzo ® .
Pipeline
In December 2024, we entered into the Ionis License Agreement to commercialize olezarsen and donidalorsen in Canada.
Olezarsen
Olezarsen is an investigational RNA-targeted medicine designed to lower the body’s production of apoC-III, a protein produced in the liver that regulates triglyceride (TG) metabolism in the blood. It is being evaluated for the treatment of both FCS and sHTG.
FCS is characterized by extremely elevated TG levels, chronic, debilitating symptoms and recurrent, potentially life-threatening acute pancreatitis. Generally, the prevalence of FCS in Canada is similar to the broader global population. However, in specific regions like Eastern Québec, the prevalence of FCS is believed to be approximately 100-fold higher (1:10,000) than the global average due to the founder effect.
sHTG is characterized by a severe elevation in TG levels and can result in serious health complications, including potentially life-threatening acute pancreatitis. The disease affects a much larger patient population than FCS, with a total addressable market for sHTG in the U.S. representing up to approximately three million patients and a similar prevalence in Canada on a per capita basis.
Olezarsen was approved by the FDA on December 19, 2024, and is commercialized in the US under the name Tryngolza TM . The Company plans to submit olezarsen in FCS to Health Canada for review in 2025. If the Company receives a Notice of Compliance, it will be the first approved treatment for FCS treatment in Canada.
Donidalorsen
Donidalorsen is an investigational RNA-targeted medicine designed to reduce the production of prekallikrein (PKK), a protein that plays an important role in the activation of inflammatory mediators associated with acute attacks of HAE.
38
Table of Contents
HAE is a rare and potentially life-threatening genetic condition that involves recurrent attacks of severe swelling (angioedema) in various parts of the body. HAE (Type 1 and Type 2) has a combined estimated prevalence of approximately one in 50,000 people.
The FDA has recently accepted the donidalorsen NDA for review for the treatment of hereditary angioedema, with a PDUFA action date of August 21, 2025. Regulatory submissions are also progressing in Europe. Donidalorsen received Orphan Drug Designation from the FDA in 2023 and a similar designation in Europe. The Company plans to submit donidalorsen for HAE to Health Canada for review around August 2025.
Life Cycle
Trogarzo ®
On October 3, 2022, the FDA approved the 30-second IV Push method of administration for the maintenance dose of Trogarzo ® and, on December 13, 2023, the FDA approved the IV Push administration of the loading dose of Trogarzo ® . IV Push is a method by which the undiluted medication is “pushed” by syringe for faster administration into the body’s circulation and is designed to make Trogarzo ® administration easier and more convenient for people with HIV and their health care providers.
On October 13, 2023, the Company announced results from a study evaluating the intramuscular (“IM”) method of administration of Trogarzo ® . This study (“TMB-302”), conducted in partnership with TaiMed, enrolled 21 subjects (7 HIV-positive and 14 HIV-negative) to assess the pharmacokinetics, efficacy, and safety of the IM administration of Trogarzo ® as compared to the IV infusion. Mean Trogarzo ® trough concentrations were greater than 15 µg/mL, suggesting that IM injection was sufficient at maintaining the drug trough concentration above the therapeutic level of 0.3 µg/mL. The mean trough concentrations were comparable between IV infusion and IM injection in HIV-positive subjects. However, the primary endpoint measuring a 90% confidence interval of the ratio of IM injection to IV infusion (0.69, 1.08) did not meet the equivalence limits (0.8, 1.25). Viral suppression, a key secondary clinical endpoint, was maintained in all HIV-positive subjects throughout the IM phase and the overall study. Each study subject received IM maintenance doses for eight weeks of treatment and a total of 152 IM injections were administered, which were well tolerated. One subject reported injection-site pruritus (itching) at a single time point, and no subjects reported injection-site pain when Trogarzo ® was administered intramuscularly.
The Corporation completed the study of the use of the IM method of administration of Trogarzo ® and on January 2, 2024, announced the filing of a sBLA with the FDA seeking approval of the IM method of administration for maintenance doses of Trogarzo ® .
On February 27, 2024, the FDA issued a refuse-to-file letter (“RTF”). The FDA determined that the sBLA was not sufficiently complete to permit substantive review and that it did not contain the data required to establish a pharmacokinetic bridge between the IM method of administration and the IV infusion route of administration. We are currently considering our options.
F8 Formulation of Tesamorelin in Lipodystrophy
The Company has developed a new formulation of tesamorelin in lipodystrophy, the F8 Formulation. The F8 Formulation is eight times more concentrated than EGRIFTA ® and two times more concentrated than the current F4 formulation sold under the trade name EGRIFTA SV ® . The F8 Formulation is subcutaneously administered, can be kept at room temperature, comes in a single vial and has a higher concentration resulting in a smaller volume of administration than EGRIFTA SV ® . The F8 Formulation has the distinct advantage of requiring a single reconstitution per seven days of daily therapy.
On September 25, 2023, the Company announced the filing of a sBLA with the FDA seeking the approval of the F8 Formulation. On January 23, 2024, the Company received a CRL from the FDA. The questions outlined in the CRL were largely related to chemistry, manufacturing and controls concerning the microbiology, assays, impurities and stability for both the lyophilized product and the final reconstituted drug product. In addition, the FDA requested further information to understand the potential impact of the proposed formulation on immunogenicity risk. On November 26, 2024, the Company submitted the updated sBLA for review by the FDA. On December 10, 2024, the Company announced that the FDA has assigned a PDUFA action date of March 25, 2025 to the Company’s sBLA for the F8 Formulation. If approved by the FDA, the F8 Formulation is intended to replace the F4 formulation, which is sold in the U.S. under the trade name EGRIFTA SV ® . The F8 Formulation is patent protected in the U.S. until 2033.
39
Table of Contents
Multi -Dose Pen Injector for F8 Formulation
In the fiscal year 2021, we began developing a device in the form of a pen for the administration of tesamorelin. This pen was intended to be used in conjunction with the F8 Formulation. To date, its development is not completed, and we have halted all activities in relation to the development of this device.
Tesamorelin for NASH in the General Population
On September 10, 2020, we announced our intent to study tesamorelin for the potential treatment of NASH in the general population using the F8 Formulation. In November 2020, we filed an Investigational New Drug Application (“IND”) with the FDA for a Phase 3 clinical trial evaluating tesamorelin for the treatment of NASH and we received a “Study May Proceed” letter for such Phase 3 clinical trial from the FDA in December 2020. The letter contained a recommendation that the Company requests a meeting to discuss the questions and comments contained in such letter to address certain aspects of the proposed trial design to ensure alignment with the agency’s expectations with NASH trials. The Company followed up on the FDA’s recommendation and requested a meeting with the agency.
In July 2021, after completion of our discussions with both the FDA and EMA with respect to this trial, we announced that the final Phase 3 clinical trial design would result in higher costs than what we had expected and, as a result, we were assessing our options to best execute this program, including seeking a potential partner.
In order to de-risk the proposed Phase 3 trial, in February 2022, the Company submitted an amended protocol to the FDA resulting in the FDA providing us with a list of questions and comments on this amended protocol. We have voluntarily decided not to respond to those questions and comments in order to address these with any potential partner we may find to optimize the design, if deemed relevant. The amended protocol includes a Phase 2b/3 seamless study design where the first 350 or so patients’ data will be analyzed by a data monitoring committee to assess the efficacy of tesamorelin on a smaller subset of patients.
In the third quarter of 2024, we abandoned all efforts to actively seek a partner to conduct this trial.
Oncology
SORT1+ Technology TM Platform
We acquired the SORT1+ TechnologyTM platform as part of the acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Katana BioPharma Inc. (“Katana”) on February 25, 2019 (“Katana Agreement”). Katana had the exclusive worldwide rights, through a royalty-bearing licence agreement entered into with Transfert Plus, LP (“Transfert Plus”), to a technology platform using peptides as a vehicle to specifically deliver cytotoxic agents to sortilin receptors, which are overexpressed on cancer cells (“Transfert Plus License Agreement”). Katana has since been wound up into Theratechnologies and we became a party to the Transfer Plus License Agreement. See “Item 10C – Material Contracts – Katana Agreement” of this Annual Report and Note 13 of the Audited Financial Statements for information regarding the Katana Agreement and “Item 10C – Material Contracts – Transfert Plus License Agreement” of this Annual Report and Note 13 of the Audited Financial Statements for information regarding the Transfert Plus License Agreement.
SORT1+ Technology TM is the name we gave our platform that provides for the development of new proprietary peptides for cancer drug treatment targeting SORT1 receptors. SORT1 is a receptor that plays a significant role in protein internalization, sorting and trafficking. It is highly expressed in cancer cells compared to healthy tissue making it an attractive target for cancer drug development. Expression has been demonstrated in, but not limited to, ovarian, triple-negative breast, endometrial, skin, small cell and non-small cell lung, colorectal and pancreatic cancers. Expression of SORT1 is associated with aggressive disease, poor prognosis and decreased survival. Preliminary assessments have demonstrated that the SORT1 receptor is expressed in 40% to 90% of cases of endometrial, ovarian, colorectal, triple-negative breast and pancreatic cancers.
40
Table of Contents
The Corporation’s PDCs generated through the SORT1+ Technology TM demonstrate distinct pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic properties that differentiate them from traditional chemotherapy. In contrast to traditional chemotherapy, our proprietary PDCs are designed to enable selective delivery of certain anti-cancer drugs within the tumor microenvironment, and more importantly, directly inside SORT1 cancer cells. Commercially available anticancer drugs, like docetaxel, doxorubicin, SN38 or tyrosine kinase inhibitors are conjugated to our peptide to specifically target SORT1 receptors. This could potentially improve the efficacy and safety of those agents.
In preclinical data, the Corporation’s lead investigational PDC, sudocetaxel zendusortide, derived from our SORT1+ Technology TM , has shown to improve anti-tumor activity and reduce neutropenia and systemic toxicity compared to traditional chemotherapy. Additionally, in preclinical models, sudocetaxel zendusortide has shown to have a multimodal mechanism of action which includes bypass of the multidrug resistance protein 1 (MDR1; also known as P-glycoprotein), inhibition of the formation of vasculogenic mimicry and inhibition of cancer stem cell growth, all of which are key resistance mechanisms to chemotherapy treatment. In addition, sudocetaxel zendusortide has been shown to induce immune infiltration into the tumor cells, suggesting potential to activate the immune system to control tumor growth. Sudocetaxel zendusortide combines one of our proprietary peptides and the cytotoxic drug, docetaxel.
We have an extensive body of preclinical data demonstrating the flexibility of the SORT1+ Technology TM platform when conjugated with different toxic payloads.
Sudocetaxel Zendusortide Phase 1 Clinical Trial
In March 2021, we initiated a Phase 1 clinical trial evaluating sudocetaxel zendusortide for the treatment of cancers where the sortilin receptor is expressed. The Phase 1 clinical trial design included a Part A dose escalation study to evaluate the safety, pharmacokinetics, maximum tolerated dose (“MTD”) and preliminary anti-tumor activity of sudocetaxel zendusortide administered once every three weeks in patients with advanced solid tumors refractory to available anti- cancer therapies. Part B of the Phase 1 clinical trial, also known as the “basket trial” initially consisted in recruiting a total of approximately 70 patients to study the safety and tolerability of sudocetaxel zendusortide in the following various solid tumor types, including HR+ breast cancer, triple negative breast cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, melanoma, thyroid cancer, small cell lung cancer, and prostate cancer. As per the study protocol, the MTD is established once a significant adverse event is observed in two or more patients.
Part A of the Phase 1 clinical trial was completed in the summer of 2022. We then reported that a total of 18 heavily pre-treated patients, who received an average of eight prior cancer treatments, were enrolled in the dose escalation portion of the study. Following the safety observations at 420 mg/m 2 including grade 3 neuropathy, grade 4 neutropenia, grade 3 ocular changes (visual acuity, keratitis and ocular surface dryness) and grade 2 skin toxicities (rash, pruritis and inflammation), the dose of sudocetaxel zendusortide was decreased to 300 mg/m 2 for the next dose level and was expanded to a total of six patients. No dose limiting toxicities (“DLTs”) were observed during the first cycle, therefore, the dose of 300 mg/m 2 was selected for continuation of the basket trial.
In addition, we reported that 300 mg/m 2 appeared to be a well-tolerated dose level. We further reported the observation of signs of efficacy in three heavily pretreated patients.
In Part 2 of the Phase 1 clinical trial (basket expansion), the 300mg/m 2 dose (given every 3 weeks) was further explored and we enrolled an additional 18 patients. In December 2022, after consulting with our investigators, we decided to voluntarily pause the enrollment of patients and revisit the study design of our clinical trial studying sudocetaxel zendusortide in various types of cancer. The risk-benefit profile was not sufficient to support continuing further enrollment of patients at this dose level, given the adverse events, such as neuropathy and ocular toxicity, seen in some patients.
41
Table of Contents
Following a voluntary pause of the Phase 1 clinical trial, the Company formed a Scientific Advisory Committee, consisting of experts in early phase drug development and experience with antibody drug conjugate development, to help determine the best developmental path forward for sudocetaxel zendusortide which led to the filing of an amended protocol with the FDA in May 2023.
On June 2, 2023, we announced the FDA’s agreement to our amended Phase 1 trial protocol for sudocetaxel zendusortide. This amended protocol was designed to improve the therapeutic window of sudocetaxel zendusortide and extend its duration of therapy. The amended protocol included a change in the frequency of administration to weekly dosing and a narrowing of the patient population to focus on those with high-grade serous ovarian cancer, including high-grade peritoneal or fallopian tube cancer, or high-grade endometrioid cancer. Patient selection would focus on those who are less heavily pretreated, with no more than one taxane failure and a maximum of eight prior cancer treatment regimens.
The amended protocol was a modified 6+6 design with two different dosing regimens that were within the efficacious range for sudocetaxel zendusortide: 1.75 mg/kg on days 1, 8, and 15 of a 28-day cycle (similar to 210 mg/m 2 every 3 weeks) and 2.5 mg/kg on the same schedule (similar to 300 mg/m 2 every 3 weeks). A minimum of six patients were to be enrolled at the 1.75 mg/kg dose followed by an observational period of three months to assess DLT. If deemed safe (0 or 1 DLT), the trial would enroll an additional six patients at the 2.5 mg/kg dose. Following a second three-month observational period, four more patients would be enrolled at the higher dose, for a total of 16 patients in Part 3 of the trial. The amended protocol also included an option for a basket expansion stage that would comprise patients with selected, difficult-to-treat tumor types in which sudocetaxel zendusortide had shown activity.
On February 15, 2024, the Company announced the completion of enrollment of the first six patients in Part 3 of its Phase 1 clinical trial of sudocetaxel zendusortide in patients with advanced ovarian cancer. Each patient received a dose of 1.75 mg/kg on days 1, 8, and 15 of a 28-day cycle. On March 21, 2024, we announced that we were moving to the next dose level in Part 3 of the Phase 1 clinical trial with the next 6 evaluable patients to receive a dose of 2.5 mg/kg.
On March 22, 2024, the Company announced that it would phase down its preclinical oncology research activities, while continuing to conduct its ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial of sudocetaxel zendusortide in patients with advanced ovarian cancer. The phasing down of those research activities is aligned with the Company’s business strategy to focus on its commercial business and generating positive Adjusted EBITDA and positive net income.
On December 9, 2024, the Company announced preliminary efficacy and safety data from Arm A and Arm B of Part 3 (dose escalation, weekly dosing schedule) of its Phase 1b trial of sudocetaxel zendusortide, in patients with advanced ovarian cancer. Based on results demonstrating favorable tolerability and signals of efficacy, the committee, comprised of study investigators and external experts unanimously recommended continued evaluation and exploration of higher doses.
On January 31, 2025, the Corporation received FDA approval to proceed with an amendment to the Phase 1 clinical trial protocol. This amendment proposed two additional study arms in Part 3 of this Phase 1 study (3.33 and 3.90 mg/kg/wk given on days 1, 8 and 15 of a 28-day cycle to further assess the safety and efficacy of sudocetaxel zendusortide. The justification of the proposed dosing arms was based on an evaluation of patient safety and efficacy data obtained from Arm A and Arm B in Part 3 of the phase Ib study.
42
Table of Contents
Notwithstanding receipt of FDA approval to amend the Phase 1 clinical trial protocol, in the last quarter of 2024, the Company deferred indefinitely future material investments in the oncology platform, which resulted in an impairment of intangible assets of $3,488,000, and is currently reaching out to pharmaceutical companies to out-license the rights to sudocetaxel zendusortide and to its SORT1+ Technology TM platform.
Markets
EGRIFTA SV ®
EGRIFTA SV ® is solely commercialized in the United States and all of the Company’s revenues are generated from one customer, McKesson (as defined below). Total revenues generated by the Company for the sale of EGRIFTA SV ® in the United States amounted to $60.1 million, $53.7 million and $50.5 million for each of the fiscal years ended November 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Prior to November 2019, the date on which EGRIFTA SV ® became commercially available in the United States, EGRIFTA ® was also commercialized in the United States and Canada. However, EGRIFTA ® is no longer offered for sale in the United States since being replaced by EGRIFTA SV ® in the 2020 fiscal year. We also discontinued the sale of EGRIFTA ® in Canada in October 2022.
In November 2022, we entered into an agreement with foreign distributors providing them with the exclusive right to distribute EGRIFTA SV ® under named patient programs only in various countries based in the regions of Latin America, Middle East, North Africa, Turkey and Central and Eastern Europe. This agreement has a five-year term. The exclusive distributors have no minimum purchase obligations but have to buy and pay EGRIFTA SV ® in U.S. denominated dollars at a discount to the current list price in the United States or at a discount to the price at which they are entitled to sell it in a country under the named patient program of such country. This agreement contains restrictive covenants regarding the sale of competitive products to EGRIFTA SV ® . In July 2023, we also entered into an agreement with a foreign distributor providing it with the exclusive right to distribute EGRIFTA SV ® under named patient programs in various countries based in Western Europe, Nordic Region and the United Kingdom.
Trogarzo ®
Since fiscal year 2022, Trogarzo ® is solely commercialized in the United States. For the fiscal year ended on November 30, 2022 Trogarzo ® was also commercialized in certain European countries. Total revenues generated by the Company from the sale of Trogarzo ® in the United States amounted to $25.7 million, $27.8 million and $28.3 million for each of the fiscal years ended November 30, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Revenues generated from the sale of Trogarzo ® in certain European countries for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2023 and 2022 amounted to approximately $300,000 and $1.3 million, respectively.
In Canada, we are responsible, but under no obligation, to seek the approval of Trogarzo ® from Health Canada. No filing seeking the approval of Trogarzo ® has been made in Canada and to date, it is unlikely that a filing seeking the approval of Trogarzo ® in Canada will be made.
Prior to December 15, 2022, the TaiMed Agreement provided us with the exclusive rights to commercialize Trogarzo ® in the European Union countries and in certain additional European countries (“European Territory”). Trogarzo ® was then commercially available in the European Territory through our European subsidiary, Theratechnologies Europe Limited, until December 15, 2022, the effective date on which all of our commercialization rights to Trogarzo ® were returned to TaiMed under the TaiMed Agreement. Since our decision to return to TaiMed our commercial rights to Trogarzo ® in the European Territory, we have ceased all activities related to the commercialization of this product in the various European countries in which such activities were ongoing. The European Medicines Agency has since withdrawn the marketing approval of Trogarzo ® in Europe.
43
Table of Contents
Seasonality
As a specialized biopharmaceutical company, the Company views none of its commercial and research and development activities as subject to seasonal variations.
Manufacturing
Today, we are not aware of material sourcing issues or pricing volatility of raw materials, however, we do not have a long-term supply agreement for SWFI for EGRIFTA SV ® . See “Item 3D – Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Commercialization of Our Products”.
EGRIFTA SV ®
We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of EGRIFTA SV ® and tesamorelin, nor do we have plans to develop our own manufacturing operations in the foreseeable future. We currently rely on third-party contract manufacturing organizations, i.e. Bachem and Jubilant to manufacture and supply all of our required raw materials, drug substance and drug product for sales of EGRIFTA SV ® . We will rely on LSNE for the manufacture of the F8 Formulation, if and when approved.
Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient
On July 31st, 2023, we signed a manufacturing and supply agreement with Bachem (“Bachem Agreement”) relating to the manufacture and supply of the active pharmaceutical ingredient of tesamorelin (“API”). The API is used for EGRIFTA SV ® and will be used in the F8 Formulation . Bachem is our only approved manufacturer for the API to date.
Finished Product
We order finished form of EGRIFTA SV ® from Jubilant. Jubilant manufactures and supplies the finished form of EGRIFTA SV ® for commercial sale in the United States and for tesamorelin in connection with clinical trials. Jubilant fills vials with tesamorelin, lyophilizes it, labels and packages those vials and delivers them to locations in accordance with our instructions.
We have an agreement with LSNE, providing for the manufacturing and commercial supply of the F8 Formulation.
The Corporation also provides patients with the administration boxes which include the necessary supplies to administer the product. These administration boxes are comprised of alcohol swabs, syringes, needles and water for injection. The packaging of these administration boxes for EGRIFTA SV ® is done through Sharp Packaging Services, LLC (“Sharp”) and will be done through Almac Pharma Services LLC (“Almac”) for the F8 Formulation, if and when approved.
Trogarzo ®
TaiMed is our sole supplier of Trogarzo ® . TaiMed does not currently own or operate any manufacturing facilities for the production of Trogarzo ® and has subcontracted the manufacture of Trogarzo ® to WuXi in China, and to Samsung, in South Korea.
44
Table of Contents
Sudocetaxel Zendusortide
Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient
We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of sudocetaxel zendusortide nor do we have plans to develop our own manufacturing operations in the foreseeable future. We currently have an agreement with STA Pharmaceutical Hong Kong Limited (“STA”) providing for the manufacture of our peptide (TH19P01) and to produce sudocetaxel zendusortide.
Finished Product
We rely on Piramal Pharma Solutions, Inc. (“Piramal”) to manufacture the finished form of sudocetaxel zendusortide as vials of sterile solution for injection. The vials are then shipped to Sharp Clinical Services, LLC, with whom we have an agreement for the labelling and packaging of the vials for clinical trials.
Distribution Channels
EGRIFTA SV ®
In connection with the commercialization of our products in the United States, we have entered into various agreements with third-party service providers to distribute our products to patients. The distribution of EGRIFTA SV ® is tightly controlled and is only available through certain selected pharmacies. Below is a summary of our agreements entered into with our third-party service providers forming part of the supply chain of EGRIFTA SV ® .
Logistics Service Provider and Distributor
On May 29, 2024, we entered into a logistics services agreement with RxCrossroads 3PL LLC, (“RXC 3PL”) (“RXC 3PL Agreement”). Under the terms of the RXC 3PL Agreement, RXC 3PL acts as our exclusive third-party logistics service provider for all of our products in the United States and as such, provides us with warehousing and logistical support services, including inventory control and account management.
On the same date, the Company also entered into a logistics services agreement with McKesson Specialty Care Distribution LLC (“McKesson”), (“McKesson Agreement”). Under the terms of the McKesson Agreement, McKesson acts as our exclusive third-party distributor of our products in the United States and as such provides us with customer support, product return management and fulfillment of orders.
In Mckesson’s role as our third-party distributor, McKesson purchases products from us and takes title thereto. McKesson’s purchases of our products are triggered by its expectations of market demand over a certain period of time. McKesson fulfills orders received from authorized wholesalers and certain authorized specialty pharmacies and, with respect to EGRIFTA SV ® , delivers it directly to that authorized wholesaler’s client, namely a specialty pharmacy forming part of our network of specialty pharmacies, or directly to those authorized specialty pharmacies.
The McKesson Agreement and the RXC 3PL Agreement replaced the amended and restated master services agreement and the two associated statements of work with RXC Acquisition Company entered into on November 1, 2017.
Wholesalers
Our supply chain of EGRIFTA SV ® in the United States is comprised of a limited number of wholesalers through which specialty pharmacies we have contracted with can order EGRIFTA SV ® . These wholesalers accept purchase orders from those specialty pharmacies, purchase EGRIFTA SV ® from McKesson, and resell this product to these specialty pharmacies. Our wholesalers do not handle the physical delivery of EGRIFTA SV ® . The shipping and delivery of EGRIFTA SV ® to those specialty pharmacies is handled by McKesson.
45
Table of Contents
Specialty Pharmacies
We have entered into agreements with various specialty pharmacies across the United States providing them with the right to order EGRIFTA SV ® from our authorized wholesalers and distribute EGRIFTA SV ® to patients in the United States through their networks of local pharmacies. In addition, a limited number of those specialty pharmacies are authorized to purchase EGRIFTA SV ® directly from McKesson for their own retail specialty pharmacy stores.
Trogarzo ®
Logistics Service Provider and Distributor
RXC 3PL acts as our exclusive third-party logistics service provider and McKesson as our exclusive third-party distributor for Trogarzo ® in the United States under the RXC 3PL and McKesson Agreements respectively. Orders for Trogarzo ® are made directly by a limited number of specialty pharmacies and specialty distributors and delivery of Trogarzo ® is made directly to those specialty pharmacies and specialty distributors by McKesson.
Specialty Pharmacies and Distributors
We have entered into agreements with specialty pharmacies, specialty distributors, and infusion therapy providers that have a large U.S. network capable of handling drug products whose administration is made intravenously. These specialty pharmacies and specialty distributors have the capacity to deliver Trogarzo ® to patients, physicians or infusion centers. Each of those specialty pharmacies and specialty distributors purchase Trogarzo ® from McKesson and deliver it to infusion centers, physicians or patients for home-infusion. Specialty pharmacies and specialty distributors may not purchase Trogarzo ® from our wholesalers. Patients are administered Trogarzo ® at infusion centers, at physicians’ offices or at home with the assistance of nurses.
Marketing
Our marketing and sales activities in the United States for EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® are conducted from our head office in Montreal, Québec, Canada. We have also recently hired market access and field reimbursement managers for market access and reimbursement activities in the United States.
We have contracted with Asembia, LLC (“Asembia”) for the provision of services related, amongst other things, to a call center. The call center, THERA Patient Support ® , guides physicians and patients through the process of initiating treatment under reimbursement. This process begins with a referral and concludes with the final reimbursement decision. THERA Patient Support ® also helps patients adhering to their treatment and answering questions about our products.
Intellectual Property
We recognize the significance of safeguarding our business through the protection of patents and trade secrets. Our prosperity is contingent, in part, on our capacity to secure robust patents, maintain the confidentiality of trade secrets, and operate without violating the proprietary rights of others. The success of products integrating our technologies may hinge, to some extent, on our ability to secure effective patent protection.
Our intellectual property practice is to keep all information relating to proprietary compounds, inventions, improvements, trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation confidential and, where practicable, file patent and trademark applications. In particular, as part of our intellectual property protection practice, we:
| ● |
where practicable, file patent applications for any new and patentable invention, development or improvement in the United States and in other countries where we deem patent protection to be of value; |
| ● |
prosecute all pending patent applications in conformity with applicable patent laws and in a manner that efficiently covers our activities; |
| ● |
file trademark applications in countries of interest for our trademarks; |
46
Table of Contents
| ● |
register domain names whose addresses include our trademark names; and |
| ● |
maintain our intellectual property rights by paying government fees as may be necessary to ensure such rights remain in force. |
The Company relies on multiple patents in the United States and in other countries. For instance, the F8 Formulation is patent protected in the United States until 2033.We also have additional patents in the United States covering tesamorelin for the treatment of NASH scheduled to expire in 2040. Moreover, our PDCs stemming from our licensed SORT1+ Technology™ platform are also patent protected in the United States and in other countries and patent applications covering various aspects of our SORT1+ Technology™ platform are pending in various countries.
Moreover, the Company depends on trade secrets and know-how to sustain our competitive standing. The management of the disclosure and utilization of our know-how and confidential information is governed by agreements with the relevant parties.
Apart from the patents and trade secrets, the Company relies on specific licensing agreements which are essential to maintain our commercial and RD activities, namely:
| ● |
The distribution and marketing agreement with TaiMed granting the Company the exclusive right to market Trogarzo ® in Canada and in the United States. |
| ● |
The licensing agreement with Transfert Plus granting the Company a worldwide exclusive license to use and develop the SORT1+ Technology™ platform. |
| ● |
The licensing agreement with the Massachusetts General Hospital (“MGH”) for the development of tesamorelin for the potential treatment of NASH in the general population. |
| ● |
The licensing agreement with Ionis granting the Company the exclusive right to market donidalorsen and olezarsen in Canada. |
Competition
EGRIFTA SV ®
We are not aware of other growth hormone-release factor products indicated for the reduction of excess abdominal fat in HIV-infected patients with lipodystrophy being commercialized. However, we are aware that we face indirect competition for EGRIFTA SV ® from other drugs, such as human growth-hormone, testosterone, insulin sensitizing agents, GLP-1 receptor agonists and sermorelin that may be prescribed by physicians. To our knowledge, the use of these other drugs for the reduction of excess abdominal fat in HIV-infected adult patients with lipodystrophy has not been proven nor approved by the FDA. Other approaches to reduce excess abdominal fat include coping mechanisms such as lifestyle modification (diet and exercise), switching ARV therapy, or liposuction.
Trogarzo ®
Fostemsavir and Lenacapavir are direct competitors to Trogarzo ® . Contrary to Fostemsavir which is administered orally twice per day, Trogarzo ® is a long-acting ARV that only needs to be administered intravenously every two weeks. Like Fostemsavir, Lenacapavir’s indication for use targets the same patient population as that of Trogarzo ® . Lenacapavir is administrated subcutaneously once every six months. In addition, we are aware of other agents including, but not limited to, dolutegravir and darunavir, that are either indicated or commonly used in combination in regimens for the treatment of heavily treatment-experienced patients with MDR HIV-1.
Olezarsen
No treatment is currently approved or under review in Canada to decrease triglycerides in patients with FCS and sHTG. Olezarsen is currently the 1 st product approved by the FDA since December 19 th , 2024, and it is under review by EMA for the FCS indication. Other drugs are currently under clinical trials for the treatment of FCS and sHTG. We are aware that the FDA accepted the new drug application of Plozasiran intended to treat FCS.
47
Table of Contents
Additional compounds under development have different mechanisms of action to decrease triglycerides. Olezarsen has demonstrated a significant clinical efficacy with a good safety profile in both diseases, and is associated with a significant reduction of acute pancreatitis. The olezarsen efficacy/safety profile supports a strong commercial positioning to compete with other drugs, and we expect competition among those companies that succeed in developing and commercializing a medicine for FCS and sHTG.
Donidalorsen
Many prophylaxis treatments are currently approved in Canada to treat HAE and many products are currently under development with different mechanisms of action. donidalorsen is currently under review by the FDA and the expected PDUFA date is August 21 st , 2025. New prophylaxis treatments with different modes of action are currently being evaluated for the treatment of HAE. In an additional statistical evaluation of the phase III clinical study, patients who switched to donidalorsen had fewer HAE attacks compared to their treatment with the standard of care. The donidalorsen efficacy/safety profile supports a strong commercial positioning to compete with other drugs, and we expect competition among those companies that succeed in developing and commercializing a medicine for HAE.
SORT1+ TechnologyTM Platform in Oncology
The development of novel treatments in oncology is competitive. Many companies are investing in the development of innovative cancer treatments or in finding a cure for cancer. Most of those companies have significant means and scientific experience. Some of those companies are at more advanced development stage of their drugs than us. In addition, there exists many drug candidates, such as antibody drug conjugates aimed at a variety of potential targets: some treatment will aim at focusing on one particular cancer type whereas others, like our PDCs, could be used in various types of cancers. Our Phase 1 clinical trial studying sudocetaxel zendusortide in various types of cancer was voluntarily paused and was resumed in June 2023 for the potential treatment of ovarian cancer. In March of 2024, the Company announced that it would phase down its preclinical oncology research activities, while continuing to conduct its ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial of sudocetaxel zendusortide, in patients with advanced ovarian cancer. Even if successful, the Company must find a partner to advance its oncology program and by the time we enter the market, there may be approved medicines that would directly compete with sudocetaxel zendusortide or any other PDCs we may develop.
Government Regulations (United States)
The text below explains some of the most important features of government regulations that we must follow in connection with the commercialization of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States.
Sales and Marketing Regulation – United States
We are subject to various United States requirements relating to the sales and marketing of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States. The FDA regulates all advertising and promotional activities for prescription drug products under its jurisdiction both prior to and after approval. EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® may be promoted only for their approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of their approved label. Any promotional claims regarding an approved drug must be accurate, not misleading and contain a fair balance of risk and benefit information. The FDA, as well as other government authorities, actively enforces the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of inaccurate, misleading or inadequately balanced product claims and the promotion of product for unapproved (i.e., off-label) uses. If we are found to have improperly promoted a prescription drug, we may be subject to significant sanctions. Failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements may subject us to adverse publicity, enforcement action by the FDA, corrective advertising, and the full range of civil and criminal penalties available to the FDA.
The FDA does not regulate the practice of medicine by physicians in their choice of treatment and prescribing decisions.
48
Table of Contents
The marketing of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® within the United States may also be subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to health care “fraud and abuse,” including but not limited to the federal Anti-kickback Statute, Civil Monetary Penalties Law, and False Claims Act and analogous state laws. The federal Anti-kickback Statute prohibits a person from knowingly and willfully offering, soliciting or receiving any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in return for or to induce referring or recommending an individual to another person to receive items or services or to purchase, lease, order, or arrange for any good, facility, item or service payable in whole or in part under a Federal health care program. The Civil Monetary Penalties Law prohibits, among other things, a person from offering or transferring of remuneration to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services. Sanctions under these laws include civil monetary penalties, imposition of a corporate integrity agreement, exclusion from U.S. federal and state healthcare programs (i.e., those programs will not provide reimbursement or payment coverage for EGRIFTA SV ® and/or Trogarzo ® ), and criminal penalties, including imprisonment; further, an alleged violation of the Anti-kickback Statute could be used as a basis for a federal or state false claims law challenge. The federal False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program, knowingly makes, uses or causes to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or knowingly makes a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the U.S. federal government. Generally, claims for drugs prescribed for off-label uses may be considered to be “false claims.” Sanctions under false claims laws include significant civil monetary penalties. In addition, there is ability for private individuals to bring similar actions.
In addition, several states require that companies implement compliance programs or comply with industry ethics codes, adopt marketing spending limits, and report to state governments any gifts, compensation, and other remuneration provided to certain healthcare professionals. Also, the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, also known as the Open Payments Act, requires certain manufacturers of drugs, medical devices, biologics and medical supplies that are reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or Children’s Health Insurance Program to record and disclose to the federal government certain transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Any activities relating to the sale and marketing of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® may be subject to scrutiny under these laws. Failure to make these required reports or comply with these laws can result in civil monetary penalties and/or other sanctions. If the government were to allege or convict us of violating these laws, our business could be harmed. There are a number of states that have similar reporting and disclosure requirements, and failure to comply with these laws could have adverse consequences.
Privacy Regulation – United States
In 2024, privacy law continued to evolve in the U.S., mainly at the state level. Adding to the five state laws that were already in effect in California, Colorado, Connecticut, Utah, and Virginia, comprehensive consumer privacy laws took effect in Texas, Oregon, and Montana in 2024, and laws in the following states have effective dates in 2025 and 2026: Iowa, Delaware, New Hampshire, New Jersey, Nebraska, Tennessee, Minnesota, Maryland, Indiana, Kentucky, and Rhode Island. Some of these state laws require opt-in consent to process sensitive personal data, including health data, and all states provide the right to opt-out of targeted advertising. In addition, consumer health data privacy laws took effect in three states—Washington, Nevada, and Connecticut regulating health data that is not otherwise regulated by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”). Additionally, the California Privacy Protection Agency (“CPPA”) is expected to issue regulations regarding automated decision-making, risk assessments, and cybersecurity audits in 2025. Meanwhile, the push to pass federal privacy legislation fell short yet again as the American Privacy Rights Act did not progress through Congress.
In 2024, the Federal Trade Commission finalized its amendments to the Health Breach Notification Rule (“HBNR”), codifying its position that unauthorized disclosures of personal health information for advertising purposes violate the HBNR. Additionally, tracking technology litigation—including lawsuits brought under the California Invasion of Privacy Act (“CIPA”)—continues to create risk for organizations, prompting many companies to adopt an opt-in approach to placement of third party tracking technologies, such as cookies, on their websites.
49
Table of Contents
In 2024, the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) published its final rule regarding revisions to the HIPAA Privacy Rule. The main purpose of the amendments was to restrict the circumstances in which HIPAA-regulated entities may disclose an individual’s reproductive health information. Compliance with the amendments was required by December 22, 2024. HHS proposed another rule on January 6, 2025 which would strengthen the HIPAA Security Rule.
Finally, the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) has issued a final rule which restricts the transfer of bulk sensitive personal data (including health data) to countries of concern (i.e., China, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Russia, and Venezuela) or covered persons. The rule will take effect April 8, 2025.
Good Manufacturing Practices
Drug products must be manufactured and packaged in accordance, among other things, with GMP and both Bachem and Jubilant, the contract manufacturers of EGRIFTA SV ® , as well as WuXi and Samsung, the manufacturer of Trogarzo ® , must adhere to GMPs in connection with the manufacture, labeling, packaging, and any other quality-related functions for these products. If a company wants to make certain changes in its manufacturing equipment, location or process, FDA regulatory review and approval may be required. The FDA often conducts audits of manufacturing sites to ensure that manufacturers comply with quality-related requirements and GMPs. If, as a result of these inspections, it is determined that a manufacturer’s equipment, facilities or processes do not comply with the regulations and conditions of product approval, the FDA may issue an FDA-483 list of observations, Warning Letter, or seek civil, criminal or administrative sanctions and/or remedies against the manufacturer, including seeking corrective action, or requiring suspension of manufacturing operations, which would delay the product and sale of our products.
Good Clinical Practices
The FDA promulgates regulations and standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practices (“GCPs”) for designing, conducting, monitoring, auditing and reporting the results of clinical trials to ensure that the data and results are accurate and that the trial participants are adequately protected. Our research and development activities are subject to GCPs. The FDA enforces GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If study sites fail to comply with applicable GCPs or other applicable requirements, such as informed consent or Institutional Review Board oversight, the clinical data generated in clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA may require a sponsor to redo its studies or even stop a study. Where patient safety is at risk, the FDA could impose a clinical hold.
FDA Authorization of State Importation Program
FDA authorized its first section 804 importation program, a program allowing Florida to import certain prescription products from Canada. Section 804 (21 U.S.C. § 384) of the FFDCA provides a pathway for states and Indian tribes to allow importation of certain prescription drugs from Canada. Programs under this pathway must significantly reduce the cost of these drugs to the American consumer, without imposing additional risk to public health and safety. As the first program of its kind, we have yet to see how it will be implemented and what specific products will be imported, as Florida has yet to launch the program. There is much opposition from industry regarding this program but, if Florida can execute it as planned, it may signal a trend in the US.
Industry is still waiting to understand the practical implications of this program, and what implications this may have on state pharmaceutical industries.
Pharmaceutical Pricing and Drug Reimbursement
In the United States, sales of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® will depend in large part on the availability of reimbursement from third-party payors. These payors include both government (such as Federal Medicare and State Medicaid, AIDS Drug Assistance Programs and special needs plans in the United States) and privately managed care organizations as well as pharmacy benefit managers.
50
Table of Contents
These third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price and examining the cost-effectiveness of medical products and services. In addition, significant uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement status of newly approved healthcare products. We may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the cost-effectiveness of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® . EGRIFTA SV ® and/or Trogarzo ® may not be considered cost- effective. It is time consuming and expensive for us, and our commercial partners, to seek reimbursement from third-party payors. Reimbursement may not be available or sufficient to allow us, or our commercial partners, to sell EGRIFTA SV ® and/or Trogarzo ® on a competitive and profitable basis.
The U.S. Congress, state legislatures, and federal and state agencies from time to time propose and adopt initiatives aimed at cost containment, which could impact our ability to sell our drug products profitably. For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, and the associated reconciliation bill, which we refer to collectively as the Health Care Reform Law was enacted, and was a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements (inclusive of price increases) for healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms. Effective October 1, 2010, the Health Care Reform Law revised the definition of “average manufacturer price” for reporting purposes, which could increase the amount of all Medicaid drug rebates. On January 21, 2016, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”), finalized a rule detailing reforms to the rebate and reimbursement systems for Medicaid prescription drugs. This final rule was intended to save taxpayers billions and ultimately improve beneficiary access to prescription drugs. The final rule allowed manufacturers to recalculate the baseline “average manufacturer price” and includes U.S. territories in the calculation of “average manufacturer price” and “best price” effective April 1, 2017. Further, the new law imposed a significant annual fee on companies that manufacture or import certain branded prescription drug products and biologic agents. On December 31, 2020, CMS issued a final rule to support state flexibility to enter into value-based purchasing arrangements (“VBPs”), with manufacturers for prescription drugs and to provide manufacturers with regulatory support to enter into VBPs with payers, including Medicaid. This final rule is intended in part to further value-based payment arrangements. Implementation of certain aspects of this final rule were delayed until July 1, 2022. Substantial new provisions affecting compliance also have been enacted, which may require us to modify our business practices with healthcare practitioners, and also may increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.
The U.S. Medicare program provides payment for many pharmaceuticals under the Medicare Part D program. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities which will provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Part D plans include both standalone prescription drug benefit plans and prescription drug coverage as a supplement to Medicare Advantage plans. Part D coverage is not standardized. Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee.
Under Part D, government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for products for which we receive marketing approval. However, any negotiated prices for our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while Part D applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, state Medicaid programs and private payors may follow Medicare coverage policy limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results under Part D may influence decision-making and negotiations for payments from non-governmental payors. Payors are, however, forbidden to negotiate both commercial and Part D agreements together. Negotiations must be kept separate.
51
Table of Contents
The cost of pharmaceuticals continues to generate substantial governmental and third-party private payor interest. We expect that the pharmaceutical industry will experience pricing pressures due to the trend toward managed healthcare, particularly towards specialty pharmacy, the increasing influence of managed care organizations, and additional legislative proposals. For example, CMS issued an interim final rule on November 27, 2020 designed to test whether a Most-Favored-Nation model will help control growth in spending for Medicare Part B drugs without adversely affecting quality of care. This followed an Executive Order issued in September 2020 that directed the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“DHHS”) to implement new payment models under the Medicare Part B and Part D programs to curb “unfair” and high drug prices in the United States. Implementation of this interim final rule was blocked by a temporary restraining order and preliminary injunctions through various court actions, and on December 29, 2021, CMS formally rescinded the interim final rule, effective February 28, 2022. Nonetheless, we expect that there will continue to be a number of U.S. federal and state proposals to implement governmental pricing controls and limit the growth of healthcare costs, including the cost of prescription drugs.
Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the Health Care Reform Law. The Health Care Reform Law may be modified, amended or repealed at any time and may or may not be replaced with a different law or health care payment system. We are unable to predict the full impact of any such potential modification, amendment or repeal of the Health Care Reform Law.
The passage of the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) further affects Medicare reimbursement. The IRA has three key elements reforming Medicare drug pricing policy. However, the implementation of certain elements of the IRA are still forthcoming, as outlined below, so the specific implications for pharmaceutical pricing and reimbursement are yet to be determined. Likewise, we are unable to predict potential modification, amendment, or repeal of the IRA, though some predict that challenges may be made to the IRA as different provisions are enacted.
As the first key element, the IRA created a Medicare drug price negotiation program enabling the Secretary of DHHS to negotiate the prices of certain costly, single-source drugs or biologics within the Medicare program. Certain drugs are excluded from this negotiation process, such as drugs that are less than 9 years, or biologics less than 13 years, from their FDA-approval or licensure date, and drugs with an orphan designation as their only FDA-approved indication. The first set of these negotiated prices will not take effect until 2026.
Second, the IRA requires drug manufacturers to pay rebates to the federal government for price increases above the rate of inflation for single-source drugs or biologics covered under Medicare Part B and most drugs under Medicare Part D, which already occurs under the Medicaid program. This inflation rebate provision for Medicare Part B took effect at the start of 2023, and such provision for Medicare Part D took effect in 2022 as the starting point for measuring drug price increases, with rebate payments required as of the beginning of 2023. DHHS will start to send rebate invoices to drug manufacturers in 2025.
Third, the IRA restructures the Medicare Part D benefit to limit patients’ out-of-pocket costs and rebalance the bearing of risk for Part D plans and manufacturers. As of 2024, Medicare Part D plan buyers no longer have to pay out-of-pocket costs for covered drugs once they reach the catastrophic coverage level (when the policyholder’s out-of-pocket spending reaches $7,400). Other aspects of this provision will take effect in 2025.
The industry is still waiting to understand the full implications of these changes and the practical impact on pharmaceutical pricing and reimbursement.
Also, the bipartisan Drug-Price Transparency for Consumers Act was introduced to Senate on April 20, 2023, and the House of Representatives on October 13, 2023 (S.1250 and H.R.5958, respectively) (“DPTCA”). The DPTCA is currently still in committee. The DPTCA would require that direct-to-consumer advertisements for drugs and biologicals include a disclosure of pricing information. The DPTCA would apply to drugs and biologicals reimbursable under Medicare or Medicaid and for which direct-to-consumer advertisements are required to include information relating to side effects, contraindications, and effectiveness in accordance with section 202.1(e)(1) of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations. If passed, the DP^TCA would amend the Social Security Act to allow the Secretary of DHHS to require such advertisements to disclose the wholesale acquisition cost (“WAC”) for a 30-day supply or typical course of treatment and clearly and conspicuously present such price information. If enacted, the DPTCA contemplates that implementing regulations would include the visual and audio components required to communicate the WAC appropriately for the medium of the advertisement, the reasonable amount of time to update the advertisement to reflect any changes to WAC, and the way the manufacturer may include a statement explaining that certain consumers may pay a different amount depending on their insurance coverage.
52
Table of Contents
Government Regulations (Canada)
The text below explains some of the most important features of government regulations that we must follow in connection with the commercialization for products in Canada.
Sales and Marketing Regulation
Health Canada must grant market authorization in respect of drugs (and all other health products) before they can be sold or promoted on the Canadian market. A new drug submission must contain sufficient information to allow for an assessment of the drug’s safety and efficacy, including administrative, manufacturing, preclinical, clinical and labelling information. If the submission is satisfactory, a Notice of Compliance (“NOC”) will be issued in respect of the drug, meaning that the manufacturer is authorized to sell the product in Canada.
Health Canada’s involvement in the regulatory process is not limited to granting market authorization, but rather spans the product life cycle. For example, any changes to the information provided in a new drug submission will generally require that an amended application be submitted and approved prior to implementation. In addition, consistent with its life cycle approach to health products, Health Canada maintains pharmacovigilance programs to detect adverse reactions that may be associated with marketed products.
Like the FDA, Health Canada regulates all advertising and promotional activities for prescription drug products under its jurisdiction both prior to and after approval. Once approved, a drug product may be promoted only for their approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of their approved label. Any promotional claims regarding an approved drug must be accurate, not misleading (i.e., be consistent with the terms of the Canadian product monograph) and contain a fair balance of risk and benefit information.
Unlike the FDA, Health Canada largely delegates the oversight and enforcement of advertising to advertising preclearance agencies. Advertising preclearance agencies are independent entities which review and preclear advertising material to help interested parties ensure compliance. The agencies also offer mechanisms to resolve complaints on advertising for authorized health products. In fact, the first route for advertising complaints adjudication of all Health Canada authorized health products is through the agencies, except in the case of direct-to-consumer-advertising (“DTCA”) of prescription drugs and advertising of unauthorized health products. If we are found to have improperly promoted a prescription drug, we may be subject to adverse publicity, removing the non-compliant material, and implement corrective advertising. Civil and criminal penalties are remedies available to Health Canada as well.
Health Canada does not regulate the practice of medicine by physicians in their choice of treatment and prescribing decisions.
To date, there is no legislation in force in Canada that would require the public disclosure of payments to healthcare professionals or healthcare organizations in a manner comparable to the U.S. Sunshine Act. Furthermore, there is no anti-kickback statute that specifically prohibits parties from making or accepting any form of payment that is intended to encourage or reward a purchaser to recommend, prescribe, or purchase any good or service that can be reimbursed or paid for by a government-funded healthcare program. Quebec, however, is an exception as the province prohibits benefits to prescribers in connection with the sale or purchase of listed medications.
Instead of specific legislation, Canada relies on the Criminal Code’s provisions prohibiting bribery of public officials to address domestic corruption, as well as professional codes of ethics and industry self-regulation to ensure ethical behaviour and avoid any improper incentives.
Pharmaceutical Pricing
In Canada, the price of all patented medicines is regulated by the Patented Medicine Prices Review Board (“PMPRB”). The PMPRB is a quasi-judicial body that aims to ensure that the prices of patented medicines in Canada are not excessive. We anticipate that the products licensed from Ionis will be subject to the PMPRB’s jurisdiction.
53
Table of Contents
Factors considered in making this determination include the prices at which the medicine under review and similar medicines have been sold in Canada and in comparator countries. Where the price is deemed excessive following an investigation, the manufacturer may be required to offset any revenues the PMPRB has deemed excessive or contest the decision through a public hearing. If the price is deemed to be excessive following the hearing, the PMPRB can order price reductions and/or the offset of excess revenues.
The PMPRB operates in parallel to provincial price regulation. At the provincial level, the price of drugs is regulated through a lengthy and complex market access process. In particular, the PMPRB regulates the ex-factory or public list price. No pre-approval of the PMPRB is required; rather, the PMPRB will conduct its price assessment annually. The provinces negotiate confidential, sometimes substantial rebates off of the list price, as further detailed below under “Drug Reimbursement”. These rebates do not impact and in fact, may not be considered by the PMPRB in its pricing analysis.
Privacy
In Canada, private-sector organizations that collect, use, disclose and retain personal information are governed by the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (“PIPEDA”), except in Alberta, British Columbia, and Quebec, where comprehensive provincial privacy laws deemed substantially similar to PIPEDA apply. Additionally, five provinces, including Quebec, have enacted laws governing personal health information. Under applicable privacy laws, notably under the Quebec Act respecting the protection of personal information in the private sector , organizations must, in particular, appoint a privacy officer, obtain valid consent for collecting and processing personal information, and establish policies for handling personal information. Organizations are also required to implement appropriate security safeguards, report data breaches, comply with strict obligations for transferring personal information, and comply with defined retention periods. Privacy regulatory authorities, particularly in Quebec, have broad powers, including the ability to impose substantial financial penalties in the event of non-compliance with applicable privacy laws.
Drug Reimbursement
At this time, each Canadian province and territory is responsible to maintain its own prescription drug insurance plan. Typically, prescription drugs and certain other health products must be covered by the public healthcare plan or by private insurers in order for physicians to prescribe, recommend or use them to treat patients. To be considered as covered, the product must be listed on the applicable drug formulary.
To obtain such coverage, manufacturers must first undergo a health technology assessment (“HTA”). A HTA is an evaluation of the therapeutic value and the pharmacoeconomic value of a new treatment or a new indication. In other words, it is an evaluation of the relative “value” of a new product compared to existing therapies or the standard of care, which might include surgery or hospital stay.
The result of the review is a recommendation as to whether the drug in question should be covered, and if so, under what conditions.
Once a HTA has been performed, a market authorization holder (“MAH”) will need to negotiate with the pan-Canadian Pharmaceutical Alliance (“pCPA”), a body representing the public insurance plans. The pCPA was created at the initiative of the provinces in order to obtain greater value for the participating drug plans by combining their collective negotiating power. If negotiations are successful, the result is a letter of intent (“LOI”) regarding the public formulary list price of the product, typically a prescription drug, as well as confidential rebates, which may be provided to the public insurers.
MAHs then need to enter into actual, individual product listing agreements (“PLAs”) with each of the public insurers. While the essential terms of the PLA are provided for in the LOI, additional province-specific details may be added. Once a PLA has been negotiated with a province, the province’s drug plan will list the drug on its formulary in accordance with the terms of the PLA, meaning that the drug is then covered by the province’s public drug insurance.
54
Table of Contents
A similar process including PLAs and rebates or other financial risk mitigation measures can also occur in the private market, though private insurers do not have any equivalent to the pCPA.
| C. |
Organizational Structure |
As of November 30, 2024, Theratechnologies had the following five wholly owned subsidiaries with Theratechnologies U.S. Inc. being the only material subsidiary among Theratechnologies’ affiliates:
| ● |
Theratechnologies U.S., Inc., a company governed by the DGCL. Theratechnologies U.S., Inc. provides the services of personnel to Theratechnologies Inc. for its activities in the United States; |
| ● |
Theratechnologies Europe Limited, a company governed by the Companies Act 2014 (Ireland). Theratechnologies Europe Limited assists Theratechnologies Inc. with its commercial activities in the United States; |
| ● |
Theratechnologies Intercontinental Inc., a company governed by the QBCA. Theratechnologies Intercontinental Inc., formerly Theratechnologies ME Inc., used to control the worldwide rights to commercialize EGRIFTA ® , except in the United States, Europe, Russia, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand and certain central Asian countries, and Canada. Theratechnologies Intercontinental Inc. is no longer an active subsidiary; |
| ● |
Theratechnologies Europe Inc., a company governed by the QBCA. Theratechnologies Europe Inc., formerly 9176-5057 Québec Inc., used to control the rights to commercialize EGRIFTA ® in Europe, Russia, South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand and certain central Asian countries. Theratechnologies Europe Inc. is no longer an active subsidiary; and |
| ● |
Pharma-G Inc., a company governed by the QBCA. Pharma-G Inc. is no longer an active subsidiary. |
The following chart illustrates our current corporate structure.
| (1) |
These are no longer active subsidiaries. |
55
Table of Contents
| D. |
Property, plants and equipment |
Our head office and principal place of business is located at 2015 Peel Street, 11 th Floor, Montreal, Québec, Canada H3A 1T8. We lease the entire 10 th and 11 th floors of the building for a total of 14,992 square feet and this lease will expire on September 30, 2025. We lease additional office space as set forth in the table below:
| Location | Use of Space | Square Footage | Type of Interest | |||
|
1550 Metcalfe Street, Suite 810, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3A 1X6 |
To be occupied as head office and principal place of business in the Fall of 2025. |
11,972 | Leasehold | |||
|
101 Hudson Street, 21 st Floor, Jersey City, New Jersey 07302 |
Occupied for administration. |
119 | Leasehold | |||
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
None
| Item 5. |
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects |
The following section is intended to help the reader understand the factors that have affected the Company’s financial condition and results of operations for the historical period covered by the financial statements and management’s assessment of factors and trends which are anticipated to have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition and results in future periods. This section should be read in conjunction with, our audited annual consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto as at November 30, 2024 (“Audited Financial Statements’) and the other financial information contained elsewhere in this document. See “Item 18 – Financial Statements”.
| A. |
Operating results. |
Fourth-Quarter and Fiscal 2024 Revenue Highlights
| (in 000s of US$) |
Three-month
November 30, |
% change |
Years ended
November 30, |
% change | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
EGRIFTA SV ® net sales |
17,674 | 16,958 | 4.2 | % | 60,147 | 53,705 | 12.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
Trogarzo ® net sales |
7,328 | 6,494 | 12.8 | % | 25,719 | 28,059 | (8.3 | %) | ||||||||||||||||
|
Revenue |
$ | 25,002 | $ | 23,452 | 6.6 | % | $ | 85,866 | $ | 81,764 | 5.0 | % | ||||||||||||
Fiscal Year 2024 Financial Results compared to Fiscal Year 2023 Financial Results
Revenue
Consolidated revenue for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024 (“Fiscal 2024”) was $85,866,000 compared to $81,764,000 for the same period last year, representing an increase of 5.0%.
For Fiscal 2024, sales of EGRIFTA SV ® reached $60,147,000 compared to $53,705,000 for the same period last year representing growth of 12%. The increase in net sales of EGRIFTA SV ® was mostly the result of a higher number of units sold compared to the previous year (+9.0%), as well as a higher selling price (+5.6%) and were hampered by higher government chargebacks and rebates (-2.6%). Overall growth of EGRIFTA SV ® unit sales was hampered in Q1 2024 by draw downs in inventory at specialty pharmacies a situation which has now been normalized.
56
Table of Contents
In Fiscal 2024, Trogarzo ® net sales were $25,719,000 compared to $28,059,000 in the prior year, a decrease of 8.3%. Lower sales of Trogarzo ® were mostly the result of lower unit sales due to competitive pressures in the multidrug-resistant segment of the HIV-1 market, where Trogarzo remains an important part of the treatment arsenal but has lost market share to market leaders in the segment. We foresee less of an impact from new entrants in the future. The decrease is explained by a lower number of units sold compared to the previous year (-11.4%) and was mitigated by a higher selling price (+3.7%). The remaining difference is explained by lower sales in Europe, which were minimal since we decided to cease selling efforts in Europe in 2022.
Cost of Sales
For Fiscal 2024, cost of sales was $20,448,000 compared to $19,635,000 in the period of Fiscal 2023.
Cost of Sales
|
Fiscal Year ended November 30 |
||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| ($000s) |
% of Revenue |
($000s) |
% of Revenue |
|||||
|
EGRIFTA SV ® |
7,190 | 12.0% | 4,998 | 9.3% | ||||
|
Trogarzo ® |
13,258 | 51.6% | 14,637 | 52.2% | ||||
|
Total |
20,448 | 23.8 | 19,635 | 24.0% | ||||
For Fiscal 2024, EGRIFTA SV ® cost of sales was negatively affected by a $1,749,000 inventory provision ($220,000 in Fiscal 2023) related to the manufacturing of a batch of F8 Formulation, as the F8 Formulation has not yet been approved by the FDA for commercialization. Trogarzo ® cost of sales is contractually established at 52% of net sales, subject to periodic adjustment for returns or other factors.
RD Expenses
RD expenses were $16,973,000 for Fiscal 2024 compared to $30,370,000 for Fiscal 2023, a decrease of 44.1%, mostly due to lower spending on our various programs. RD expenses in Fiscal 2024 were also reduced by the recognition of Canadian federal non-refundable tax credits ($1,488,000).
RD expenses
(in thousands of dollars)
|
Fiscal Year ended
November 30 |
||||||
| 2024 | 2023 |
% change |
||||
|
Oncology |
||||||
|
Laboratory research and personnel |
1,473 | 1,845 | -20% | |||
|
Pharmaceutical product development |
266 | 4,474 | -94% | |||
|
Phase 1 clinical trial |
1,842 | 1,987 | -7% | |||
|
Impairment loss |
3,488 | - | - | |||
| Medical projects and education | 1,011 | 3,645 | -62% | |||
| Salaries, benefits and expenses | 5,099 | 8,978 | -43% | |||
| Regulatory activities | 1,588 | 1,569 | 1% | |||
| Trogarzo ® IM formulation | 26 | 1,083 | -98% | |||
| Tesamorelin formulation development | 1,610 | 1,876 | -14% | |||
| F8 human factor studies | 12 | 1,332 | -99% | |||
| Pen injector | - | (34) | -100% | |||
| European activities | 150 | 504 | -70% | |||
| Travel, consultants,patents, options, others | 1,553 | 2,266 | -31% | |||
| Restructuring costs | 521 | 1,384 | -62% | |||
| Tax credits | (1,666) | (539) | 200% | |||
| Total | 16,973 | 30,370 | -44% | |||
57
Table of Contents
RD expenses in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2024 were negatively impacted by an impairment loss of the intangible asset of $3,488,000 related to the acquisition of our oncology program. We recorded no such provision in the three-month period ended November 30, 2024.
RD expenses in Fiscal 2023 were negatively impacted by a provision of $3,042,000 related to sudocetaxel zendusortide material which could expire before we are able to use it in our clinical program. We recorded no such provision in Fiscal 2024.
Selling Expenses
Selling expenses for Fiscal 2024 were $25,419,000 compared to $26,769,000 for Fiscal 2023. The decrease in selling expenses in Fiscal 2024 is due in large part to tighter expense control in commercialization activities. Spending in the third quarter and fourth quarters of Fiscal 2024 has stabilized following the completion of cost-cutting measures implemented in Fiscal 2023.
The amortization of the intangible asset value for the EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® commercialization rights is also included under selling expenses. As such, we recorded amortization expenses of $1,440,000 for Fiscal 2024, compared to $2,513,000 in Fiscal 2023.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses for Fiscal 2024 were $14,852,000 compared to $15,617,000 for the same period in Fiscal 2023. The decrease in general and administrative expenses is largely due to the implementation of cost-cutting measures announced in Fiscal 2023. General and administrative spending should stabilize in the future as the cost-cutting measures implemented by the Company have been completed.
58
Table of Contents
Net Finance Costs
Net finance costs for Fiscal 2024 were $14,475,000 compared to $12,909,000 in Fiscal 2023. The increase in net finance costs in Fiscal 2024 versus Fiscal 2023 was mostly due to the higher interest expense on the Company’s long-term debt ($687,000), as well as higher loss on long-term debt modifications and repayment related to the amendments to and repayment of the Marathon Credit Agreement ($2,358,000). These higher costs were offset by lower accretion and amortization of deferred financing costs ($1,599,000).
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA was $20,207,000 for Fiscal 2024 compared to $(2,914,000) for Fiscal 2023. See “Non-IFRS and Non-US-GAAP Measure” above and see “Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA” below for a reconciliation to Net Loss for the relevant periods.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense for Fiscal 2024 amounted to $2,005,000, versus $421,000 in the same period last year. The increase in Fiscal 2024 is attributable to the higher net fiscal income generated by our operations. The Company recorded Canadian federal non-refundable tax credits ($1,488,000) against research and development expenses, which largely offsets the Canadian federal income tax payable. Refer to Note 20 of the Audited Financial Statements.
Net Loss
Taking into account the revenue and expense variations described above, we recorded a net loss of $8,306,000, or $0.17 per share, in Fiscal 2024 compared to $23,957,000, or $0.91 per share, in Fiscal 2023.
Fourth-Quarter Fiscal 2024 Financial Results
Revenue
Consolidated revenue for the three months ended November 30, 2024, amounted to $25,002,000 compared to $23,452,000 for the same period last year, representing an increase of 6.6%.
For the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2024, sales of EGRIFTA SV ® reached $17,674,000 compared to $16,958,000 in the fourth quarter of the prior year, representing an increase of 4.2%. Revenue growth for EGRIFTA SV ® is mostly related to increased unit sales (+4.2%) and a higher selling price (+5%) and was hampered by higher government chargebacks and rebates (-1.5%).
In the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2024, Trogarzo ® sales amounted to $7,328,000 compared to $6,494,000 for the same quarter of Fiscal 2023, representing an increase of 12.8%. The increase was mainly due to higher unit sales (+11.2%) in the quarter as compared to last year, as well as a higher selling price (+3.4%) and was hampered by higher government chargeback and rebates (-1.8%).
59
Table of Contents
Cost of Sales
In the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2024, cost of sales was $6,096,000 compared to $5,066,000 for the same period in Fiscal 2023.
Cost of Sales
|
Three months ended November 30 |
||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| ($000s) |
% of Revenue |
($000s) |
% of Revenue |
|||||
|
EGRIFTA SV ® |
2,289 | 13.0% | 1,713 | 10.1% | ||||
|
Trogarzo ® |
3,807 | 52.1% | 3,353 | 51.6% | ||||
|
Total |
6,096 | 24.4% | 5,066 | 21.6% | ||||
For the three-month period ended November 30, 2024, EGRIFTA SV ® cost of sales was negatively affected by a $661,000 inventory provision ($50,000 in the comparable period of 2023) related to the manufacturing of a batch of F8 Formulation, as the F8 Formulation has not yet been approved by the FDA for commercialization. No such provision was taken in the three-month period ended November 30, 2023. Trogarzo ® cost of sales is contractually established at 52% of net sales, subject to periodic adjustment for returns or other factors.
RD Expenses
RD expenses in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2024 amounted to $5,884,000 and compared to $5,229,000 comparable period of Fiscal 2023. RD expenses were higher because of the impairment loss on intangible assets related to our oncology program ($3,488,000). This increase was offset by the reduction in other RD expenses in the three-month period ended November 30, 2024, and were further reduced by the recognition of Canadian federal non-refundable tax credits ($838,000).
RD expenses
(in thousands of dollars)
|
Three months ended November 30 |
||||||
| 2024 | 2023 |
%
change |
||||
|
Oncology |
||||||
|
Laboratory research and personnel |
29 | 421 | -93% | |||
|
Pharmaceutical product development |
49 | 64 | -23% | |||
|
Phase 1 clinical trial |
372 | 181 | 105% | |||
|
Impairment loss |
3,488 | - | - | |||
|
Medical projects and education |
320 | 478 | -33% | |||
|
Salaries, benefits and expenses |
1,284 | 1,715 | -25% | |||
|
Regulatory activities |
414 | 405 | 2% | |||
|
Trogarzo ® IM formulation |
- | 118 | -100% | |||
|
Tesamorelin formulation development |
208 | 675 | -69% | |||
|
F8 human factor studies |
- | 185 | -100% | |||
|
Pen injector |
- | (268) | -100% | |||
|
European activities |
45 | 48 | -6% | |||
|
Travel, consultants, patents, options, others |
580 | 442 | 31% | |||
|
Restructuring costs |
- | 875 | -100% | |||
|
Tax credits |
(905) | (110) | 723% | |||
|
Total |
5,884 | 5,229 | 13% | |||
60
Table of Contents
RD expenses in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2024 were negatively impacted by an impairment loss of the intangible asset of $3,488,000 related to the acquisition of our oncology program. We recorded no such impairment in the three-month period ended November 30, 2023.
Selling Expenses
Selling expenses in the three-month period ended November 30, 2024, amounted to $ 7,044,000 compared to $6,748,000 in the comparable period of Fiscal 2023, an increase of 4.4%.
The increase in selling expenses is largely associated with the overall growth of the commercial operations, in-line with the strategic goal of ensuring continued top-line revenue growth.
The amortization of the intangible asset value for the EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® commercialization rights is also included in selling expenses. As such, we recorded amortization expense of $360,000 for the three-month period ended November 30, 2024, unchanged as compared to the same period of Fiscal 2023.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2024 amounted to $5,059,000, compared to $3,739,000 reported in the same period of Fiscal 2023. The increase in General and administrative expenses is mainly due to higher stock based compensation expense.
Net Finance Costs
Net finance costs for the three-month period ended November 30, 2024, were $7,801,000 compared to $5,352,000 in the same period of last year. The increase in net finance costs is due to the higher interest expense on the Marathon Loan Facility, as well as the higher loss on long-term debt modifications and repayment related to the repayment of the Marathon Loan Facility.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA was $7,756,000 for the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2024, compared to $4,958,000 for the same period of Fiscal 2023. See “Non-IFRS and Non-US-GAAP Measure” above and see “Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA” below for a reconciliation to Net Loss for the relevant periods.
61
Table of Contents
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense amounted to $1,021,000, versus $73,000 in the same period last year. The increase in the fourth quarter of 2024 over the same period of 2023 is attributable to the higher net fiscal income generated by our operations. The Company recorded Canadian federal non-refundable tax credits in the three-month period ended November 30, 2024 ($838,000) against research and development expenses, which largely offsets the Canadian federal income tax payable. Refer to Note 20 of the Audited Financial Statements.
Net Loss
Taking into account the revenue and expense variations described above, we recorded a net loss of $7,903,000, or $0.16 per share, in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2024 compared to a net loss of $2,755,000, or $0.08 per share per share, in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2023.
Fiscal Year 2023 Financial Results compared to Fiscal Year 2022 Financial Results
Revenue
Consolidated revenue for Fiscal 2023 was $81,764,000 compared to $80,057,000 in Fiscal 2022, representing an increase of 2.1%.
For Fiscal 2023, net sales of EGRIFTA SV ® reached $53,705,000 compared to $50,454,000 for Fiscal 2022 representing growth of 6.4%. The increase in net sales of EGRIFTA SV ® was mostly the result of a higher number of units sold compared to the previous year, (+6.3%), as well as a higher selling price (+6.3%), and was hampered by increased government rebates, chargebacks and other costs (-6.7%). Overall growth of EGRIFTA SV ® unit sales was hampered in 2023 by draw downs in inventory at one of our large specialty pharmacies during the second quarter.
In Fiscal 2023, Trogarzo ® net sales were $28,059,000 compared to $29,603,000 in the prior year, a decrease of 5.2%. The decrease in net sales of Trogarzo ® in the US was mostly the result of a lower number of units sold compared to the previous year (-9.5%). This decrease was offset by a higher selling price (+6.8%) and by more favorable government rebates, chargebacks and other costs (+0.7%). The Trogarzo ® net sales decrease is also attributable to our decision to stop commercializing the product in Europe in Fiscal 2022, resulting in a $975,000 decrease in Fiscal 2023. Unit sales of Trogarzo ® in the US were negatively affected in the second quarter of 2023 by two factors: (a) drawdowns in inventory at one of our large specialty pharmacies resulting from larger than necessary purchases in the latter part of calendar year 2022; and (b) further inventory drawdowns at another specialty pharmacy with which we renegotiated contract terms resulting in a lowering of their overall inventory levels.
Cost of Sales
For Fiscal 2023, cost of sales was $19,635,000 compared to $26,279,000 in in the comparable period of Fiscal 2022. Cost of sales included cost of goods sold that amounted to $19,635,000 in Fiscal 2023 compared to $23,838,000 in Fiscal 2022. The decrease in cost of goods sold was mainly due to a number of factors occurring in Fiscal 2022 that did not reoccur in Fiscal 2023, namely: (1) a charge arising from the non-production of scheduled batches of EGRIFTA SV ® that were cancelled due to the planned transition to the F8 Formulation in the amount of $1,788,000; and (2) a provision of $1,477,000 related to the write down of F8 Formulation for pre-commercial material which could expire prior to the launch of the F8 Formulation, if approved. Cost of goods sold for Fiscal 2023 also included other provisions totalling $220,000, related to the pending approval of the F8 Formulation (See Note 9 of the Audited Financial Statements).
Cost of Goods Sold
|
Fiscal Year ended November 30 |
||||||||
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||||
| ($000s) |
% of Revenue |
($000s) |
% of Revenue |
|||||
|
EGRIFTA SV ® |
4,998 |
9.3% |
7,909 |
15.7% |
||||
|
Trogarzo ® |
14,637 |
52.2% |
15,929 |
53.8% |
||||
|
Total |
19,635 |
24.0% |
23,838 |
29.8% |
||||
In Fiscal 2022, cost of sales included an amortization charge of $2,441,000 in connection with the settlement of the future royalty obligation which has been accounted as “Other asset” on the consolidated statement of the financial position. The Other asset was fully amortized during the first half of Fiscal 2022, and thus this charge was Nil in Fiscal 2023.
RD Expenses
RD expenses were $30,370,000 for Fiscal 2023 compared to $36,939,000 for Fiscal 2022, a decrease of 17.8%, mostly due to lower spending on our various programs. RD expenses in the first and second quarters of Fiscal 2023 were also negatively impacted by expenses of $3,730,000 related to sudocetaxel zendusortide material and expenses of $536,000 related to the production of bacteriostatic water for injection (“BWFI”). Excluding these expenses, RD expenses are down significantly in Fiscal 2023 compared to last year, mostly as a result of lower spending on our oncology program. RD expenses also included $1,384,000 in severance and other expenses related to the reorganization announced in July 2023.
RD expenses
(in thousands of dollars)
|
Fiscal Year ended November 30 |
||||||
| 2023 | 2022 |
%
change |
||||
|
Oncology |
||||||
|
Laboratory research and personnel |
1,845 | 2,354 | -22% | |||
|
Pharmaceutical product development |
4,474 | 2,225 | 101% | |||
|
Phase 1 clinical trial |
1,987 | 5,228 | -62% | |||
| Medical projects and education | 3,645 | 4,595 | -21% | |||
| NASH | - | 410 | -100% | |||
| Salaries, benefits and expenses | 8,978 | 10,402 | -14% | |||
| Regulatory activities | 1,569 | 1,440 | 9% | |||
| Trogarzo ® IM formulation | 1,083 | 1,933 | -44% | |||
| Tesamorelin formulation development | 1,876 | 75 | 2401% | |||
| F8 human factor studies | 1,332 | 748 | 78% | |||
| Pen injector | (34) | 2,438 | -101% | |||
| European activities | 504 | 3,102 | -84% | |||
| Travel, consultants, patents, options, others | 2,266 | 2,305 | -2% | |||
| Restructuring costs | 1,384 | - | nm | |||
| Tax credits | (539) | (316) | 71% | |||
| Total | 30,370 | 36,939 | -18% | |||
62
Table of Contents
Selling Expenses
Selling expenses for Fiscal 2023 were $26,769,000 compared to $39,391,000 for Fiscal 2022. The decrease in selling expenses is mainly related to higher expenses incurred in Fiscal 2022 related to the setting up of our internal field force in the United States as well as severance costs incurred following our decision in 2022 to exit the European market for the commercialization of Trogarzo ® . The decrease is also due in large part to a charge of $6,356,000 related to the accelerated amortization, in the second quarter of Fiscal 2022, of the Trogarzo ® commercialization rights for the European territory. Selling expenses in Fiscal 2023 included $220,000 in severance and other expenses related to the reorganization announced in July 2023.
The amortization of the intangible asset value for the EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® commercialization rights is also included under selling expenses. As such, we recorded amortization expenses of $2,513,000 for Fiscal 2023, compared to $9,211,000 in Fiscal 2022 (which included the charge related to accelerated amortization of the Trogarzo ® commercialization rights for the European territory).
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses for Fiscal 2023 were $15,617,000 compared to $17,356,000 for the same period in Fiscal 2022. The decrease in general and administrative expenses is largely due to our decision to terminate the commercialization activities of Trogarzo ® in Europe during the second quarter of Fiscal 2022. General and administrative expenses for Fiscal 2023 also included $359,000 in severance and other expenses related to the reorganization announced in July 2023.
Net Finance Costs
Net finance costs for Fiscal 2023 were $12,909,000 compared to $6,886,000 in Fiscal 2022. The increase in net finance costs in Fiscal 2023 versus Fiscal 2022 was mostly due to the higher interest expense on the Company’s Loan Facility ($3,906,000), as well as expenses of $3,540,000 related to the amendments to the Marathon Credit Agreement. Other expenses in Fiscal 2023 included the write-off of deferred financing costs ($954,000). These higher costs were offset by gain on the change of fair value of the Marathon Warrants and a lower foreign exchange loss.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA was $(2,914,000) for Fiscal 2023 compared to $(22,088,000) for Fiscal 2022. Adjusted EBITDA in the first and second quarters of Fiscal 2023 was negatively affected by expenses of $3,749,000 related to sudocetaxel zendusortide material and expenses of $536,000 related to the production of BWFI. No such expenses were recorded in the third and fourth quarters of Fiscal 2023. See “Non-IFRS and Non-US-GAAP Measure” above and see “Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA” below for a reconciliation to Net Loss for the relevant periods.
Net Loss
Taking into account the revenue and expense variations described above, we recorded a net loss of $23,957,000, or $0.91 per share, in Fiscal 2023 compared to $47,237,000, or $1.98 per share, in Fiscal 2022.
63
Table of Contents
Quarterly Financial Information
The following table is a summary of our unaudited consolidated operating results for the last 8 quarters of Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2023.
(in thousands of dollars, except per share amounts)
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Q4 | Q3 | Q2 | Q1 | Q4 | Q3 | Q2 | Q1 | |||||||||
|
Revenue |
25,002 | 22,600 | 22,017 | 16,247 | 23,452 | 20,855 | 17,549 | 19,908 | ||||||||
|
Operating expenses |
||||||||||||||||
|
Cost of sales |
||||||||||||||||
|
Cost of goods sold |
6,096 | 4,521 | 4,547 | 5,284 | 5,066 | 4,967 | 4,909 | 4,693 | ||||||||
|
RD |
5,884 | 2,612 | 4,725 | 3,752 | 5,229 | 5,396 | 10,389 | 9,356 | ||||||||
|
Selling |
7,044 | 6,307 | 6,367 | 5,701 | 6,748 | 6,728 | 6,479 | 6,814 | ||||||||
|
General and administrative |
5,059 | 2,947 | 3,090 | 3,756 | 3,739 | 3,710 | 3,716 | 4,452 | ||||||||
|
Total operating expenses |
24,083 | 16,387 | 18,729 | 18,493 | 20,782 | 20,801 | 25,493 | 25,315 | ||||||||
|
Net finance costs |
(7,801) | (2,366) | (2,183) | (2,125) | (5,352) | (674) | (1,943) | (4,940) | ||||||||
|
Income taxes |
(1,021) | (756) | (118) | (110) | (73) | (126) | (126) | (96) | ||||||||
|
Net profit (loss) |
(7,903) | 3,091 | 987 | (4,481) | (2,755) | (746) | (10,013) | (10,443) | ||||||||
|
Basic and diluted loss per share (1) |
(0.16) | 0.06 | 0.02 | (0.10) | (0.08) | (0.03) | (0.40) | (0.44) | ||||||||
| (1) |
Amounts in Q1-2023 and Q2-2023 have been restated to reflect the 1 for 4 share consolidation effective July 31, 2023. |
Factors Affecting the Variability of Financial Results
There are quarter-over-quarter variations in net sales revenue, principally due to changes in distributor inventory levels with some additional impact from time to time related to average net selling price, which is affected by changes in the mix of private payors versus government drug reimbursement plans.
Lower expenses in Fiscal 2024 were associated with the overall stated strategy of focusing on our commercial operations and generating positive Adjusted EBITDA.
The increase in general and administrative expenses in Q4 2024 is mainly due to higher stock based compensation expense.
The increase in cost of goods sold in Q2 2023 as a percentage of revenue was mainly due to a charge arising from the non-production of scheduled batches of EGRIFTA SV ® that were cancelled due to the planned transition to the F8 Formulation.
The increase in RD expenses in Q2 2023 as a percentage of revenue was due to a provision of $3,042,000 related to sudocetaxel zendusortide material which could expire before we are able to use it in our clinical program.
64
Table of Contents
The increase in selling expenses in Q2 2023 as a percentage of revenue was related to the accelerated amortization of the Trogarzo ® commercialization rights for the European territory following our decision to cease commercialization activities in that territory.
The lower Net finance costs in Q2 2023 was mostly due to the costs associated with the amendments to the Loan Facility, the write-off of deferred financing costs, and the change in fair value of the Marathon Warrants, the latter of which are remeasured to fair value on a quarterly basis. In the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2024, higher finance costs were related to the termination of the Loan Facility.
Selected Annual Information
(in thousands of dollars, except per share amounts)
| Years ended November 30 | 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||
|
Revenue |
85,866 | 81,764 | 80,057 | |||||||||
|
Cost of sales |
20,448 | 19,635 | 26,279 | |||||||||
|
Research and development expenses |
16,973 | 30,370 | 36,939 | |||||||||
|
Selling expenses |
25,419 | 26,769 | 39,391 | |||||||||
|
General and administrative expenses |
14,852 | 15,617 | 17,356 | |||||||||
|
Net loss |
(8,306 | ) | (23,957 | ) | (47,237 | ) | ||||||
|
Loss per share: Basic and diluted |
(0.17 | ) | (0.91 | ) | (1.98 | ) | ||||||
|
Cash, bonds and money market funds |
9,836 | 40,387 | 33,070 | |||||||||
|
Cash equivalent held in escrow |
10,000 | - | - | |||||||||
|
Total assets |
53,340 | 77,769 | 93,260 | |||||||||
|
Long-Term debt (including current portion) |
44,432 | 57,974 | 37,894 | |||||||||
|
Lease liabilities (including current portion) |
1,174 | 994 | 1,922 | |||||||||
|
Convertible unsecured senior notes |
- | - | 26,895 | |||||||||
| B. |
Liquidity and capital resources. |
Going Concern Uncertainty
As part of the preparation of the Financial Statements, management is responsible for identifying events or conditions that indicate a material uncertainty exists that casts substantial doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern exists if events or conditions, considered collectively, indicate that the Company may be unable to honor its obligations as they fall due during a period of at least, but not limited to, 12 months from November 30, 2024. If the Company concludes that events or conditions indicate material uncertainty exists on its ability to continue as a going concern, it must assess whether management’s plans developed to mitigate these events or conditions address the material uncertainty.
65
Table of Contents
For the year ended November 30, 2024, the Company incurred a net loss of $8,306,000 (2023-$23,957,000; 2022-$47,237,000) and had positive cash flows from operating activities of $2,379,000 (2023- negative $5,678,000; 2022 negative $14,692,000). As at November 30, 2024, cash amounted to $5,899,000 and bonds and money market funds amounted to $3,937,000 and the accumulated deficit is $416,887,000. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern requires the Company to continue to achieve positive cash flows through revenues generation and managing expenses, and meet the covenants of the TD Credit Agreement and the IQ Credit Agreement at all times, which require testing on a quarterly basis.
On January 9, 2025, the Company announced a temporary supply disruption for EGRIFTA SV ® caused by an unexpected voluntary shutdown of the Company’s contract manufacturer’s facility in the third quarter of 2024 following an inspection by the US Food and Drug Administration. The manufacturer resumed manufacturing of EGRIFTA SV ® in November 2024. In order to resume distribution of EGRIFTA SV ® , the Company was required to file a PAS with the FDA describing the changes made by its manufacturer. The Company filed the PAS on December 18, 2024. A PAS is usually reviewed by the FDA within four months of receipt.
On February 13, 2025, the FDA, via its drug shortage staff, indicated that it would allow the Company to sell and distribute newly manufactured batches of EGRIFTA SV ® even though the product was manufactured without an approved PAS, thereby allowing the Company to sell two manufactured batches of EGRIFTA SV ® , representing up to six months of supply. Distribution of the product resumed on February 13, 2025.
In its communication of February 13, 2025, the FDA indicated that if the Company plans to submit a new or updated proposal to continue mitigating this shortage beyond these two batches, the Company should submit the shortage mitigation proposal to the Drug Shortage Staff so that the FDA can evaluate the proposal. The Company’s contract manufacturer has already manufactured one additional batch of EGRIFTA SV ® , and two additional batches are planned before the end of the third quarter of 2025.
The Company’s ability to continue generating revenues through the sale of EGRIFTA SV ® and to be able to meet the Adjusted EBITDA covenants at all times, to be tested on a quarterly basis, contained in the TD Credit Agreement and the IQ Credit Agreement for a period of at least, but not limited to, 12 months from November 30, 2024, involves significant judgement and is dependent on the full resumption of the distribution of EGRIFTA SV ® , which is dependant on FDA approval.
Should management’s plans not materialize, the Company may be in default under the TD Credit Agreement and the IQ Credit Agreement, be forced to reduce or delay expenditures and capital additions or sell or liquidate its assets. Portions of management’s plans are outside of their control such as the timing of full resumption of product distribution which requires FDA approval. Therefore, there are scenarios wherein events or conditions combine to create material uncertainty and cast substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
The Audited Financial Statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which assumes the Company will continue its operations in the foreseeable future and will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The Audited Financial Statements do not include any adjustments to the carrying values and classification of assets and liabilities and reported expenses that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty and that may be necessary if the going concern basis was not appropriate for the Audited Financial Statements. If the Company was unable to continue as a going concern, material impairment of the carrying values of the Company’s assets, including intangible assets, could be required.
Analysis of cash flows
As at November 30, 2024, cash, cash equivalent in escrow, bonds and money market funds amounted to $19,836,000 compared to $40,387,000 at November 30, 2023. Available cash is invested in highly liquid fixed income instruments including governmental, municipal and paragovernmental organizations, high-grade corporate bonds and money market funds. On November 30, 2024, $10,000,000 was held in escrow pending completion of the Ionis Transaction and is therefore presented as cash equivalent in escrow. See “Subsequent Event”.
66
Table of Contents
The Company voluntarily changed its accounting policy in Fiscal 2023 to classify interest paid and received as part of its operating activities, which were previously classified as cash flow from financing activities and interest received as cash flows from investing activities.
During Fiscal 2024, cash flows provided by operating activities were $2,379,000, compared to negative $5,678,000 in Fiscal 2023.
In Fiscal 2024, changes in operating assets and liabilities had a negative impact on cash flow from operations of $5,017,000 (2023-positive impact of $8,133,000). These changes included negative impacts from higher trade and other receivables ($2,195,000) lower provisions ($1,760,000), lower accounts payable and accrued liabilities ($1,830,000) and higher prepaid expenses and deposits ($298,000) while lower tax credits and grants receivable ($281,000) and lower inventories ($785,000) had a positive impact on cash flows from operating activities.
During Fiscal 2024, the Company received net proceeds of $44,576,000 from issuance of long-term debt and used $64,908,000 (including prepayment penalties and fees) to fully reimburse the Marathon Credit Facility.
During Fiscal 2024, investing activities included the payment of the second tranche of the milestone to TaiMed Biologics related to the approval of the IV push method of administration of Trogarzo ® ($1,500,000), and was offset by net proceeds from the sale of bonds and money market funds ($2,383,000).
Commitments
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements.
Contractual obligations
The following table lists as of November 30, 2024, information on the contractual maturities of financial liabilities.
(in thousands)
| Contractual Obligations | Total |
Less than
1 Year |
1 to 3
Years |
3 to 5
Years |
More than
5 Years |
|||||||||||||||
|
Long-term debt, including interest (1) |
56,710 | 7,047 | 33,375 | 16,288 | — | |||||||||||||||
|
Lease Liabilities |
2,720 | 425 | 448 | 289 | 1,558 | |||||||||||||||
|
Purchase Obligations (2) |
17,408 | 13,136 | 2,848 | 1,424 | — | |||||||||||||||
|
Total |
$ | 76,838 | $ | 20,608 | $ | 36,671 | $ | 18,001 | $ | 1,558 | ||||||||||
| (1) |
Based on actual interest rates. |
| (2) |
The Corporation has long-term procurement agreements with third party suppliers in connection with the commercialization of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® . As at November 30, 2024, the Corporation had outstanding purchase orders and minimum payments required under these agreements amounting to $17,408 for the manufacture of Trogarzo ® , EGRIFTA SV ® , the F8 Formulation, and for other various services. |
67
Table of Contents
License agreement
On February 3, 2020, the Company entered into an amended and restated licence agreement with the Massachusetts General Hospital (“MGH”), as amended on April 15, 2020, in order to benefit from its assistance and knowledge for the development of tesamorelin for the potential treatment of NASH in the general population. Under the terms of the amended agreement, the MGH, through Dr. Steven Grinspoon, will provide services related to the study design, selection of optimal patient population, dosing, study duration and other safety matters and participate, if need be, in regulatory meetings with the FDA or the EMA. In consideration, the Company agreed to make certain milestone payments to the MGH related to the development of tesamorelin and to pay a low single-digit royalty on all sales of EGRIFTA SV ® above a certain amount. The aggregate amount of the clinical development milestone payments is $3,000,000 and for the regulatory milestones is $2,250,000. The payment of the royalty will begin upon approval by the FDA or the EMA (the first to occur) of the label expansion for the treatment of any fatty liver disease, including Non-Alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease or NASH in the general population.
Letter of credit
As at November 30, 2024, the Company had an outstanding letter of credit of $429,000 (2023 – nil) for the lease obligation.
Financial Risk Management
This section provides disclosures relating to the nature and extent of the Company’s exposure to risks arising from financial instruments, including credit risk, liquidity risk, currency risk and interest rate risk, and how the Company manages those risks.
Credit Risk
Credit risk refers to the risk of a loss if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. The Company regularly monitors credit risk exposure and takes steps to mitigate the likelihood of this exposure resulting in losses.
The Company’s exposure to credit risk currently relates to accounts receivable with one major customer (refer to Note 26 to the Audited Financial Statements), other receivable and derivative financial assets which it manages by dealing only with highly rated Canadian financial institutions.
Included in the consolidated statements of financial position are trade receivables of $14,972,000 (2023 – $12,798,000). Management uses historical loss experience and adjust historical loss rates, when needed, to reflect information about current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions. Under the terms of the agreement with its major customer, payment is due within 45 days and management monitors timely cash collection frequently. A significant increase in credit risk is presumed if the customer’s receivable is more than 15 days past due in making a contractual payment. Historically, the customer pays at the 45 days due date and the receivable has not been more than 15 days past due. As such, the Company has not incurred any losses in respect of its trade receivable with its major customer. As a result, no loss allowance has been recognized. As at November 30, 2024, no increase in credit risk has occurred related to trade receivables.
Financial instruments other than cash and trade and other receivables that potentially subject the Company to significant credit risk consists principally of bonds and money market funds. The Company invests its available cash in highly liquid fixed income instruments from governmental, paragovernmental, municipal and high-grade corporate bodies and money market funds (2024 $3,937,000; 2023 – $6,290,000). As at November 30, 2024, the Company believes it was not exposed to any significant credit risk. The Company’s maximum credit exposure corresponded to the carrying amount of these financial assets.
68
Table of Contents
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk refers to the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they become due. As indicated in Note 24 to the Audited Financial Statements, the Company manages this risk through the management of its capital structure. It also manages liquidity risk by continuously monitoring actual and projected cash flows. The Board of Directors reviews and approves the Company’s operating and capital budgets, as well as any material transactions out of the ordinary course of business.
The Company has adopted an investment policy in respect of the safety and preservation of its capital designed to ensure that the Company’s liquidity needs are met. The instruments are selected with regards to the expected timing of expenditures and prevailing interest rates.
Until November 27, 2024, pursuant to the Marathon Credit Agreement, the Company was required to maintain cash, cash equivalents and eligible short-term investments overtime between $15,000,000 to $20,000,000 based on the last twelve months Adjusted EBITDA-based targets, which restricted the management of the Company’s liquidity. Refer to notes16 of the Audited Financial Statements.
Currency Risk
The Company is exposed to financial risk related to the fluctuation of foreign exchange rates and the degree of volatility of those rates. Currency risk is limited to the portion of the Company’s business transactions denominated in currencies other than US$, primarily cash, sale of goods and expenses incurred in CA$ and euros.
Exchange rate fluctuations for foreign currency transactions can cause cash flows, as well as amounts recorded in the consolidated statements of net loss, to vary from period to period and not necessarily correspond to those forecasted in operating budgets and projections. Additional earnings variability arises from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the US$ at the rates of exchange at each consolidated statement of financial position date, the impact of which is reported as foreign exchange gain or loss in the consolidated statements of net loss.
The following table presents the significant items in the original currencies exposed to currency risk as at November 30, 2024 and 2023.
(in thousands)
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| CA$ | EURO | CA$ | EURO | |||||||||||||
|
Cash |
663 | 27 | 358 | 123 | ||||||||||||
|
Bonds and money market funds |
5,516 | - | 8,543 | - | ||||||||||||
|
Trade and other receivables |
217 | 12 | 296 | 2 | ||||||||||||
|
Tax credits and grants receivable |
234 | 63 | 497 | 145 | ||||||||||||
|
Accounts payables and accrued liabilities |
(9,115 | ) | (890 | ) | (5,395 | ) | (224) | |||||||||
|
Lease liabilities |
(1,307 | ) | (228) | (925 | ) | (288 | ) | |||||||||
|
Provisions |
- | - | (326 | ) | (3,192 | ) | ||||||||||
|
Total exposure |
(3,792 | ) | (1,016 | ) | 3,048 | (3,434 | ) | |||||||||
69
Table of Contents
The following exchange rates are those applicable as at November 30, 2024 and 2023.
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
|
Average rate |
Reporting
date rate |
Average
rate |
Reporting
date rate |
|||||
|
CA$ – US$ |
0.7339 | 0.7138 | 0.7404 | 0.7363 | ||||
|
Euro – US$ |
1.0854 | 1.0563 | 1.0792 | 1.0903 | ||||
Based on the Company’s foreign currency exposures noted above, varying the above foreign exchange rates to reflect a 5% strengthening of the CA$ or the euro would have an impact on net earnings for CA$ and in the accumulated other comprehensive loss for euro as follows, assuming that all other variables remained constant.
(in thousands)
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| CA$ | Euro | CA$ | Euro | |||||||||||||
|
Positive (negative) impact |
(190) | (51) | 152 | (172) | ||||||||||||
An assumed 5% weakening of the CA$ or of the euro would have had an equal but opposite effect on the above currencies in the amounts shown above, assuming that all other variables remained constant.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk refers to the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.
Short-term bonds held by the Company are invested at fixed interest rates and/or mature in the short term. Long-term bonds are also instruments that bear interest at fixed rates. The risk that the Company will realize a loss as a result of a decline in the fair value of its bonds is limited because these investments, although they are classified as fair value through OCI, are generally held until close to maturity. The unrealized gains or losses on bonds are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
Based on the value of the Company’s short- and long-term bonds as at November 30, 2024, an assumed 0.5% decrease in market interest rates would have increased the fair value of these bonds and the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by approximately $20,000 (2023 – $42,000); an assumed increase in market interest rates of 0.5% would have an equal but opposite effect, assuming that all other variables remained constant.
Cash and money market funds bear interest at variable rates. Trade and other receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and provisions bear no interest.
Based on the average value of variable interest-bearing cash and money market funds during the year ended November 30, 2024 of $30,753,000 (2023 – $20,231,000), an assumed 0.5% increase in interest rates during such year would have increased future cash flows and net profit by approximately $154,000 (2023 – $101,000); an assumed decrease of 0.5% would have had an equal but opposite effect.
The TD Term Loan and the TD Revolver as at November 30, 2024 are variable rate debt based on SOFR. Based on the value of these loans as at November 30, 2024, an assumed 0.5% increase in SOFR rate would have decreased future cash flows and net profit by approximately $130,000 and an assumed increase of 0.5% would have had an equal but opposite effect.
70
Table of Contents
Determination of fair values
Certain of the Company’s accounting policies and disclosures require the determination of fair value, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Fair values have been determined for measurement and/or disclosure purposes based on the following methods. When applicable, further information about the assumptions made in determining fair values is disclosed in the notes specific to that asset or liability.
Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value
In establishing fair value, the Company uses a fair value hierarchy based on levels as defined below:
| Level 1: |
Defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets. |
| Level 2: |
Defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable. |
| Level 3: |
Defined as inputs that are based on little or no observable market data, therefore requiring entities to develop their own assumptions. |
Other financial assets and financial liabilities
The Company has determined that the carrying values of its short-term financial assets and financial liabilities, including cash, cash equivalent, trade and other receivables, and accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair value because of their relatively short period to maturity.
Bonds and money market funds and derivative financial assets and financial liabilities are stated at fair value, determined by inputs that are primarily based on broker quotes at the reporting date (Level 2).
The Company has determined that the carrying value of its Long-term debt approximates its fair value because it vas issued near the 2024 fiscal year-end.
Share-based payment transactions
The fair value of the Share Options is measured based on the Black-Scholes valuation model. Measurement inputs include share price on measurement date, exercise price of the instrument, expected volatility (based on weighted average historical volatility adjusted for changes expected due to publicly available information), weighted average expected life of the instruments (based on historical experience and general option holder behaviour), expected dividends, and the risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds). Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the transactions, if any, are not taken into account in determining fair value. The fair value of the DSUs is determined using the quoted price of the common shares of the Company and considered Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
The Marathon Warrants are recognized at fair value and considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Reasonably possible changes at November 30, 2024, to one of the significant unobservable input, holding other inputs consistent, would have the following effects:
(in thousands)
| Net profit (loss) | ||||||||||||
| Increase | Decrease | |||||||||||
|
Expected volatility (10% movement) (100bps)) |
$ | (100) | $100 | |||||||||
71
Table of Contents
Related party transactions
See “Item 7B – Related party transactions” and refer to Note 27 of the Audited Financial Statements.
Subsequent Events
Licensing agreement
On December 3, 2024, the Company has entered into an agreement with Ionis to in-license two investigational RNA-targeted medicines developed by Ionis. Under the agreement, the Company receives exclusive rights in Canada to commercialize olezarsen, which is being evaluated for FCS and sHTG, and donidalorsen, which is being evaluated for the treatment of HAE.
The Company paid $10,000,000 on December 5, 2024, upon execution of the agreement, which cash equivalent was held in escrow at November 30, 2024 from IQ. The Company also agreed to cash milestone payments based on the achievement of receipt of regulatory approval milestone and receipt of public reimbursement approval milestone (up to $5,750,000), annual sales targets at three different tiers (up to $7,000,000) for donidalorsen only. In addition, Ionis will also be entitled to receive tiered double-digit royalties on annual net sales of each medicine. Royalties on annual net sales of both medicines will be owed for a period of up to 12 years.
The Company will be responsible for filing, obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval for olezarsen and donidalorsen in Canada. Ionis will be manufacturing and supplying both products to Theratechnologies and has granted the Company a right to manufacture both products in certain limited circumstances.
The term of the licensing agreement with Ionis will continue until the Company permanently ceases commercializing all licensed products in Canada, or unless earlier terminated in accordance with customary termination provisions for transactions of this like-nature.
Tariffs
On February 1, 2025, the President of the United States signed an executive order which provided that, effective February 4, 2025, most goods imported into the United States would be subject to a 25% tariff. The application of the order was subsequently suspended, however there are discussions about the re-introduction of those tariffs on goods exported from Canada to the United States.
EGRIFTA SV ® is exported to the United States. It is too early to determine whether these tariffs will apply to pharmaceutical products and how they would directly impact the Company. The Company expects that such tariffs, if effective, will likely have an adverse effect on its financial results.
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
|
Three-month periods ended November 30 |
Years ended
November 30 |
|||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||||||||
|
Net loss |
(7,903) | (2,755) | (8,306) | (23,957) | (47,237) | |||||||||||||||
|
Add : |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Depreciation and amortization 1 |
493 | 576 | 2,761 | 3,315 | 12,471 | |||||||||||||||
|
Net Finance costs 2 |
7,801 | 5,352 | 14,475 | 12,909 | 6,886 | |||||||||||||||
|
Income taxes |
1,021 | 73 | 2,005 | 421 | 443 | |||||||||||||||
|
Share-based compensation |
2,195 | 418 | 3,549 | 2,215 | 3,872 | |||||||||||||||
|
Inventory provision 3 |
661 | 50 | 1,749 | 220 | 1,477 | |||||||||||||||
|
Restructuring costs 4 |
- | 1,244 | 486 | 1,963 | - | |||||||||||||||
|
Impairment loss on intangible assets |
3,488 | - | 3,488 | - | - | |||||||||||||||
|
Adjusted EBITDA |
7,756 | 4,958 | 20,207 | (2,914 | ) | (22,088 | ) | |||||||||||||
1 Includes depreciation of property and equipment, amortization of intangible, other assets and right-of-use assets.
2 Includes all finance income and finance costs consisting of: Foreign exchange, interest income, accretion expense, write-off and amortization of deferred financing costs, interest expense, gain or loss on financial instruments carried at fair value and loss on debt modifications and gain on lease termination and other.
3 Inventory provision pending marketing approval of the F8 Formulation.
4 Restructuring costs include severance and other expenses associated with termination of employment related to the reorganization announced in July 2023 and completed in October 2023 as well as the decision to cease early-stage RD activities in 2024.
72
Table of Contents
C. Research and development, patents and licenses.
For a description of our Research and Development activities for the last three years, see “Item 4B – Business Overview – Research and Development Activities”, as well as “Item 5A – Operating Results”. Over the past three years, our research and development activities have mainly focused on the following:
| ● |
A Phase 1 clinical trial of sudocetaxel zendusortide; |
| ● |
The development of our SORT1+ technology platform, including the development of new PDCs; |
| ● |
Life-cycle management programs for tesamorelin, including the development and regulatory filing of the F8 Formulation; |
| ● |
Life-cycle management programs for ibalizumab, including the development of new modes of administration, namely intravenous push and intra-muscular modes of administration. |
| D. |
Trend information. |
Other than as disclosed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments, or events that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our net revenue, income from continuing operations, profitability, liquidity, or capital resources, or that would cause reported financial information not necessarily to be indicative of future operating results or financial condition.
| E. |
Critical Accounting Estimates. |
Use of estimates and judgments
The preparation of the Company’s Audited Financial Statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Audited Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting year.
Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Key sources of estimation uncertainty that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are as follows:
Sales allowances
Management uses judgment in estimating provisions for sale allowances such as cash discounts, returns, rebates and chargebacks, including potential clawbacks in certain jurisdictions when pricing terms are based on temporary use authorizations and thus subject to future negotiation. The product revenue recognized quarter over quarter is net of these estimated allowances. Such estimates require the need to make estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. These estimates take into consideration historical experience, current contractual and statutory requirements, specific known market events and trends such as competitive pricing and new product introductions, estimated inventory levels, and the shelf life of products. If actual future results vary, these estimates need to be adjusted, with an effect on sales and earnings in the period of the adjustment. (refer to Notes 2 “Revenue recognition” and 3 of the Audited Financial Statements for additional information).
Recoverability of inventories
The Company regularly reviews inventory to determine whether the inventory cost exceeds its net realizable value. The determination of the net realizable value requires management to make estimates and use judgement in considering shelf life of a product, the effects of technological changes and new product introductions.
73
Table of Contents
Other
Other areas of judgment and uncertainty are related to the estimation of accruals for clinical trial expenses, the recoverability of intangible assets, the measurement of derivative financial assets, the measurement of share-based arrangements, the Marathon Warrants and gain or loss on amendments to the Marathon Credit Agreement.
The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ from estimated amounts, such as changes in the healthcare environment, competition, litigation, legislation and regulations. Management regularly evaluates estimates and assumptions using historical experience and expectations about the future. Management adjusts estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances indicate the need for change. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the year in which the estimates are revised and in any future years affected.
Recent Changes in Accounting Standards
Standards issued but not yet effective
A number of new standards are effective for annual periods beginning after December 1, 2024 and earlier application is permitted; however, the Company has not early adopted the new or amended standards in preparing the Audited Financial Statements.
Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1)
For the purposes of non-current classification, the amendments removed the requirement for a right to defer settlement or roll over of a liability for at least twelve months to be unconditional. Instead, such a right must exist at the end of the reporting period and have substance.
The amendments reconfirmed that only covenants with which a company must comply on or before the reporting date affect the classification of a liability as current or non-current. Covenants with which a company must comply after the reporting date do not affect a liability’s classification at that date.
The amendments also clarify how a company classifies a liability that includes a counterparty conversion option. The amendments provide that: settlement of a liability includes transferring a company’s own equity instruments to the counterparty; and when classifying liabilities as current or non-current a company can ignore only those conversion options that are recognized as equity.
The amendments will be effective for the Company’s annual reporting period beginning on December 1, 2025. The adoption of the standard will have no impact on the financial statements.
IFRS 18, Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements
IFRS 18 will replace IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and applies for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027. The new standard introduces the following key new requirements.
Entities are required to classify all income and expenses into five categories in the statement of profit or loss, namely the operating, investing, financing, discontinued operations and income tax categories.
Entities are also required to present a newly-defined operating profit subtotal. Entities’ net profit will not change.
74
Table of Contents
Management-defined performance measures (“MPMs”) are disclosed in a single note in the financial statements.
Enhanced guidance is provided on how to group information in the financial statements.
In addition, all entities are required to use the operating profit subtotal as the starting point for the statement of cash flows when presenting operation cash flows under the indirect method.
The Company is still in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard, particularly with respect to the structure of the Company’s statement of profit or loss, the statement of cash flows and the additional disclosures requires for MPMs. The Company is also assessing the impact on how information is grouped in the financial statements.
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
| A. |
Directors and senior management. |
Our Directors
The table below sets forth the following information about our directors as at November 30, 2024: his/her name, age, province/state of residence, principal occupation, the year each director first became a director of the Corporation, his/her status as an independent director, his/her biography, his/her areas of expertise, his/her memberships on the committees of the Board of Directors, whether he/she acts as director for other public companies, and the number of Common Shares, DSUs and options beneficially held or controlled.
75
Table of Contents
|
Joseph P. Arena Age: 70 Norristown, Pennsylvania, USA
Independent
Director since: May 13, 2021
Areas of Expertise: - Regulatory Affairs - Drug Development - Medical Education - Management
Other Public Company Directorship: None |
Principal Occupation
|
Corporate Director | ||||
|
Joseph Arena was elected to the Board of Directors of Theratechnologies in May 2021.
|
||||||
|
Joseph Arena was Vice President, Oncology Products, Global Regulatory Affairs at Pfizer, Inc. (“Pfizer”) between 2018 and 2021. In such a role, he managed a team that provided strategic global leadership to Medicine Teams for Pfizer’s portfolio in oncology. The group was responsible for regulatory strategy and registration of products globally. His tasks included providing guidance on the worldwide regulatory requirements for registration of new chemical entities and new claims, identification of pharmaceutical, toxicological and clinical developmental issues and problem resolution, overseeing the preparation of high quality, effective regulatory submissions, providing oversight and input for all communications agencies and leading scientific teams in direct negotiations with agencies on all issues of product development, product registration and labeling (including post-marketing surveillance).
|
||||||
|
Prior to acting as Vice President, Oncology Products, Global Regulatory Affairs, he acted as Vice President, Cardiovascular and Metabolic Products, between 2016 and 2018 when he joined the Pfizer Worldwide Safety and Regulatory organization. In such a role, he managed a team that provided strategic global leadership to Medicine Teams for Pfizer’s portfolio in Cardiovascular and Metabolic Diseases. The group was responsible for regulatory strategy and registration of products globally.
|
||||||
|
Prior to joining Pfizer, he was at Merck and Co. Inc. (“Merck”) where he held the role of Vice President, Therapeutic Area Lead Oncology, Immunology and in vitro Diagnostics from 2015 to 2016. His team provided global leadership to development teams for oncology and immunology products and in vitro diagnostics across the portfolio. The group was responsible for regulatory strategy and registration of Merck’s products globally with a focus on the United States, European Union, China and Japan.
|
||||||
|
Mr. Arena began his career as a research scientist in 1989 at Merck Research Laboratories in Rahway, New Jersey. In 1996, he moved to a position in Regulatory Affairs International focusing primarily on Merck’s cardiovascular products. He eventually assumed management and leadership roles with Regulatory Affairs International, including management of therapeutic areas in Diabetes, Neuroscience, Atherosclerosis and Cardiovascular.
|
||||||
|
Mr. Arena received his B.S. in Pharmacy from St. John’s University in Queens, New York. After four (4) years in community and hospital settings, he attended the University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey and received a Ph.D. in Pharmacology, followed by a post-doctoral fellowship in the Physiology Department at the University of Rochester in New York.
|
||||||
|
Securities Held or Controlled
|
||||||
|
Common Shares (#) |
DSU (#) |
Options (#) |
||||
|
13,750
|
Nil | 31,903 | ||||
|
Committees of the Board of Directors
|
||||||
|
Member of the Compensation Committee
|
||||||
76
Table of Contents
|
Frank A. Holler Age: 68 Summerland, B.C., Canada
Independent
Director since: June 23, 2021
Areas of Expertise: - Corporate Finance - Life Sciences - Management
Other Public Company Directorship: Delivra Health Brands Inc. |
Principal Occupation
|
Corporate Director – Chair of the Board of the Corporation President and CEO, Ponderosa Capital Inc. |
||||
|
Frank A. Holler was appointed to the Board of Directors in June 2021.
|
||||||
|
He is currently the President CEO of Ponderosa Capital Inc. He previously served as Chairman CEO of BC Advantage Funds (VCC) Ltd., a venture capital firm investing in emerging technology companies in British Columbia.
|
||||||
|
He also served as President and CEO of Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. from 1999 to 2003 after having been President and CEO of ID Biomedical Corporation from 1991 to 1998. In addition, he was a founding director of Angiotech Pharmaceuticals.
|
||||||
|
Prior to working in biotechnology and healthcare, Mr. Holler was a Vice-President of Investment Banking with Merrill Lynch Canada and Wood Gundy Inc. (now CIBC World Markets).
|
||||||
|
Mr. Holler acts as Executive Chair of one additional public company: Delivra Health Brands Inc. in British Columbia, Canada.
|
||||||
|
Mr. Holler holds an MBA and BA (Economics) from the University of British Columbia.
|
||||||
|
Securities Held or Controlled
|
||||||
|
Common Shares (#) |
DSU (#) |
Options (#) |
||||
|
59,750
|
1,325 | 31,704 | ||||
|
Committees of the Board of Directors
|
||||||
|
Chair of Audit Committee Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
|
||||||
77
Table of Contents
|
Paul Lévesque Age: 61 Westmount, Québec, Canada
Non-independent
Director since: April 6, 2020
Areas of Expertise: - Pharmaceutical Industry - Sales and Marketing - Management - Human Resources
Other Public Company Directorship: None |
Principal Occupation
|
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation | ||||
|
Paul Lévesque has built an enviable reputation in the pharmaceutical industry both here and abroad. He is recognized for his track record at delivering growth.
|
||||||
|
Paul has worked in the research-based pharmaceutical industry since 1985. He started with Upjohn Canada and then joined Pfizer Canada in 1992. He went on to occupy increasingly senior positions within the organization including as Vice President of Marketing in Canada and in France, Country Manager for Canada, Chief Marketing Officer for the U.S. in Primary Care and as Regional President in Asia-Pacific for the innovative division of Pfizer.
|
||||||
|
He also assumed the role of Global President and General Manager for the Rare Disease Unit until he joined Theratechnologies on April 6, 2020.
|
||||||
|
Paul carries a passion for bringing to patients therapies in areas of unmet medical needs and has been in the pharmaceutical industry for over 35 years.
|
||||||
|
Paul holds a BSc in biochemistry from Laval University (Quebec City) and a Diploma in Management from McGill University. |
||||||
|
Securities Held or Controlled
|
||||||
|
Common Shares (#) |
DSU (#) |
Options (#) |
||||
|
72,800
|
Nil | 2,033,682 | ||||
|
Committees of the Board of Directors
|
||||||
|
N.A.
|
||||||
78
Table of Contents
|
Andrew Molson Age: 57 Westmount, Québec, Canada
Independent
Director since: October 15, 2020
Areas of Expertise: - Communications - Governance
Other Public Company Directorship: Molson Coors Beverage Company; Dundee Corporation
|
Principal Occupation
|
Corporate Director | ||||
|
Andrew Molson serves as chairman of AVENIR GLOBAL, an organization uniting eight strategic communications firms across Canada, the U.S., Europe and the Middle East. He also serves on several boards of directors, including Molson Coors Beverage Company, Groupe Deschênes, Dundee Corporation and the CH Group, owner of Evenko and the Montreal Canadiens.
|
||||||
|
He previously served as a director of The Group Jean Coutu PJC Inc. from 2014 to 2018, as Chair of Molson Coors from May 2011 to May 2013 and as its Vice Chair from May 2009 to May 2011. Mr. Molson serves on several non-profit boards, including the Institute for Governance of Private and Public Organizations, the Québec Blue Cross, the Evenko foundation for emerging talent and the Molson Foundation, a family foundation dedicated to the betterment of Canadian society.
|
||||||
|
Mr. Molson holds a Bachelor of Laws from Laval University (Quebec City). He also holds a Bachelor of Arts from Princeton University and a Master of Science in corporate governance and ethics from University of London (Birkbeck College). |
||||||
|
Securities Held or Controlled
|
||||||
|
Common Shares (#) |
DSU (#) |
Options (#) |
||||
|
137,500
|
2,531 | 35,019 | ||||
|
Committees of the Board of Directors
|
||||||
|
Member of Compensation Committee Chair of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
|
||||||
79
Table of Contents
|
Dawn Svoronos Age: 71 Hudson, Québec, Canada
Independent
Director since: April 8, 2013
Areas of Expertise: - Pharmaceutical Industry - Commercialization of Drug Products
Other Public Company Directorship: Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc.; Adverum Biotechnologies, Inc; and Acelyrin, Inc.
|
Principal Occupation
|
Corporate Director | ||||
|
Ms. Dawn Svoronos worked in the commercial side of the business for the multinational pharmaceutical company Merck Co. Inc., for 23 years, retiring in 2011. From 2009 to 2011, Ms. Svoronos was President of the Europe/Canada region for Merck and from 2006 to 2009 was President of Merck in Canada. Previously held positions with Merck include Vice-President of Asia Pacific and Vice-President of Global Marketing for the Arthritis, Analgesics and Osteoporosis franchise. Ms. Svoronos is a member of the board of directors of three other public companies: Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. in British Columbia, Canada; Adverum Biotechnologies, Inc. in Redwood City, California; and Acelyrin, Inc. in Agoura Hills, California.
|
||||||
|
Securities Held or Controlled
|
||||||
|
Common Shares (#) |
DSU (#) |
Options (#) |
||||
|
110,900
|
214
|
49,205
|
||||
|
Committees of the Board of Directors
|
||||||
|
Member of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
|
||||||
80
Table of Contents
|
Elina Tea
Age: 48
Montreal, Québec Canada
Independent
Director since: April 5, 2024
Areas of Expertise: - Finance - Merger Acquisitions - Human Resources
Compliance with Shareholding Policy: N.A.
Other Public Company Directorship: None
|
Principal Occupation
|
Chief Financial Officer, GLS North America | ||||
|
Ms. Tea is the Chief Financial Officer of GLS North America. In her current role, she oversees all operational and strategic matters with the finance, MA, legal, and human resources departments of the GLS Canada and GLS US businesses. She previously served as Chief Financial Officer at Vosker Corp and Vice-President, Corporate Development at Cogeco Communications, and has amassed considerable financial and business development experience at a range of companies including SNC-Lavalin (Office of the President), Desjardins Group, RBC Capital Market, and Ernst Young Corporate Finance.
Ms. Tea holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree, with a double concentration in Accounting and Finance from McGill University and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.
|
||||||
|
Securities Held or Controlled
|
||||||
|
Common Shares (#) |
DSU (#) |
Options (#) |
||||
|
Nil
|
Nil
|
22,727
|
||||
|
Committees of the Board of Directors
|
||||||
|
Member of Audit Committee
|
||||||
81
Table of Contents
|
Dale Weil Age: 69 Baie d’Urfé, Québec, Canada
Independent
Director since: May 16, 2017
Areas of Expertise: - Healthcare Industry - Commercialization of products - Management - Strategic Planning
Other Public Company
None
|
Principal Occupation
|
Corporate Director
|
||||||
|
Ms. Dale MacCandlish Weil has more than 35 years of experience in the commercialization, marketing, sale of consumer products and B2B services. From May 2018 to January 2020, Ms. Weil has been Managing Director of the Montreal Institute for Palliative Care (a branch of the Teresa Dellar Palliative Care Residence) and, in January 2020, she became Executive Director of the Teresa Dellar Palliative Care Residence and of the Montreal Institute for Palliative Care. She spent the prior 18 years of her career in management positions related to health care services such as distribution, pharmaceutical and retail pharmacy services. She worked with McKesson Canada Corporation, or McKesson, since August 1999 where she occupied the position of Vice President and Senior Vice President for various divisions of McKesson. She acted in an advisory role to the President from May 2015 to February 2018. Prior to May 2015, she acted as Senior Vice President Retail Management Services with McKesson from July 2014 to May 2015 and, from November 2011 to June 2014, she acted as Senior Vice President, Integrated Health Care Solutions, Strategy and Business Development with McKesson. Ms. Weil is a member of the board of directors of Tetra Bio-Pharma Inc. in Ontario. Ms. Weil holds a Master’s in business administration from McGill University and has obtained her certification as a certified director after successfully completing the ICD Directors Education Program. |
||||||||
|
Securities Held or Controlled
|
||||||||
|
Common Shares (#) |
DSU (#) |
Options (#) |
||||||
|
44,160 |
1,383 |
45,455 |
||||||
|
Committees of the Board of Directors
|
||||||||
|
Chair of Compensation Committee Member of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
|
||||||||
82
Table of Contents
|
Jordan Zwick Age: 38 Raleigh, North Carolina USA
Independent
Director since: March 21, 2024
Areas of Expertise: - Biotech and Pharmaceutical Industries - Finance - Mergers Acquisitions
Compliance with Shareholding Policy: N.A.
Other Public Company Directorship: None
|
Principal Occupation
|
Chief Business Officer, Mirador Therapeutics, Inc.
|
||||||
|
Mr. Jordan Zwick is the Chief Business Officer and one of the founding team members at Mirador Therapeutics, Inc., a privately-held company. Mr. Zwick is an experienced leader in corporate strategy and business development in the biopharmaceutical sector. Mr. Zwick served as strategic advisor to Prometheus Biosciences prior to its sale to Merck in June 2023. Previously, Mr. Zwick served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Business Development and Investor Relations at Amarin Corp, closing multiple transactions for global partnering of the lead asset. Mr. Zwick served as Senior Vice President, Chief Strategy Officer at InflaRx N.V., where he was responsible for leading corporate strategy, business corporate development, investor relations and was instrumental in the public financings of the company. Mr. Zwick has vast industry operational experience at companies such as Medtronic, Salix Pharmaceuticals and Bausch Health. As part of the team that sold Salix to Valeant Pharmaceuticals (now Bausch Health Companies) for $14.5 billion in 2015, Mr. Zwick eventually became head of strategy at the Salix business unit, responsible for leading all business development transactions, alliance management, strategic planning and portfolio management, playing a key role in the turnaround story of Bausch Health.
He holds a B.A., M.S. degrees from Florida Atlantic University and a M.B.A. from the University of San Francisco.
|
||||||||
|
Securities Held or Controlled
|
||||||||
|
Common Shares (#) |
DSU (#) |
Options (#) |
||||||
|
Nil |
Nil |
22,296 |
||||||
|
Committees of the Board of Directors
|
||||||||
|
Member of Audit Committee
|
||||||||
None of our directors have a family relationship with each other and with each of our executive officers. To our knowledge, none of our directors have arrangements with our major shareholders, customers and suppliers.
Our Senior Management
The table below sets forth the following information about our senior management (“Executive Officers”) as at November 30, 2024: his/her name, age, province/state of residence, his/her principal occupation, the year each Executive Officer joined the Corporation, his/her biography, and the number of Common Shares, DSUs and options beneficially held or controlled. The information about Mr. Paul Lévesque, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, is found in the table above regarding information about our directors.
83
Table of Contents
|
Marie-Noël Colussi Age: 56
Executive since: May 9, 2002
Laval, Québec, Canada
|
Principal Occupation
|
Vice President, Finance
|
||||||
|
Ms. Marie-Noël Colussi is a graduate of the Université du Québec à Montréal in business administration and is a member of the Quebec Chartered Professional Accountant Order. Prior to joining us, Ms. Colussi worked for eight years with KPMG, an international accounting firm. Ms. Colussi has experience in accounting, auditing, control and taxation, particularly in research and development. She joined us in 1997, and prior to her appointment as Vice President, Finance, she held the position of Director, Accounting and Internal Control and Controller.
|
||||||||
|
Securities Held or Controlled
|
||||||||
|
Common Shares (#) |
DSU (#) |
Options (#) |
||||||
|
2,768 |
795 |
329,523 |
||||||
|
Philippe Dubuc Age: 58
Executive since: February 24, 2016
Montreal, Québec, Canada
|
Principal Occupation
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
||||||
|
Mr. Dubuc brings more than 25 years of experience in investment banking in the healthcare sector and in management. He started his career as a management consultant at Groupe Secor, a well-known Quebec-based consulting firm which is now part of KPMG. He then served as Managing Director, Investment Banking at National Bank Financial. In this role, he headed the healthcare group and was involved in numerous financing and MA transactions. He later founded a manufacturing company which he sold after seven years of successful operations. Mr. Dubuc holds a M.B.A. from McGill University and a B.Comm. from Concordia University.
|
||||||||
|
Securities Held or Controlled
|
||||||||
|
Common Shares (#) |
DSU (#) |
Options (#) |
||||||
|
15,750 |
Nil |
664,604 |
||||||
84
Table of Contents
|
André Dupras Age: 61
Executive since: May 31, 2021
Mont-Tremblant,
|
Principal Occupation
|
Vice President, Human Resources
|
||||||
|
Mr. André Dupras joined Theratechnologies as Vice President, Human Resources, in May 2021.
Mr. Dupras brings more than 25 years of experience in Human Resources. Most recently, Mr. Dupras was Vice President, Human Resources at Clementia Pharmaceuticals. Previously, he spent close to 15 years at Pfizer Canada in various leadership roles in Human Resources and Commercialization. He also worked at Bombardier Aerospace as Director of Human Resources and Director of Global Compensation, at Aon Hewitt as a consultant in Compensation and Organizational Effectiveness and at Réno-Dépôt as Director of Human Resources.
Mr. Dupras holds a Master’s Degree in Management Science (Human Resources) and a Bachelor’s Degree in Administration (Marketing and Human Resources). He is a member of the Order of Certified Human Resources Professionals (CHRP, CHRA).
|
||||||||
|
Securities Held or Controlled
|
||||||||
|
Common Shares (#) |
DSU (#) |
Options (#) |
||||||
|
Nil |
Nil |
385,351 |
||||||
|
Jocelyn Lafond Age: 57
Executive since: April 16, 2007
Montreal, Québec, Canada
|
Principal Occupation
|
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
|
||||||
|
Mr. Lafond has over 20 years of experience in the fields of corporate and securities law. Mr. Lafond holds a law degree from the Université Laval and a Masters Degree in Law from the University of Toronto. He has been a member of the Barreau du Québec since 1992. Prior to joining us in 2007, Mr. Lafond was a partner with the international law firm of Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP.
|
||||||||
|
Securities Held or Controlled
|
||||||||
|
Common Shares (#) |
DSU (#) |
Options (#) |
||||||
|
4,500 |
1,250 |
446,214 |
||||||
85
Table of Contents
|
John Leasure Age: 60
Executive since: March 29, 2021
Underhill,
USA
|
Principal Occupation
|
Global Commercial Officer
|
||||||
|
John Leasure was hired as Global Commercial Officer in March 2021. He brings extensive experience in Sales, Marketing, Operations and General Management both in the U.S and internationally. He has expertise managing brands across multiple stages of the product life cycle and has launched numerous products in a variety of therapeutic areas.
Prior to joining Theratechnologies, John spent 30 years at Pfizer where he led teams in Anti-infectives, Inflammation, Immunology and Oncology. Most recently, John led the Oncology business in Canada where, under his leadership, the business experienced unprecedented growth and launched over 10 new products.
He holds a B.A., Business from Gettysburg College in Pennsylvania.
|
||||||||
|
Securities Held or Controlled
|
||||||||
|
Common Shares (#) |
DSU (#) |
Options (#) |
||||||
|
51,250 |
Nil |
476,212 |
||||||
|
Christian
Age: 62
Executive since: May 7, 2007
Town of Mount Royal, Québec, Canada |
Principal Occupation
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer
|
||||||
|
Dr. Christian Marsolais has over 25 years of experience in the research, development and commercialization of new drugs. He started his career in international pharmaceutical companies, including Sandoz, Biochem and Pfizer, where he held different positions from medical advisor to director clinical research and medical affairs. He was also appointed to the global oncology team at Pfizer, which managed the global oncology portfolio. Dr. Marsolais joined Theratechnologies in 2007 and leads the medical team which was central to the approval of EGRIFTA ® by the FDA. He was also instrumental in the efforts that led to the US and European acquisition of the commercial rights to Trogarzo ® and the approval of Trogarzo ® by the FDA. More recently, he also led the team to pursue the approval of Trogarzo ® in Europe. Dr. Marsolais holds a Ph.D. in biochemistry from the Université de Montréal.
|
||||||||
|
Securities Held or Controlled
|
||||||||
|
Common Shares (#) |
DSU (#) |
Options (#) |
||||||
|
14,824 |
1,578 |
695,093 |
||||||
None of our Executive Officers have a family relationship with each other and with our directors and, to our knowledge, none of our Executive Officers have arrangements with our major shareholders, customers and suppliers.
Cease Trade Orders, Bankruptcies, Penalties or Sanctions
To the knowledge of the Corporation, except with respect to Mr. Frank Holler and Mrs. Dale Weil, none of our directors and Executive Officers (a) is, as at the date of this Annual Report, or has been within the ten (10) years before the date of this Annual Report, a director or executive officer of any company (including the Corporation) that, while that person was acting in that capacity, (i) was the subject of a cease trade or similar order or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation, for a period of more than thirty consecutive days; (ii) was subject to an event that resulted, after the director or executive officer ceased to be a director or executive officer, in the company being the subject of a cease trade or similar order or an order that denied the relevant company
86
Table of Contents
access to any exemption under securities legislation, for a period of more than thirty consecutive days; or (iii) within a year of that person ceasing to act in that capacity, became bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or was subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold its assets; or (b) has, within the ten (10) years before the date of this Annual Report, become bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or become subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors, or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold his assets.
Mr. Frank Holler was a director of Contech Enterprises Inc. (“Contech”), one of the privately held emerging technology companies forming part of the BC Advantage Funds (“BCAF”) portfolio. Mr. Holler acted as Chair and Chief Executive Officer of BCAF. On December 23, 2013, Contech made a proposal to its creditors under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) and a reorganization of its share structure was approved by the Supreme Court of British Columbia on January 26, 2015. The proposal was intended to facilitate a financing by a new lender and a debt restructuring that, taken together, would enable Contech to carry on its business for the foreseeable future. On March 6, 2015, the Court of Appeal of British Columbia overturned the approval of the proposal by the Supreme Court and placed Contech into bankruptcy. Mr. Holler ceased acting as a director of Contech effective March 6, 2015.
Mrs. Dale Weil was a director of Tetra-Bio Pharma Inc. (“Tetra”), a cannabinoid-derived drug and development company. On August 1, 2023. Tetra announced that it made a voluntary assignment into bankruptcy under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) and a trustee was then appointed. On September 8, 2023, Tetra was delisted from the TSX. Mrs. Weil ceased acting as a director of Tetra on July 28, 2023.
Directors’ Mandatory Retirement Policy
The Board has adopted a formal retirement policy in the context of its succession planning process. Under this policy, directors who are not employees of the Corporation who reach the age of 75 or who have been acting as directors for fifteen (15) consecutive years may not be nominees for re-election at the subsequent annual meeting of shareholders.
Board Gender Diversity
In February 2017, the Board approved an amendment to the Charter of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to embed in such Charter an obligation by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to take into consideration gender diversity when the Committee recruits candidates for directorship. Gender diversity is now one of the criteria that the Committee will consider in recruiting a candidate to act as a director of the Corporation. The Board did not implement a formal policy setting forth a target for gender diversity.
As at November 30, 2024, three (3) women comprised the Board of Directors. As at that date, women represented 43% of all independent Board members and 38% of all Board members.
87
Table of Contents
The table below illustrates the composition and diversity of the Board of Directors:
|
Country of Principal Executive Offices |
Canada | |||||||||||||||
|
Foreign Private Issuer |
Yes | |||||||||||||||
|
Disclosure Prohibited under Home Country Law |
No | |||||||||||||||
|
Total Number of Directors |
8 | |||||||||||||||
|
Part I: Gender Identity |
Female | Male | Non-Binary |
|
Did Not
Disclose Gender |
|
||||||||||
|
Directors |
3 | 5 | ||||||||||||||
|
Part II: Demographic Background |
||||||||||||||||
|
African American or Black |
||||||||||||||||
|
Alaskan Native or American Indian |
||||||||||||||||
|
Asian |
1 | |||||||||||||||
|
Hispanic or Latinx |
||||||||||||||||
|
Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander |
||||||||||||||||
|
White |
2 | 5 | ||||||||||||||
|
Two or More Races or Ethnicities |
||||||||||||||||
|
LGBTQ+ |
||||||||||||||||
|
Did Not Disclose Demographic Background |
||||||||||||||||
Directors and Executive Officers Shareholding Policy
In December 2010, the Board adopted a shareholding policy for its directors and Executive Officers (“Shareholding Policy”) and the DSU Plan (as defined below).
In the 2017 fiscal year, the Board revised the DSU Plan for its directors and Executive Officers and a revised Shareholding Policy for its directors who are not employed on a full-time basis by the Corporation. The revised Shareholding Policy requires that each newly appointed or elected director who is not an employee of the Corporation owns a number of Common Shares or deferred share units (“DSUs”) having a value representing at least twice the value of his/her annual retainer to act as a Board member (three times for the Chair of the Board). Each director has four years to comply with the Shareholding Policy. Each director must acquire at least 25% of that value over each of those four years. The four year-period begins running from the fiscal year following the fiscal year during which an individual is newly appointed or elected as a director. The value is determined as at November 30 of each calendar year and is equal to the higher of the acquisition cost of a Common Share or DSUs and the fair market value of those Common Shares and DSUs as at November 30 of each year of such four-year period. Common Share value fluctuations do not require directors to purchase additional Common Shares or DSUs.
B. Compensation
The compensation of the directors and the Executive Officers of the Corporation is reviewed by the compensation committee (“Compensation Committee”). For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, the Compensation Committee was comprised of three (3) independent directors, namely Dale Weil (Chair), Andrew Molson and Joseph Arena.
88
Table of Contents
Compensation Discussion and Analysis of Directors
The Corporation has a compensation policy for its directors who are not employed on a full-time basis by the Corporation. The goal of the compensation policy is to attract and retain qualified directors.
Under the policy, directors are paid an annual retainer fee only. Annual retainer fees are paid quarterly on the first day of each calendar quarter. In addition, the Corporation’s compensation policy provides for the reimbursement of all reasonable expenses incurred by each director who are not employed on a full-time basis by the Corporation to attend meetings of the Board and meetings of the committees of the Board. Directors who are not employed on a full-time basis by the Corporation are also entitled to be granted options under the Option Plan (as defined below) as part of their annual compensation. The Compensation Committee reviews the compensation of the Board and its committees annually at the same time that it reviews the compensation of the Executive Officers.
At its meeting of the Board of Directors in November 2023, the Board of Directors determined that the compensation to be paid to directors who are not employed on a full-time basis by the Corporation for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, was as set forth in the table below.
|
Position at Board Level or
|
Compensation for Fiscal Year 2024 | |||||
|
Annual Retainer (1) |
Value in Stock Options (1) |
|||||
|
Annual Retainer to Chair of the Board |
$121,094 | $25,686 | ||||
|
Annual Retainer to Board Members |
$44,034 | $25,686 | ||||
| Annual Retainer to Chair of the Audit Committee | $11,742 | N.A. | ||||
| Annual Retainer to Chair of the Compensation Committee | $8,806 | N.A. | ||||
| Annual Retainer to Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee | $7,339 | N.A. | ||||
| Annual Retainer to Audit Committee Members | $5,871 | N.A. | ||||
| Annual Retainer to Compensation Committee Members | $2,936 | N.A. | ||||
| Annual Retainer to Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Members | $2,936 | N.A. | ||||
| (1) |
These amounts were paid in CAD and were converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the year ended November 30, 2024, where CAD 1.00 = $0.7339. |
Compensation of Directors
The table below details all components of the compensation provided to the directors of the Corporation for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, and the value thereof.
89
Table of Contents
| Name |
Fees earned (1) |
Share-based awards (2) |
Option-
based awards (3) |
Non-equity
incentive plan compensation |
Pension value |
All other
compensation |
Total | |||||||||
| ($) | (#) | ($) | ($) | ($) | ($) | ($) | ($) | |||||||||
|
Joseph Arena (4) |
46,970 | -- | -- | 25,448 | -- | -- | -- | 72,418 | ||||||||
|
Frank Holler (5) |
94,306 | -- | -- | 25,353 | -- | -- | -- | 119,659 | ||||||||
|
Gérald Lacoste (6) |
14,311 | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | 14,311 | ||||||||
|
Paul Lévesque (7) |
-- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | ||||||||
|
Andrew Molson |
51,006 | -- | -- | 25,353 | -- | -- | -- | 76,359 | ||||||||
|
Dawn Svoronos |
85,499 | -- | -- | 25,353 | -- | -- | -- |
110,852 |
||||||||
|
Elina Tea (8) |
35,961 | -- | -- | 25,353 | -- | -- | -- | 61,314 | ||||||||
|
Alain Trudeau (9) |
13,944 | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | 13,944 | ||||||||
|
Dale Weil |
55,776 | -- | -- | 25,353 | -- | -- | -- | 81,129 | ||||||||
|
Jordan Zwick (10) |
37,429 | -- | -- | 25,448 | -- | -- | -- |
62,877 |
||||||||
| (1) |
These amounts were paid in CAD and were converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the year ended November 30, 2024, where CAD 1.00 = $0.7339. |
| (2) |
Share-based awards are composed of DSUs. DSUs are issued under the deferred share unit plan (“DSU Plan”). No DSU was issued in the last fiscal year. See “Deferred Share Unit Plan” below for a description of the DSU Plan. |
| (3) |
Each director who was not employed on a full-time basis by the Corporation on December 1, 2023, were granted on October 11, 2024, 22,727 options (22,926 for each of Mr. Arena and Mr. Zwick) having an aggregate value of approximately $25,353. Options are issued under the share option plan (“Option Plan”). See “Option Plan” below for a description of the Option Plan. The number of stock options issued was determined based on the Black-Scholes value as at October 10, 2024, which was CAD 1.52 and $1.11, respectively. |
|
Each option will expire on October 11, 2034, and entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Common Share at an exercise price of CAD 1.75 ($1.26 for each of Mr. Arena and Mr. Zwick). The exercise price of the option was based on the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on October 10, 2024. Per the terms of the Option Plan, the exercise price of Mr. Arena’s and Mr. Zwick’s options was based on the closing price of the Common Shares on the Nasdaq on October 10, 2024, since Mr. Arena and Mr. Zwick are U.S. residents. Each option vested on the date of grant. |
| (4) |
All cash-based compensation related to Mr. Arena’s directorship is paid to JP Arena Regulatory Consulting, LLC, a company controlled by Mr. Arena, under the terms of a consulting agreement entered into between the Corporation and this entity with an effective date of May 13, 2021. |
| (5) |
Mr. Holler became Chair of the Audit Committee in February 2024 and Chair of the Board in May 2024. |
| (6) |
Mr. Lacoste did not seek reelection as a director at the May 9, 2024, annual meeting of shareholders. |
| (7) |
No compensation was paid to Mr. Lévesque for acting as a director of the Corporation given his position as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. |
| (8) |
All cash-based compensation related to Mrs. Tea’s directorship is paid to Aranya Conseil Inc., a company controlled by Mrs. Tea, under the terms of a consulting agreement entered into between the Corporation and this entity with an effective date of April 5, 2024. |
| (9) |
Mr. Trudeau resigned from the Board of Directors and all committees of the Board of Directors in February 2024. |
| (10) |
Mr. Zwick was appointed to the Board of Directors in March 2024. |
Outstanding Option-Based Awards and Share-Based Awards
The table below details all outstanding option-based awards and outstanding share-based awards as at November 30, 2024 for each of the directors who was not employed on a full-time basis by the Corporation as at that date.
90
Table of Contents
| Option-Based Awards | Share-Based Awards | |||||||||||||||||
|
Number of securities underlying unexercised options |
Option exercise price |
Option expiration date |
Value of unexercised in- the-money options (1) |
Number of shares or units of shares that have not vested |
Market or payout value of share-based awards that have not vested |
Market or payout value of
vested share-
not paid out or distributed (2) |
||||||||||||
| Name | (#) | (CAD) | ($) | (#) | ($) | ($) | ||||||||||||
| 3,543 | 13.20 (3) | 2031.12.01 | -- | -- | -- | -- | ||||||||||||
|
Joseph Arena |
5,434 | 3.80 (3) | 2033.02.28 | -- | ||||||||||||||
| 22,926 | 1.26 (3) | 2034.10.11 | -- | |||||||||||||||
| 3,543 | 16.84 | 2031.12.01 | -- | -- | -- | -- | ||||||||||||
|
Frank Holler |
5,434 | 5.16 | 2033.02.28 | -- | ||||||||||||||
| 22,727 | 1.75 | 2034.10.11 | -- | |||||||||||||||
| 3,315 | 15.72 | 2031.02.26 | -- | -- | -- | -- | ||||||||||||
|
Andrew Molson |
3,543 | 16.84 | 2031.12.01 | -- | ||||||||||||||
| 5,434 | 5.16 | 2033.02.28 | -- | |||||||||||||||
| 22,727 | 1.75 | 2034.10.11 | -- | |||||||||||||||
| 3,750 | 9.80 | 2026.07.12 | -- | -- | -- | 267 | ||||||||||||
| 3,749 | 26.92 | 2027.05.16 | -- | |||||||||||||||
| 1,812 | 38.24 | 2028.04.06 | -- | |||||||||||||||
| 2,225 | 35.04 | 2029.02.26 | -- | |||||||||||||||
|
Dawn Svoronos |
2,650 | 12.88 | 2030.02.26 | -- | ||||||||||||||
| 3,315 | 15.72 | 2031.02.26 | -- | |||||||||||||||
| 3,543 | 16.84 | 2031.12.01 | -- | |||||||||||||||
| 5,434 | 5.16 | 2033.02.28 | -- | |||||||||||||||
| 22,727 | 1.75 | 2034.10.11 | -- | |||||||||||||||
|
Elina Tea |
22,727 | 1.75 | 2034.10.11 | -- | -- | -- | -- | |||||||||||
| 3,749 | 26.92 | 2027.05.16 | -- | -- | -- | 1,725 | ||||||||||||
| 1,812 | 38.24 | 2028.04.06 | -- | |||||||||||||||
| 2,225 | 35.04 | 2029.02.26 | -- | |||||||||||||||
| 2,650 | 12.88 | 2030.02.26 | -- | |||||||||||||||
|
Dale Weil |
3,315 | 15.72 | 2031.02.26 | -- | ||||||||||||||
| 3,543 | 16.84 | 2031.12.01 | -- | |||||||||||||||
| 5,434 | 5.16 | 2033.02.28 | -- | |||||||||||||||
| 22,727 | 1.75 | 2034.10.11 | -- | |||||||||||||||
|
Jordan Zwick |
22,926 | 1.26 (4) | 2034.10.11 | -- | -- | -- | -- | |||||||||||
| (1) |
The value of unexercised in-the-money options at fiscal year-end is the difference between the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on November 29, 2024 (CAD 1,70), and the respective exercise price of the options. These amounts were calculated in CAD and were converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the year ended November 30, 2024, where CAD 1.00 = $0.7339. |
| (2) |
Share-based awards are comprised of DSUs issued under the DSU Plan. The market or payout value of share-based awards that have vested as at November 30, 2024, is determined by multiplying the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX as at November 29, 2024 (CAD 1.70) by the number of share-based awards held as at November 30, 2024. The actual payout value will vary based on the date on which the DSUs will be redeemed. The market value was calculated in CAD and was converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the year ended November 30, 2024, where CAD 1.00 = $0.7339. |
| (3) |
The exercise price of Joseph Arena’s stock options is denominated in U.S. dollars as Mr. Arena is a U.S. resident. |
| (4) |
The exercise price of Jordan Zwick’s stock options is denominated in U.S. dollars as Mr. Zwick is a U.S. resident. |
91
Table of Contents
Incentive Plan Awards – Value Vested or Earned During the Year
The table below details the value vested or earned during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, under each incentive plan for each of the directors who was not employed on a full-time basis by the Corporation as at that date.
| Name |
Option-based awards – Value vested during the year (1) ($) |
Share-based awards – Value vested during the year (2) ($) |
Non-equity incentive plan compensation – Value earned during the year ($) |
|||
|
Joseph Arena |
Nil | Nil | — | |||
|
Frank Holler |
Nil | Nil | — | |||
|
Andrew Molson |
Nil | Nil | — | |||
|
Elina Tea |
Nil | Nil | — | |||
|
Dawn Svoronos |
Nil | Nil | — | |||
|
Dale Weil |
Nil | Nil | — | |||
|
Jordan Zwick |
Nil | Nil | — | |||
| (1) |
All options granted to directors vest as at the date of grant. The exercise price of these options for Canadian residents was the closing price of the Common Shares on October 10, 2024, on the TSX (CAD 1.75). On October 11, 2024, the date of grant of the options, the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX was CAD 1.74. The exercise price of these options for U.S. residents was the closing price of the Common Shares on October 10, 2024, on Nasdaq ($1.26). On October 11, 2024, the date of grant of the options, the closing price of the Common Shares on Nasdaq was $1.25. |
| (2) |
Share-based awards are comprised of DSUs issued under the DSU Plan. No DSU was issued in the last fiscal year. The value of share-based awards is determined by multiplying the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on the date(s) of grant by the number of share-based awards held as at such date since DSUs vest as at the date of grant. |
Compensation Discussions and Analysis of Executive Officers
Objectives of the Compensation Program
The objectives of the compensation program (“Compensation Program”) for the Executive Officers of the Corporation aim at attracting, retaining, engaging and rewarding executive officers. The Corporation is committed to an overall compensation policy that is competitive and drives business performance while taking into consideration shareholders’ interests.
What the Compensation Program is Designed to Reward
The Compensation Program is designed to reward Executive Officers for (i) implementing strategies, both in the short and the long term, to realize the business plan of the Corporation, (ii) meeting the annual objectives of the Corporation and those of each Executive Officer, and (iii) enhancing shareholder value.
The Compensation Program provides reasonable and competitive total executive compensation. Remuneration and incentive components are established to compete with remuneration practices of similar companies that are involved in the biopharmaceutical and pharmaceutical industries, as well as certain other companies involved in other industries where the skills and knowledge of an executive officer may be used. The Corporation tries to provide its Executive Officers with total compensation at the median level of these other companies. To that end, from time to time, the Compensation Committee retains independent compensation consultants to benchmark the Compensation Program made available to its directors and Executive Officers. See “Item 6B – Compensation – Compensation Discussions and Analysis of Executive Officers – Compensation Consultant” below.
92
Table of Contents
In designing the Compensation Program of Executive Officers, the Compensation Committee assesses the short-term and long-term risks associated with such program. The Compensation Program tries to strike a balance between the attainment of short-term and long-term goals by providing Executive Officers with short-term incentive awards and long-term incentive awards. Recommendations made by the Compensation Committee with respect to the Compensation Program are reviewed by the Board to ensure a fair balance between the short-term and long-term compensation components. For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, the Board did not identify any risk arising from the Corporation’s Compensation Program, its policies and practices in determining compensation that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.
When and How Is Compensation Determined
Compensation is determined at the end or at the beginning of each fiscal year, usually in November or December. The Compensation Committee meets to determine the base salary of Executive Officers for such fiscal year. During this meeting, the Compensation Committee also reviews the performance of the Corporation and the performance of each of its Executive Officers for the last completed fiscal year to determine whether an Executive Officer is entitled to the payment of a bonus. At such meeting, the Compensation Committee also assesses whether stock options should be granted to each Executive Officer and the number, if any. The determination by the Compensation Committee of (i) the annual base salary for the ensuing fiscal year; (ii) the payment of a bonus for the last completed fiscal year; and (iii) the grant (and number) of stock options for each Executive Officer is reviewed by the Board that has discretion to approve, disapprove or change the determination made by the Compensation Committee for each Executive Officer.
Elements of Compensation Program
The major elements of the Compensation Program are base salary, short-term performance reward program that takes the form of cash bonuses, and long-term incentive awards that take the form of stock option grants.
Annual Base Salary
Base salaries for each of the Executive Officers are based on the experience, performance and competencies of each Executive Officer, as well as on a review from time to time of annual salaries paid to persons holding the position and/or playing comparable roles in other organizations similar to those played by the Executive Officers of the Corporation. Base salaries may also be based on reports from compensation consultants retained by the Corporation from time to time.
Performance Reward Program
The short-term performance reward program is designed to recognize the contribution of each Executive Officer in helping the Corporation achieve its corporate objectives and to increase its value. Usually, bonuses are paid based on the achievement of the Corporation’s annual corporate objectives and the achievement of an Executive Officer’s individual objectives. The Compensation Committee has discretion in recommending the payment of bonuses to an Executive Officer based on his/her overall performance. Corporate objectives are usually set by the Board early in the fiscal year. Although corporate objectives are determined early in the fiscal year, the Board has discretion to take into consideration certain events that can occur during such year leading to a change in priorities.
Long-Term Incentive Programs
The long-term incentive program of the Corporation for its Executive Officers is comprised of the Option Plan and the DSU Plan.
Option Plan
The Option Plan was originally adopted in December 1993, and was subsequently amended from time to time to attract, retain and engage employees in key positions and align their interests with those of the Corporation’s shareholders by allowing optionees to participate in the increased value of the Common Shares. See “Item 6B – Compensation – Description of the Option Plan” below for a description of the Option Plan.
93
Table of Contents
The number of options granted under the Option Plan is determined by various factors, including: (i) the position held by each Executive Officer; (ii) the contribution of an Executive Officer in achieving the Corporation’s objectives; (iii) the financial value of the options at the time of assessing a grant of options as part of the total compensation paid to an Executive Officer; (iv) the pool of options available for grants; and (v) comparator benchmarking.
DSU Plan
The DSU plan was originally adopted in December 2010. See “Item 6B – Compensation – Description of DSU Plan” below for a description of the DSU Plan.
Determination of Total Compensation Paid to Executive Officers in the Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2024
Annual Base Salary
The annual base salary of each Executive Officer for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, was determined at the November 2023 Compensation Committee and Board meetings.
The adjustments to the Executive Officers’ annual base salaries were based on the executive market positioning analysis contained in a report prepared by the Corporation’s independent third party compensation consultant, Gallagher, in June 2023 (the “2023 Gallagher Report”). The Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors agreed that all Executive Officers’ annual base salary be increased by 3.7%. This increase was based on 2024 salary projections for the pharmaceutical sector of 3.8% (Normandin Beaudry), 3.6% (Gallagher), and 3.8% (Conseil du patronat du Québec).
Performance Reward Program
For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors, which agreed with the recommendation, that the payment to Executive Officers of bonuses based on financial metrics be paid after the approval by the Board of Directors of the annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Corporation.
For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, except for the President and Chief Executive Officer, the payment of bonuses to Executive Officers was based as to 60% on the achievement of corporate objectives and as to 40% on the achievement of individual objectives. The achievement of financial targets and corporate milestones each accounted for 30% of the total bonus.
Financial targets were based as to 15% on the attainment of pre-determined consolidated revenues and as to 15% on the attainment of Adjusted EBITDA targets.
The table below details the bonus payout percentage based on the attainment of the consolidated revenue targets and the Adjusted EBITDA targets for all Executive Officers:
94
Table of Contents
| Bonus Payout | ||||||||||||||
| Revenue Target | Adjusted EBITDA Target | |||||||||||||
|
Revenue Range ($ in Million) |
Payout (%) |
Results Range ($ in Million) |
Payout (%) | |||||||||||
| 81.7 | 0 | 13.2 | 0 | |||||||||||
|
83.0 |
81.7 | 60 | 13.4 | ≥13.2 | 60 | |||||||||
|
85.8 |
84.5 | 83.1 | 70 | 14.4 | 14.0 | 13.5 | 70 | |||||||
|
88.6 |
87.3 | 85.9 | 80 | 15.4 | 15.0 | 14.5 | 80 | |||||||
|
91.4 |
90.1 | 88.7 | 90 | 16.4 | 16.0 | 15.5 | 90 | |||||||
|
93.3 |
92.9 | 91.5 | 100 | 17.4 | 17.0 | 16.5 | 100 | |||||||
|
96.4 |
95.7 | 83.4 | 110 | 18.4 | 18.0 | 17.5 | 110 | |||||||
|
99.8 |
98.5 | 96.5 | 120 | 19.4 | 19.0 | 18.5 | 120 | |||||||
|
102.7 |
101.3 | 99.9 | 130 | 20.4 | 20.0 | 19.5 | 130 | |||||||
|
and over |
102.8 | 140 | and over | 20.5 | 140 | |||||||||
The table below details the corporate milestones for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, for all Executive Officers:
| 2024 Corporate Milestones | ||
| Strategic Imperatives | Area of Focus | |
| Commercial Excellence |
Leverage the Corporation’s commercial infrastructure to grow the top line and ensure profitability of the in-line business.
Add new business opportunities for inorganic growth |
|
| Pipeline Development |
Obtain FDA approval of F8 Formulation
Continue to develop new scientific evidence to support HIV patient diagnosis and treatment
Finalize phase 1 oncology trial, identify partner for next development phase and advance the oncology platform |
|
| Financing and Business Development |
Redefine the capital structure and possible opportunities to reflect the Corporation’s positioning
Continue to develop a culture of cost-effectiveness throughout the Corporation and prepare revenue expenses contingency plans to maintain the Corporation profitability |
|
| Human Capital Strategy |
Bridge capabilities gap to align with new corporate purpose and vision
Maintain engagement, enhance cross-functional collaboration and foster communications |
|
The achievement of the individual objectives of each Executive Officer was left at the discretion of the Compensation Committee based on an initial assessment made by the President and Chief Executive Officer.
95
Table of Contents
For the President and Chief Executive Officer, the objectives were weighed differently than for the Executive Officers, namely: (i) 20% was related to the delivery of pre-determined consolidated revenue targets; (ii) 20% was related to the delivery of Adjusted EBITDA targets; (iii) 15% was related to capital market activities, including equity financing; (iv) 15% was related to business development activities; (v) 10% was related to attracting new investors; (vi) 10% was related to developing partnering options for the oncology platform and (vii) 10% was related to enhancing the Corporation’s profile within the investor community and labor markets. The Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors determine the President and Chief Executive Officer’s achievement of his non-financial objectives.
Both the Board of Directors and Compensation Committee believe that discretion is a valid component in their assessment of the achievement of the Corporation’s corporate objectives and in the achievement of an individual’s objectives, especially when unplanned events occur during a fiscal year.
Discretion allows the Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee to review the achievement of all objectives set forth at the beginning of a fiscal year and to assess such objectives against all other activities carried out during the year to meet such objectives. In addition, discretion is afforded to the President and Chief Executive Officer to assess the capacity of each Executive Officer to adapt, react, respond and act in the best interests of the Corporation when unplanned events occur. However, to avoid too large a discretion to the President and Chief Executive Officer and limit potential bias in the determination of the performance of an executive officer’s overall performance, all recommendations made by the President and Chief Executive Officer are reviewed by the Compensation Committee, and may be modified before any recommendation is made to the Board of Directors.
In the first quarter of 2025, both the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors reviewed the achievement of the Corporation’ objectives and determined that the overall corporate result score was set at 120% of target. For Executive Officers (excluding the President and Chief Executive Officer), combined with the achievements of each individual objectives, the percentage of bonus to be paid varied from 104% to 124%. Based on the abovementioned objectives for the President and Chief Executive Officer and due to a higher importance attributed to financial performance and capital market activities, the Board of Directors determined that his overall result score was set at 120% of target. Consistent with its decision to wait for the approval by the Board of Directors of the annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Corporation before making any payment, none of the proposed bonuses to the Executive Officers, including the President and Chief Executive Officer, have been paid as of the date of this Annual Report. The annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Corporation are expected to be approved by the Board on February 25, 2025, and the bonuses are expected to be paid shortly.
The table below details for each of the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and the three most highly compensated Executive Officers of the Corporation (“Named Executive Officers”), the percentage of their annual base salary which may be paid as bonus, the targeted bonus that each of them may receive based on such percentage, the actual bonus earned during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024 and to be paid in 2025 and the percentage of the target bonus earned and to be paid in 2025.
96
Table of Contents
|
Name |
Percentage of
Annual Base Salary Payable Bonus (%) |
Target
Bonus (1) ($) |
Bonus
Earned (2) ($) |
Percentage
of Target Bonus Earned (%) |
||||
|
Paul Lévesque,
|
75 | 508,373 | 610,048 | 120 | ||||
|
Philippe Dubuc,
|
40 | 136,998 | 164,945 | 120 | ||||
|
Christian Marsolais,
|
40 | 139,729 | 145,319 | 104 | ||||
|
John Leasure,
|
40 | 137,376 | 164,301 | 120 | ||||
|
Jocelyn Lafond
|
40 | 104,720 | 130,272 | 124 | ||||
| (1) |
These amounts are paid in CAD and have been converted into U.S. dollars for illustrative purposes only using the average exchange rate for the year ended November 30, 2024, where CAD 1.00 = $0.7339. |
| (2) |
These amounts will be paid in CAD after the date of this Annual Report. These amounts have been converted into U.S. dollars for illustrative purposes only using the average exchange rate for the year ended November 30, 2024, where CAD 1.00 = $0.7339. |
Long-Term Incentive Program
As previously described, the number of options granted under the Option Plan was determined by various factors, including: (i) the position held by each Executive Officer; (ii) the contribution of an Executive Officer in achieving the Corporation’s objectives; (iii) the financial value of the options at the time of assessing a grant of options as part of the total compensation paid to an Executive Officer; (iv) the pool of options available for grants; and (v) comparator benchmarking with a peer group of companies described below.
To determine the 2024 long-term incentive grants, the Board of Directors referred to the 2023 Gallagher Report provided to the Compensation Committee. Based on the 2023 Gallagher Report, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors to substantially increase the long-term incentive compensation paid to Executive Officers. The report concluded that the number and value of stock options granted to Executive Officers of the Corporation was still substantially below the number and value of stock options granted to executive officers of companies forming part of the Reference Market (as defined below).
Compensation Consultant
In the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, the Compensation Committee retained the services of Gallagher to perform a long-term incentive program (“LTIP”) benchmarking and design mandate. The mandate consisted in the following deliverables (i) update the list of comparator companies contained in the 2023 Gallagher Report: group of comparators one for the Canadian market and one group of comparators for the US market (ii) benchmark the LTIP for Executive Officers and directors with the comparator groups and the industry standards ; (iii) develop and propose a competitive LTIP mix to align with the Corporation’s’ strategic direction and foster engagement, retention and performance amongst key colleagues; (iv) define terms and conditions of the LTIP; and (v) provide analysis of the tax aspects to the Corporation and the beneficiaries. The objective of the analysis was also to determine if the base salary adjustments, short-term bonus paid and the increased number of options granted to Executives Officers in the last cycle bridged the gap to market in terms of total direct compensation (the combination of base salary, short-term incentive and long-term incentive compensation). The report prepared by Gallagher in 2024 and provided to the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors has not been used to determine the compensation of directors and Executive Officers in the financial year ended November 30, 2024.
97
Table of Contents
In 2024, except for compensation services provided to the Compensation Committee, Gallagher has not provided other services to the Corporation and, to the knowledge of the Corporation, to any of its directors and Executive Officers.
All services provided to the Corporation by compensation consultants must be approved by the Compensation Committee or the Board.
The table below details the aggregate fees billed to the Corporation for the two most recently completed fiscal years by the compensation consultant retained during these periods to assist in the determination of the compensation paid to any of the Corporation’s directors and/or Executive Officers:
| Name | Fees |
Fiscal year ended November 30, 2024 (1) |
Fiscal year ended November 30, 2023 (2) |
|||
|
Gallagher |
Executive and/or Board
Compensation – Related
|
$72,032 | $17,311 | |||
| All Other Fees | — | $2,369 |
| (1) |
The fees were paid in CAD and were converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the year ended November 30, 2024, where CAD 1.00 = $0.7339. |
| (2) |
The fees were paid in CAD and were converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the year ended November 30, 2023, where CAD 1.00 = $0.7404. |
Peer Groups
The 2023 Gallagher Report collected market data on the total compensation paid to executive officers of both publicly-traded Canadian and U.S. companies, with a strong focus on those with a Canadian domicile. All the publicly-traded companies used as a reference point were selected after taking into consideration the following criteria:
- biotechnology activities, some oncology-related while others in different activities;
- market capitalization between $100 million to $3 billion;
- revenue, pipeline status, research and development expenses, number of employees, cash and cash equivalent.
The following Canadian companies were used as the main reference market (“Reference Market”):
|
- Knight Therapeutics Inc.;
- HLS Therapeutics;
- Zymeworks Inc.;
- Bellus Health Inc.;
- Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc.;
- Oncolytics Biotech Inc.; |
- Repare Therapeutics Inc.;
- Essa Pharma;
- Aurinia Pharmaceuticals Inc.;
- Aptose BioScience;
- Milestone Pharmaceuticals Inc. |
98
Table of Contents
The following U.S. companies, not part of the Reference Market, were used for complementary information only:
|
- Urogen Pharma Ltd.;
- Olema Pharmaceuticals Inc.;
- Verastem Inc.;
- BioAtla, Inc.;
- G1 Therapeutics;
- Silverback Therapeutics, Inc;
- Kura Oncology Inc; |
- ORIC Pharmaceuticals, Inc.;
- Pyxis Oncology, Inc.;
- Cardiff Oncology, Inc.;
- Oncternal Therapeutics, Inc;
- Rubius Therapeutics, Inc;
- Athenex Inc. |
Total Compensation Paid to Named Executive Officers
The table below details all components of the compensation paid to the Named Executive Officers for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2024, November 30, 2023, and November 30, 2022. Except as described in the notes below, these amounts were paid in Canadian dollars and were converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024 (CAD 1.00 = $0.7339), November 30, 2023 (CAD 1.00 = $0.7404), and November 30, 2022 (CAD 1.00 = $0.7722).
|
Name and principal position
|
Year
|
Salary
($)
|
Share-
based awards ($)
|
Option-based
awards (1) (2) (3) ($)
|
Non-equity incentive
plan compensation ($) |
Pension
value (4) ($)
|
All other
compensation (5) ($)
|
Total
compensation ($)
|
||||||||||
|
Annual
Incentive plans |
Long-term
Incentive plans |
|||||||||||||||||
|
Paul Lévesque |
2024 | 677,831 | -- | 1,673,292 (6) | 610,048 | -- | 23,162 | -- | 2,984,333 | |||||||||
|
President and Chief |
2023 | 658,524 | -- | 695,976 (7) | 405,553 | 117,572 (8) | 22,790 | -- | 1,900,415 | |||||||||
|
Executive Officer |
2022 | 656,885 | -- | 917,188 (9) | 535,526 | 117,572 | 22,556 | -- | 2,249,727 | |||||||||
|
Philippe Dubuc |
2024 | 342,496 | -- | 501,988 (10) | 164,945 | -- | 11,581 | -- | 1,021,010 | |||||||||
|
Senior Vice President |
2023 | 332,246 | -- | 208,793 (11) | 100,067 | -- | 13,394 | -- | 654,500 | |||||||||
|
and Chief Financial Officer |
2022 | 311,016 | -- | 358,466 (12) | 138,743 | -- | 11,301 | -- | 819,526 | |||||||||
|
Christian Marsolais |
2024 | 349,324 | -- | 501,988 (13) | 145,319 | -- | 11,581 | -- | 1,008,212 | |||||||||
|
Senior Vice President |
2023 | 339,068 | -- | 208,793 (14) | 95,537 | -- | 13,394 | -- | 656,792 | |||||||||
|
and Chief Medical Officer |
2022 | 328,185 | -- | 358,466 (15) | 138,625 | -- | 11,301 | -- | 836,577 | |||||||||
|
John Leasure (16) |
2024 | 343,440 | -- | 416,250 (17) | 164,301 | -- | 11,581 | 73,656 (18) | 1,009,228 | |||||||||
|
Global Commercial |
2023 | 331,258 | -- | 170,000 (19) | 89,651 | -- | 13,394 | 76,374 (18) | 680,677 | |||||||||
|
Officer |
2022 | 313,911 (20) | -- | 310,664 (21) | 148,574 | -- | 7,808 | 51,463 (18) | 832,420 | |||||||||
|
Jocelyn Lafond |
2024 | 261,800 | -- | 334,658 (22) | 130,272 | -- | 11,581 | -- | 738,311 | |||||||||
|
General Counsel and |
2023 | 253,918 | -- | 139,195 (23) | 62,376 | -- | 13,394 | -- | 468,883 | |||||||||
|
Corporate Secretary |
2022 | 239,307 | -- | 252,917 (24) | 86,554 | -- | 11,301 | -- | 590,079 | |||||||||
| (1) |
Fiscal Year 2024 : A total of 3,075,000 options were granted to the Named Executive Officers on October 11, 2024, as part of the long-term incentive compensation program of the Corporation. The value of the options set forth in this column represents the value of the options on the date of grant based on the Black Scholes model using the following assumptions, except with respect to the 375,000 options granted to Mr. Leasure: |
| (i) | Risk-free interest rate: | 3.23% | ||||
| (ii) | Expected volatility: | 92.3% | ||||
| (iii) | Average option life in years: | 9.65 years | ||||
| (iv) | Expected dividends: | -- | ||||
| (v) | Grant date share price: | CAD 1.75 | ||||
| (vi) | Option exercise price: | CAD 1.75 | ||||
| (vii) | Grant date fair value: | CAD 1.52 |
The 375,000 options granted to Mr. Leasure on October 11, 2024, were issued with an exercise price denominated in U.S. dollars and the value of those options as at that date was determined using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:
| (i) | Risk-free interest rate: | 4.06% | ||||
| (ii) | Expected volatility: | 91.5% | ||||
| (iii) | Average option life in years: | 9.65 years | ||||
| (iv) | Expected dividends: | — | ||||
| (v) | Grant date share price: | $1.26 | ||||
| (vi) | Option exercise price: | $1.26 | ||||
| (vii) | Grant date fair value: | $1.11 |
99
Table of Contents
| (2) |
Fiscal Year 2023 : A total of 512,500 options were granted to the Named Executive Officers on February 28, 2023 as part of the long-term incentive compensation program of the Corporation. The value of the options set forth in this column represents the value of the options on the date of grant based on the Black Scholes model using the following assumptions, except with respect to the 62,500 options granted to Mr. Leasure: |
| (i) | Risk-free interest rate: | 3.33% | ||||
| (ii) | Expected volatility: | 64.3% | ||||
| (iii) | Average option life in years: | 9.5 years | ||||
| (iv) | Expected dividends: | -- | ||||
| (v) | Grant date share price: | CAD 5.16 | ||||
| (vi) | Option exercise price: | CAD 5.16 | ||||
| (vii) | Grant date fair value: | CAD 3.76 |
The 62,500 options granted to Mr. Leasure on February 28, 2023, were issued with an exercise price denominated in U.S. dollars and the value of those options as at that date was determined using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:
| (i) | Risk-free interest rate: | 3.92% | ||||
| (ii) | Expected volatility: | 62.0% | ||||
| (iii) | Average option life in years: | 9.5 years | ||||
| (iv) | Expected dividends: | -- | ||||
| (v) | Grant date share price: | $3.80 | ||||
| (vi) | Option exercise price: | $3.80 | ||||
| (vii) | Grant date fair value: | $2.72 |
| (3) |
Fiscal Year 2022 : A total of 241,132 options were granted to the Named Executive Officers on December 1, 2021 as part of the long-term incentive compensation program of the Corporation. The value of the options set forth in this column represents the value of the options on the date of grant based on the Black Scholes model using the following assumptions, except with respect to the 33,333 options granted to Mr. Leasure: |
| (i) | Risk-free interest rate: | 1.57% | ||||
| (ii) | Expected volatility: | 65.87% | ||||
| (iii) | Average option life in years: | 9 years | ||||
| (iv) | Expected dividends: | -- | ||||
| (v) | Grant date share price: | CAD 16.84 | ||||
| (vi) | Option exercise price: | CAD 16.84 | ||||
| (vii) | Grant date fair value: | CAD 11.76 |
The 33,333 options granted to Mr. Leasure on December 1, 2021, were issued with an exercise price denominated in U.S. dollars and the value of those options as at that date was determined using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:
| (i) | Risk-free interest rate: | 1.44% | ||||
| (ii) | Expected volatility: | 67.23% | ||||
| (iii) | Average option life in years: | 9 years | ||||
| (iv) | Expected dividends: | -- | ||||
| (v) | Grant date share price: | $13.20 | ||||
| (vi) | Option exercise price: | $13.20 | ||||
| (vii) | Grant date fair value: | $9.32 |
| (4) |
Pension value consists of the amount of the contribution made by the Corporation to a Named Executive Officer’s registered retirement savings plan. The Corporation has a group-RRSP for all of its employees under which the Corporation matches every dollar invested by an employee in such group-RRSP but up to three percent (3%) of the annual base salary of each employee, except with respect to (i) Executive Officers where the Corporation’s contribution is not subject to such three percent (3%) limit and (ii) Mr. Paul Lévesque. Under the terms of Mr. Lévesque’s employment agreement, the Corporation agreed to contribute on an annual basis to Mr. Lévesque’s RRSP to the fullest amount permissible under Canadian laws. |
| (5) |
All other compensation includes perquisites and other form of compensation (such as retention or signing bonuses) not described in the other columns. Except with respect to Mr. Leasure (see note 18 below), perquisites for each Named Executive Officer have not been included since they did not meet the prescribed threshold of the lesser of CAD 50,000 and 10% of each of the respective Named Executive Officer’s salary in the last fiscal year. |
| (6) |
Represents the value of 1,500,000 options granted on October 11, 2024. |
| (7) |
Represents the value of 250,000 options granted on February 28, 2023. |
| (8) |
On December 21, 2020, the Corporation and Paul Lévesque entered into a retention bonus agreement (“Retention Agreement”) pursuant to which the Corporation agreed to pay Mr. Paul Lévesque the amount of $352,716 in three (3) equal installments of $117,572 over a three (3) year period on each anniversary date of his employment date (April 6, 2020) with the Corporation. The entire payment of $117,572 was made as at the date of this Annual Report. The Retention Agreement was entered into, among other things, as a result of the role Mr. Lévesque was asked to take on with the departure of the chief commercial officer of the Corporation when Mr. Lévesque joined the Corporation. |
100
Table of Contents
| (9) |
Represents the value of 101,000 options granted on December 1, 2021. |
| (10) |
Represents the value of 450,000 options granted on October 11, 2024. |
| (11) |
Represents the value of 75,000 options granted on February 28, 2023. |
| (12) |
Represents the value of 39,474 options on December 1, 2021. |
| (13) |
Represents the value of 450,000 options granted on October 11, 2024. |
| (14) |
Represents the value of 75,000 options granted on February 28, 2023. |
| (15) |
Represents the value of 39,474 options granted on December 1, 2021. |
| (16) |
Mr. Leasure joined the Corporation’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Theratechnologies U.S., Inc., as Global Commercial Officer, on March 29, 2021. Effective April 11, 2022, Mr. Leasure ceased being employed by this wholly-owned subsidiary and he became an employee of the Corporation as Global Commercial Officer. |
| (17) |
Represents the value of 375,000 options granted on October 11, 2024. |
| (18) |
As a U.S. resident, Mr. Leasure’s employment agreement with the Corporation provides for various benefits, including tax equalization payments with respect to his annual base salary and bonus, additional insurance coverage and rent allocation. |
| (19) |
Represents the value of 62,500 options granted on February 28, 2023. |
| (20) |
Mr. Leasure’s annual base salary was set at CAD 402,062. This salary was paid by Theratechnologies U.S., Inc. from December 1, 2021, until April 11, 2022 ($98,969) and by the Corporation ($214,942) beginning on April 11, 2022. |
| (21) |
Represents the value of 33,333 options granted on December 1, 2021. |
| (22) |
Represents the value of 300,000 options granted on October 11, 2024. |
| (23) |
Represents the value of 50,000 options granted on February 28, 2023. |
| (24) |
Represents the value of 27,851 options granted on December 1, 2021. |
Description of Option Plan
The Option Plan is designed to attract, retain, motivate and reward the services of key personnel. The persons eligible to receive options under the Option Plan are the directors, senior executives and key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, as well as consultants who work on behalf of the Corporation.
The Board administers the Option Plan, provided that the Board may, from time to time, solicit and/or accept recommendations regarding the Option Plan made by the Compensation Committee. The Board has discretion to designate the optionees and determine the number of Common Shares underlying these options, the vesting period, the exercise price and the expiry date of each option, as well as all other related matters, the whole in compliance with the terms of the Option Plan and applicable legislative provisions established by securities regulatory authorities. The Board is not bound by the recommendations made by the Compensation Committee with respect to the abovementioned matters.
The Option Plan currently provides that the number of Common Shares authorized to be issued thereunder, together with all other security-based compensation arrangements of the Corporation, may not exceed 17% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares, on a non-diluted basis, as calculated on the date of grant. Because options exercised or cancelled become available again for future grant, the Option Plan is considered an “evergreen” plan and, under the TSX requirements, the TSX requires that the Option Plan be submitted to shareholders of the Corporation for ratification every three (3) years.
The Option Plan provides that the number of Common Shares set aside for the exercise of options by one individual may not represent more than 5% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares. Further, the number of Common Shares issuable to insiders, at any time, under all security-based compensation arrangements of the Corporation, cannot exceed 17% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares, and the number of Common Shares issued to Insiders, within any one-year period, under all security-based compensation arrangements, cannot exceed 17% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares. The Option Plan also provides that the total number of Common Shares set aside for the exercise of options to each non-employee director within any one-year period cannot exceed a value of CAD 100,000, calculated on the date of grant, and an aggregate value of CAD 150,000 under all security-based compensation arrangements, including the Option Plan.
The Option Plan provides that the exercise price at which the Common Shares may be purchased is determined by the Board on the date of grant, but such exercise price cannot be less than the “market price” of the Common Shares. Generally, under the Option Plan, the term “market price” means for options granted to (i) Canadian and non-US resident optionees, the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on the last trading day immediately preceding the date of grant; and (ii) US-resident optionees, the closing price of the Common Shares on the U.S. Nasdaq stock market on the last trading day immediately preceding the date of grant.
101
Table of Contents
The Corporation does not provide any financial assistance to optionees. However, optionees may elect to undertake a “cashless exercise” of their options with the assistance of a broker, whereby the broker may sell on the open market a number of Common Shares issued as a result of an optionee’s exercise of its options, as is necessary to fund and pay the Corporation an amount equal to the aggregate subscription price of the underlying Common Shares.
Unless otherwise determined by the Board, options vest as to 33 1/3% on each of the first, second and third anniversary date of the date of grant, starting twelve (12) months after the date of grant.
Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the options granted pursuant to the Option Plan may be exercised within a maximum period of ten (10) years following the date of grant, subject to applicable optionee termination provisions. The Option Plan provides that if the expiry date of an option falls during, or within ten (10) business days after the end of, a period imposed by the Corporation prohibiting the trading of securities of the Corporation, the term of the option is automatically extended to the end of the day on the tenth (10th) consecutive business day after the end of such restriction period.
The Option Plan provides that options can be exercised, with the Corporation’s prior approval, by an optionee’s retirement savings trust, registered retirement savings plans or registered retirement income fund, if the optionee is and remains the annuitant.
The Option Plan provides that, with respect to options granted before May 10, 2022:
| (a) |
if an optionee’s employment is terminated, other than for death, prior to the expiry date of his or her options, the optionee may exercise any or all unexercised vested options at any time until the earlier of (i) twelve (12) months following the date of termination of employment of the optionee, and (ii) the expiry date of such options; and |
| (b) |
if an optionee that is a non-employee director ceases to act as a director of the Corporation, other than for death, the optionee may exercise any or all unexercised vested options at any time until the earlier of (i) twelve (12) months following the public disclosure of the quarterly financial statements of the Corporation made after the date such director ceased to act as such, and (ii) the expiry date of such options. |
The Option Plan further provides that, with respect to options granted on or after May 10, 2022:
| (a) |
if, prior to the expiry date of his or her options, an optionee other than a non-employee director ceases to be an employee or consultant other than for Cause (as defined in the Option Plan) or death, such optionee’s unexercised vested options as at the Date of Termination of Employment (as defined in the Option Plan) be exercisable at any time until the earlier of (i) twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination of Employment, and (ii) the expiry date of such options; |
| (b) |
if, prior to the expiry date of his or her options, an optionee that is a non-employee director ceases to be a director of the Corporation, other than for Cause (as defined in the Option Plan) or death, such optionee’s unexercised vested options as at the date on which such optionee ceased to act as director be exercisable at any time until the earlier of (i) twelve (12) months following the date such director ceased to hold office, and (ii) the expiry date of such options; |
| (c) |
if, prior to the expiry date of his or her options, an optionee ceases to be a director, employee or consultant for Cause (as defined in the Option Plan), (i) all unexercised options of such optionee, whether vested or unvested, be forfeited, cancelled and terminated as at the Date of Termination (as defined in the Option Plan), or, in the case of a director, the date on which he or she ceased to hold office, unless otherwise determined by the Board, and (ii) such optionee forfeit and repay the Corporation any compensation, gain or other value realized on the vesting, exercise or settlement of options or the sale of Common Shares acquired in respect of such options, since the date of first occurrence of the events, actions or facts that gave rise to the termination for Cause. |
102
Table of Contents
Whether options are granted before, on, or after May 10, 2022, if, prior to the expiry date of his or her options, an optionee ceases to act as an employee, director or consultant to the Corporation as a result of his or her death, such optionee’s legal personal representative(s) may exercise any or all vested unexercised options on the date of death of the optionee at any time until the earlier of (i) twelve (12) months following the death of an optionee and (ii) the expiry date of such options.
The options granted in accordance with the Option Plan cannot be transferred, assigned or subject to any form of alienation, sale, pledge, hypothec or other encumbrance, except by will or other means in the event of the death of an optionee.
The Option Plan contains “clawback” provisions for options granted on or after May 10, 2022. The Option Plan provides that the Board may:
| (a) |
cancel options granted to an optionee if such optionee, without the consent of the Corporation, (i) has engaged in or engages in activity that is in conflict with or adverse to the interests of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, including fraud or conduct having contributed to financial restatements or irregularities, or (ii) violates a non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement or non-disclosure covenant with the Corporation or its subsidiaries, or if an optionee is terminated for Cause (as defined in the Option Plan); and |
| (b) |
determine that such optionee must forfeit any compensation, gain or other value realized on the vesting, exercise or settlement or transfer of options or Common Shares acquired in respect of such options, and repay such amounts to the Corporation. |
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Option Plan and in compliance with the rules set forth by regulatory authorities, the Board can amend, suspend or terminate the Option Plan, or any outstanding option or portion of the Option Plan or of an option, without shareholder approval. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board may make the following types of amendments without seeking shareholder approval:
| (a) |
amendments of a “housekeeping” or ministerial nature including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any amendment for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, error or omission in the Plan or to correct or supplement any provision of the Option Plan that is inconsistent with any other provision of the Option Plan; |
| (b) |
amendments necessary to comply with the provisions of applicable law (including, without limitation, the rules, regulations and policies of the TSX and/or Nasdaq); |
| (c) |
amendments necessary in order for options to qualify for favorable treatment under applicable taxation laws; |
| (d) |
amendments respecting administration of the Option Plan; |
| (e) |
any amendment to the vesting provisions of the Option Plan or any option, it being understood that in the event of the amendment to the vesting provisions of an option, the Board shall not be under any obligation to amend the vesting provisions of any other option; |
| (f) |
any amendment which reduces the exercise price or purchase price of an option held by an optionee who is not an Insider of the Corporation; |
103
Table of Contents
| (g) |
any amendment to the early termination provisions of the Option Plan or any option, whether or not such option is held by an Insider, provided such amendment does not entail an extension beyond the original expiry date; |
| (h) |
the addition or modification of a cashless exercise feature, payable in cash or Common Shares; |
| (i) |
amendments necessary to suspend or terminate the Option Plan; and |
| (j) |
any other amendment, whether fundamental or otherwise, not requiring shareholder approval under applicable law or the Option Plan. |
The following amendments require the approval of a majority of the voting shareholders of the Corporation present at a duly called shareholder meeting:
| (a) |
any increase to the maximum number of Common Shares that may be issued under the Option Plan, including an increase to a fixed maximum percentage of Common Shares or a change from a fixed maximum percentage of Common Shares to a fixed maximum number; |
| (b) |
the reduction of the exercise price of options held by Insiders; |
| (c) |
the cancellation and reissue of options to the same individual; |
| (d) |
the extension of the period of time pursuant to which options may be exercised; |
| (e) |
any transfer and assignment of options other than in accordance with the Option Plan; |
| (f) |
the removal or increase of limits to the number of options that may be granted to Insiders; and |
| (g) |
the removal or increase of limits to the number of options that may be granted to non-employee directors; and |
| (h) |
any amendment to the amending provisions of the Option Plan. |
The Option Plan contains language which aligns with best governance and market practices with respect to circumstances in which the vote of Insiders shall not be included when amendments to the Option Plan require shareholder approval.
During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, 3,759,487 options were granted under the Option Plan and, as at November 30, 2024, 5,688,186 options were issued and outstanding. As at February 26, 2025, there were 5,688,186 issued and outstanding options under the Option Plan which, if all exercised, would result in the issuance of 5,688,186 Common Shares, or 12.37% of all the issued and outstanding Common Shares as at that date.
The following table sets forth the information regarding the equity compensation plan of the Corporation as at November 30, 2024. As at November 30, 2024, the number of Common Shares issued and outstanding amounted to 45,980,019.
104
Table of Contents
|
Plan Category |
Number of Securities
to be Issued upon Exercise of Outstanding Options (% of Issued and Outstanding Share Capital) |
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of Outstanding Options |
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for Future Issuance under Equity Compensation Plan (% of Issued Outstanding Share Capital) |
|||
| Equity Compensation Plan Approved by Shareholders |
5,688,186
(12.37%) |
$3.53 |
2,128,406
(4.63%) |
|||
| Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Shareholders | -- | -- | -- | |||
|
Total |
5,688,186
(12.37%) |
$3.53 |
2,128,406
(4.63%) |
|||
The following table sets forth the information regarding the burn rate of the Option Plan for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The burn rate reflects the potential dilutive effect of equity grants on the Corporation’s outstanding equity over a certain period of time. The calculation below was made pursuant to Section 613(p) of the TSX Company Manual.
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||
|
Burn Rate (1) |
7.62% | 3.78% | 2.71% |
| (1) |
Total options granted under the Option Plan during the applicable fiscal year / weighted average number of Common Shares during this applicable fiscal year. |
Description of DSU Plan
On December 10, 2010, the Board adopted the DSU Plan for the benefit of its directors and Executive Officers (“Beneficiaries”).
The goal of the DSU Plan is to increase the Corporation’s ability to attract and retain high-quality individuals to act as directors or Executive Officers and better align the interests of the directors and Executive Officers with those of the shareholders of the Corporation in the creation of long-term value. The DSU Plan was also adopted to promote equity-based ownership in the Corporation.
Under the terms of the DSU Plan, Beneficiaries who are directors (including the Chair) are entitled to elect to receive all or part of their annual retainer as Board member in DSUs. The election is done on a quarterly basis. Beneficiaries who act as Executive Officers are entitled to elect to receive all or part of their annual cash bonus, if any, in DSUs.
The value of a DSU (“DSU Value”) is equal to the average closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on the date on which a Beneficiary determines that he desires to purchase or redeem DSUs and during the four previous trading days. Beneficiaries who act as directors have to elect to receive DSUs as complete or partial consideration of their annual retainer to act as Board members prior to each calendar quarter. Beneficiaries who act as Executive Officers are required to elect to purchase DSUs within 48 hours after having been notified of their annual cash bonus, if any.
DSUs may only be redeemed when a Beneficiary ceases to act as a director or an Executive Officer of the Corporation. On the date a Beneficiary ceases to act as a director or Executive Officer (“Redemption Date”), the Beneficiary is entitled to send a notice to the Corporation (“Redemption Notice”) specifying the date on which the DSUs will be redeemed (“Payment Date”). The Payment Date must be no earlier than five (5) business days after the date on which the Corporation receives the Redemption Notice and no later than November 30 of the year following the Redemption Date. If a Beneficiary does not send a Redemption Notice prior to November 15 in the year following the Redemption Date, the DSU Plan provides that a Beneficiary will be deemed to have sent, and the Corporation received, a Redemption Notice on November 15 of that year. On the Payment Date, the Corporation must provide a Beneficiary with an amount in cash equal to the DSU Value as at the Payment Date. No Common Share is issued under the DSU Plan.
105
Table of Contents
Beneficiaries may not sell, transfer or otherwise assign their DSUs or any rights associated therewith other than by will or in accordance with legislation regarding the vesting and partition of successions.
The Board administers the DSU Plan and the DSU Plan provides that the Board may delegate all or part of its obligations to the Compensation Committee or to any other committee of the Board.
To protect against fluctuations in DSU Value, the Corporation enters into cash settled forward contracts with an independent third party such that, upon a Payment Date, the Corporation is not exposed to the appreciation of the price of its Common Shares. The execution of such contracts requires the signature of two of the following Executive Officers: the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Vice President, Finance, and the General Counsel and Corporate Secretary.
As at November 30, 2024, and as at the date of this Annual Report, 16,443 DSUs were issued and outstanding.
Incentive Plan Awards
Outstanding Option-Based Awards and Share-Based Awards
During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, no DSUs were issued to the Named Executive Officers and 3,075,000 options to purchase Common Shares were granted to the Named Executive Officers. The table below details the outstanding option-based awards held by each of the Named Executive Officers as at November 30, 2024 and the value thereof as at that date, if any. Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts expressing a value in the table below were calculated in CAD and were converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate as at November 30, 2024 where CAD 1.00 = $0.7339.
|
Name
|
Option-Based Awards | Share-Based Awards (1) | ||||||||||||
|
Number of
securities underlying unexercised options (#)
|
Option
exercise price (CAD) (2)
|
Option
expiration date
|
Value of
unexercised in-the- money options (3) ($)
|
Number of
shares or units of shares that have not vested (#)
|
Market or
payout value of share- based awards that have not vested ($)
|
Market or
payout value of vested share-based awards not paid out or distributed (4) ($)
|
||||||||
|
Paul Lévesque |
121,855 | 11.48 | 2030.04.15 | -- | -- | -- | -- | |||||||
|
President and |
60,827 | 15.72 | 2031.02.26 | -- | ||||||||||
|
Chief Executive |
101,000 (5) | 16.84 | 2031.12.01 | -- | ||||||||||
|
Officer |
250,000 (6) | 5.16 | 2033.02.28 | -- | ||||||||||
| 1,500,000 (7) | 1.75 | 2034.10.11 | -- | |||||||||||
|
Philippe Dubuc |
43,750 | 8.04 | 2026.04.04 | -- | -- | -- | -- | |||||||
|
Senior Vice |
10,000 | 23.84 | 2027.04.07 | -- | ||||||||||
|
President and |
7,247 | 38.24 | 2028.04.06 | -- | ||||||||||
|
Chief Financial |
8,325 | 35.04 | 2029.02.26 | -- | ||||||||||
|
Officer |
12,500 | 12.88 | 2030.02.26 | -- | ||||||||||
| 18,308 | 15.72 | 2031.02.26 | -- | |||||||||||
| 39,474 (8) | 16.84 | 2031.12.01 | -- | |||||||||||
| 75,000 (9) | 5.16 | 2033.02.28 | -- | |||||||||||
| 450,000 (10) | 1.75 | 2034.10.11 | ||||||||||||
|
Christian Marsolais |
31,249 | 1.52 | 2022.12.20 (11) | 4,127 | -- | -- | 1,968 (12) | |||||||
|
Senior Vice |
12,500 | 8.04 | 2026.04.04 | -- | ||||||||||
|
President and |
10,000 | 23.84 | 2027.04.07 | -- | ||||||||||
|
Chief Medical |
7,247 | 38.24 | 2028.04.06 | -- | ||||||||||
|
Officer |
8,325 | 35.04 | 2029.02.26 | -- | ||||||||||
| 12,500 | 12.88 | 2030.02.26 | -- | |||||||||||
| 25,000 | 12.88 | 2030.02.26 | -- | |||||||||||
| 23,798 | 15.72 | 2031.02.26 | -- | |||||||||||
| 39,474 (13) | 16.84 | 2031.12.01 | -- | |||||||||||
| 75,000 (14) | 5.16 | 2033.02.28 | -- | |||||||||||
| 450,000 (15) | 1.75 | 2034.10.11 | ||||||||||||
|
John Leasure |
5,379 | 13.92 | 2031.07.27 | -- | -- | -- | -- | |||||||
|
Global |
33,333 (16) | 13.20 | 2031.12.01 | -- | ||||||||||
|
Commercial |
62,500 (17) | 3.80 | 2033.02.28 | -- | ||||||||||
|
Officer |
375,000 (18) | 1.26 | 2034.10.11 | |||||||||||
|
Jocelyn Lafond |
26,250 | 1.52 | 2022.12.20 (19) | 3,468 | -- | -- | 1,560 (20) | |||||||
|
General Counsel |
7,500 | 8.04 | 2026.04.04 | -- | ||||||||||
|
and Corporate |
3,750 | 23.84 | 2027.04.07 | -- | ||||||||||
|
Secretary |
3,623 | 38.24 | 2028.04.06 | -- | ||||||||||
| 4,450 | 35.04 | 2029.02.26 | -- | |||||||||||
| 6,975 | 12.88 | 2030.02.26 | -- | |||||||||||
| 15,815 | 15.72 | 2031.02.26 | -- | |||||||||||
| 27,851 (21) | 16.84 | 2031.12.01 | -- | |||||||||||
| 50,000 (22) | 5.16 | 2033.02.28 | -- | |||||||||||
| 300,000 (23) | 1.75 | 2034.10.11 | ||||||||||||
106
Table of Contents
| (1) |
Share-based awards are comprised of DSUs issued under the DSU Plan. |
| (2) |
The exercise price of the options granted to John Leasure is expressed in U.S. dollars. |
| (3) |
The value of unexercised in-the-money options is determined by multiplying the difference between the exercise price of the options and the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on November 29, 2024 (CAD 1.70), and, in the case of Mr. Leasure, the Nasdaq ($1.21), by the number of options held and vested as at November 30, 2024. |
| (4) |
The market or payout value of share-based awards that have vested as at November 30, 2024 is determined by multiplying the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on November 29, 2024 (CAD 1.70) by the number of share-based awards held as at November 30, 2024. DSUs may only be redeemed when a Beneficiary leaves his/her position with the Corporation. |
| (5) |
33,666 options vested on December 1, 2022, and 33,667 options vested on December 1, 2023. 33,667 options will vest on December 1, 2024. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 33,667 options could not be exercised. |
| (6) |
83,333 options vested on February 28, 2024, and an equal number of options will vest on February 28, 2025. 83,334 options will vest on February 28, 2026. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 166,667 options could not be exercised. |
| (7) |
500,000 options vested on October 11, 2024. 500,000 options will vest on October 11, 2025, and on October 11, 2026, respectively. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 1,000,000 options could not be exercised. |
| (8) |
13,158 options vested on December 1, 2022, and on December 1, 2023, respectively. An equal number of options will vest on December 1, 2024. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 13,158 options could not be exercised. |
| (9) |
25,000 options vested on February 28, 2024, and an equal number of options will vest on February 28, 2025, and February 28, 2026, respectively. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 50,000 options could not be exercised. |
| (10) |
150,000 options vested on October 11, 2024. 150,000 options will vest on October 11, 2025, and on October 11, 2026, respectively. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 300,000 options could not be exercised. |
| (11) |
These options were scheduled to expire during a black-out period. Pursuant to the Option Plan, the term of these options was extended to end on the tenth (10th) consecutive business day following the expiry of a black-out period. Since December 20, 2022, no ten (10) consecutive business day period elapsed during which the Corporation was not in a black-out period. |
| (12) |
Represents 1,578 DSUs granted on December 15, 2010. |
| (13) |
13,158 options vested on December 1, 2022, and on December 1, 2023, respectively. An equal number of options will vest on December 1, 2024. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 13,158 options could not be exercised. |
| (14) |
25,000 options vested on February 28, 2024, and an equal number of options will vest on February 28, 2025, and February 28, 2026, respectively. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 50,000 options could not be exercised. |
| (15) |
150,000 options vested on October 11, 2024. 150,000 options will vest on October 11, 2025, and on October 11, 2026, respectively. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 300,000 options could not be exercised. |
| (16) |
11,111 options vested on December 1, 2022, and on December 1, 2023, respectively. An equal number of options will vest on December 1, 2024. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 11,111 options could not be exercised. |
| (17) |
20,833 options vested on February 28, 2024, and an equal number of options will vest on February 28, 2025. 20,834 options will vest on February 28, 2026. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 41,667 options could not be exercised. |
| (18) |
125,000 options vested on October 11, 2024. 125,000 options will vest on October 11, 2025, and on October 11, 2026, respectively. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 250,000 options could not be exercised. |
| (19) |
See note 11 above. |
| (20) |
Represents 1,250 DSUs granted on December 15, 2010. |
107
Table of Contents
| (21) |
9,283 options vested on December 1, 2022 and 9,284 options vested on December 1, 2023. 9,284 options will vest on December 1, 2024. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 9,284 options could not be exercised. |
| (22) |
16,666 options vested on February 28, 2024. 16,667 options will vest on February 28, 2025, and February 28, 2026, respectively. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 33,334 options could not be exercised. |
| (23) |
100,000 options vested on October 11, 2024. 100,000 options will vest on October 11, 2025, and on October 11, 2026, respectively. Therefore, as at November 30, 2024, 200,000 options could not be exercised. |
Incentive Plan Awards – Value vested or earned during the year
The table below shows the value vested or earned during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, under each incentive plan for each of the Named Executive Officers.
| Name |
Option-based awards- Value vested during the year (1) ($) |
Share-based awards- Value vested during the year ($) |
Non-equity incentive plan compensation- Value earned during the year (2) ($) |
|||
|
Paul Lévesque
|
Nil | Nil | 610,048 | |||
|
Philippe Dubuc
|
Nil | Nil | 164,945 | |||
|
Christian Marsolais
|
Nil | Nil | 145,319 | |||
|
John Leasure
|
Nil | Nil | 164,301 | |||
|
Jocelyn Lafond
|
Nil | Nil | 130,272 |
| (1) |
The value is determined by assuming that the options that vested during the financial year ended November 30, 2024, would have been exercised on their vesting date if they were in-the-money on that date. The value corresponds to the difference between the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX, or the Nasdaq, as the case may be, on the vesting date and the exercise price of the options that vested on that date. The closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX and Nasdaq was lower than the exercise price of the options that vested during the financial year ended November 30, 2024, and, accordingly, no value was recorded. |
| (2) |
Except as detailed in the note below, the value was calculated in Canadian dollars and converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, where CAD 1.00 = $0.7339. |
Summary of Employment Agreements - Termination and Change of Control Provisions
Below is a summary of the employment agreements of each of the Named Executive Officers together with a table detailing the value of the severance payment that would be payable by the Corporation to each of them pursuant to his employment agreement if one of the events described in the table had occurred on November 30, 2024. Except with respect to Mr. John Leasure and except as disclosed in the notes to the tables below, the amounts set forth in the tables below under “Severance” and under “Value of Stock Options” and “Value of Share-Based Awards” were calculated in CAD and were converted into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, where CAD 1.00 = $0.7339.
Paul Lévesque
President and Chief Executive Officer
108
Table of Contents
The Corporation entered into an employment agreement for an indeterminate term with Mr. Paul Lévesque on March 1, 2020. Mr. Lévesque’s employment agreement provides for the payment of an annual base salary subject to review on an annual basis by the Board, and the payment of an annual bonus targeted at 75% of his annual base salary conditional upon his attainment of annual objectives set by the Board. In addition, Mr. Lévesque’s employment agreement provides that he is entitled to participate in incentive programs developed by the Board or any committee thereof and, as such, is entitled to receive up to 100% of the value of his annual base salary in the form of options granted under the Option Plan. The terms of Mr. Lévesque’s employment agreement contain non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disclosure and assignment of intellectual property provisions in favour of the Corporation. The Corporation agreed to provide a limited annual stipend to Mr. Lévesque with respect to tax advice, medical expenses which would not be covered under the Corporation’s group benefit plan, or any other ancillary matter. The Corporation also agreed to fund Mr. Lévesque’s Canadian registered retirement savings plan up to the full amount prescribed under applicable laws. Mr. Lévesque can terminate his employment agreement at any time upon four (4) weeks prior written notice to the Corporation. The Corporation can terminate Mr. Lévesque’s employment agreement with cause at any time. The termination of Mr. Lévesque’s employment agreement by the Corporation without just and sufficient cause will entitle Mr. Lévesque to receive an amount equal to eighteen (18) months of his then annual base salary plus an amount equal to 150% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 75% on his then annual base salary.
In the event of a “Change of Control” of the Corporation resulting in the termination of Mr. Lévesque’s employment without just and sufficient cause occurring within twenty-four (24) months of such “Change of Control”, Mr. Lévesque will be entitled to receive (i) 200% of his then annual base salary, (ii) 200% of his annual bonus target calculated at a rate of 75% of his then annual base salary, and (iii) the cash value of his benefits calculated over a twenty-four-month period preceding the date of his termination. All of his unvested options will also become vested. Mr. Lévesque is entitled to terminate his employment agreement at his sole discretion within twelve (12) months following the occurrence of a “Change of Control” of the Corporation. In such circumstance, Mr. Lévesque will be entitled to receive (i) 100% of his then annual base salary, (ii) 100% of his annual bonus target calculated on his then annual base salary, and (iii) the cash value of his benefits calculated over a twelve-month period preceding the date of his termination. All of his unvested options will also become vested. In Mr. Lévesque’s employment agreement, a “Change of Control” is defined as the acquisition by a third party, acting alone or in concert with one or more persons, by way of takeover, merger, amalgamation, arrangement or other similar transactions, of (i) more than forty percent (40%) of the Common Shares of the Corporation or (ii) more than forty percent (40%) of the economic value of the Corporation. A “Change of Control” is also defined as a change in the majority of the individuals composing the Board of Directors at the date of execution of Mr. Lévesque’s employment agreement (“Incumbent Board”); provided, however, that any individual becoming a member of the Board of Directors subsequent to the date of execution of Mr. Lévesque’s employment agreement whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Board of Directors will be considered as though such member were part of the Incumbent Board and will not constitute a “Change of Control”.
| Events |
Severance ($) |
Value of Stock
($) |
Value of share-
based awards
(2)
|
|||
|
Retirement (3) |
Nil | Nil | Nil | |||
|
Termination of Employment without Just Cause (3) |
1,779,307 | Nil | Nil | |||
|
Termination of Employment without Just Cause in the event of a Change of Control (4) |
2,372,408 | Nil | Nil | |||
|
Voluntary Resignation in the event of a Change of Control (4) |
1,186,204 | Nil | Nil | |||
|
Voluntary Resignation (3) |
Nil | Nil | Nil | |||
| (1) |
The value assumes that upon the occurrence of any event set forth in this table, all in-the-money vested options (except in the case of a termination resulting from a Change of Control where his options become vested) would be exercised. The value is the difference between the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on November 29, 2024 (CAD 1.70) and the exercise price of each vested option as at that date. As at November 30, 2024, none of the options that were vested had an exercise price inferior to the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX. |
| (2) |
Mr. Lévesque does not hold any share-based awards. |
| (3) |
Under the Option Plan, the termination of a person’s employment with the Corporation entitles him to exercise his vested options over a one-year period after the termination date. As at November 30, 2024, none of the options that were vested had an exercise price inferior to the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX. |
| (4) |
In the event of a Change of Control, all of Mr. Lévesque’s options become vested. The value is the difference between the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on November 29, 2024 (CAD 1.70) and the exercise price of each option held as at that date. As at November 30, 2024, none of the options held by Mr. Lévesque had an exercise price inferior to the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX. |
109
Table of Contents
Philippe Dubuc
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
The Corporation entered into an employment agreement for an indeterminate term with Mr. Philippe Dubuc on February 24, 2016. Mr. Dubuc’s employment agreement provides for the payment of an annual base salary subject to review on an annual basis by the Board, and the payment of an annual bonus of up to 40% of his annual base salary conditional upon his attainment of annual objectives set by the President and Chief Executive Officer. In addition, Mr. Dubuc is entitled to participate in incentive programs developed by the Board or any committee thereof. The terms of Mr. Dubuc’s employment agreement contain non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disclosure and assignment of intellectual property provisions in favour of the Corporation.
On July 27, 2023, Mr. Dubuc’s employment agreement was amended to provide new termination terms. Under the new terms, if the Corporation terminates Mr. Dubuc’s employment without just and sufficient cause or further to an internal reorganization (but excluding after a “Change of Control”), Mr. Dubuc will be entitled to receive an amount equal to (i) 18 months of his annual base salary plus an amount equal to 100% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 40% on his then annual base salary for an 18-month period if Mr. Dubuc has less than 10 years of service upon termination of his employment agreement; or 24 months of his annual base salary plus an amount equal to 100% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 40% on his then annual base salary for a 24-month period if Mr. Dubuc has 10 years or more of service upon termination of his employment agreement. Mr. Dubuc will not be entitled to receive any payment related to the value of any security-based compensation and social benefits received while employed with the Corporation.
In the event of a “Change of Control” of the Corporation resulting in the termination of Mr. Dubuc’s employment without just and sufficient cause occurring within twenty-four (24) months of such “Change of Control”, or if Mr. Dubuc decides to terminate his employment agreement at his sole discretion 24 four months following the occurrence of a “Change of Control” of the Corporation, Mr. Dubuc will be entitled to receive an amount equal to (i) 18 months of his annual base salary plus an amount equal to 100% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 40% on his then annual base salary for an 18-month period if Mr. Dubuc has less than 10 years of service upon termination of his employment agreement; or (ii) 24 months of his annual base salary plus an amount equal to 100% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 40% on his then annual base salary for a 24-month period if Mr. Dubuc has 10 years or more of service upon termination of his employment agreement. All of his unvested options will also become vested. Mr. Dubuc will not be entitled to receive any payment related to the value of any security-based compensation and social benefits received while employed with the Corporation. In Mr. Dubuc’s agreement, a “Change of Control is defined as (i) the acquisition by a third party, acting alone or in concert with one or more persons, regardless of its structure, of 40% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation, or (ii) a transaction resulting in (x) the shareholders of the Corporation no longer holding more than 60% of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation post-transaction, or (y) post-transaction, the board of directors of the company resulting from this transaction no longer being comprised of a majority of the directors who were then acting as directors prior to the transaction; or (iii) a change in the composition of the board of directors of the Corporation occurring, without the approval by a majority vote of the directors comprising the board of directors of the Corporation prior to such change, during a shareholders’ meeting or pursuant to a resolution passed by the shareholders of the Corporation, and which results in the board of directors of the Corporation no longer being comprised of a majority of the directors of the Corporation who sat as directors immediately prior to such meeting or resolution; or (iv) a sale or the grant of an exclusive license related to all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation which represents more than 75% of the assets disposed of calculated as at the date of the last financial year preceding such sale or out-licensing or more than 75% of the revenues generated by the Corporation during the last financial year preceding such sale or out-licensing.
110
Table of Contents
| Events |
Severance ($) |
Value of Stock
($) |
Value of share-
based awards
(2)
|
|||
|
Retirement (3) |
Nil | Nil | Nil | |||
|
Termination of Employment without Just Cause (3) |
719,241 | Nil | Nil | |||
|
Termination of Employment without Just Cause in the event of a Change of Control (4) |
719,241 | Nil | Nil | |||
|
Voluntary Resignation in the event of a Change of Control (4) |
719,241 | Nil | Nil | |||
|
Voluntary Resignation (3) |
Nil | Nil | Nil | |||
| (1) |
The value assumes that upon the occurrence of an event set forth in this table, all in-the-money vested options would be exercised. The value is the difference between the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on November 29, 2024 (CAD 1.70) and the exercise price of each vested option as at that date. As at November 30, 2024, none of the options that were vested had an exercise price inferior to the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX. |
| (2) |
Mr. Dubuc does not hold any share-based awards. |
| (3) |
Under the Option Plan, the termination of a person’s employment with the Corporation entitles him to exercise his vested options over a one-year period after the termination date. As at November 30, 2024, none of the options that were vested had an exercise price inferior to the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX. |
| (4) |
In the event of a Change of Control, all of Mr. Dubuc’s options become vested. The value is the difference between the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on November 29, 2024 (CAD 1.70) and the exercise price of each option held as at that date. As at November 30, 2024, none of the options held by Mr. Dubuc had an exercise price inferior to the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX. |
Christian Marsolais
Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer
The Corporation entered into an employment agreement for an indeterminate term with Mr. Christian Marsolais on April 13, 2007. His agreement was subsequently amended on May 23, 2012, and July 17, 2012. An amended and restated employment agreement was entered into on December 21, 2012, between Mr. Marsolais and the Corporation. The amended and restated employment agreement was entered into to reflect Mr. Marsolais’ new position as Senior Vice President, Medical Affairs, to set its targeted bonus rate at 40%, to revise and add new restrictive covenants in favour of the Corporation and to amend his severance payment conditions in the event the Corporation terminates his employment without just and sufficient cause. Mr. Marsolais’ employment agreement provides for the payment of an annual base salary subject to review on an annual basis by the Compensation Committee, and the payment of an annual bonus of up to 40% of his annual base salary conditional upon his attainment of annual objectives set by the President and Chief Executive Officer. In addition, Mr. Marsolais is entitled to participate in incentive programs developed by the Board or any committee thereof. The terms of Mr. Marsolais’ employment agreement contain non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disclosure and assignment of intellectual property provisions in favour of the Corporation.
On July 28, 2023, Mr. Marsolais’ employment agreement was further amended to provide new termination terms. Under the new terms, if the Corporation terminates Mr. Marsolais’ employment without just and sufficient cause or further to an internal reorganization (but excluding after a “Change of Control”), Mr. Marsolais will be entitled to receive an amount equal to (i) 24 months of his annual base salary plus an amount equal to 100% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 40% on his then annual base salary for a 24-month period. Mr. Marsolais will not be entitled to receive any payment related to the value of any security-based compensation and social benefits received while employed with the Corporation.
111
Table of Contents
In the event of a “Change of Control” of the Corporation resulting in the termination of Mr. Marsolais’ employment without just and sufficient cause occurring within 24 months of such “Change of Control”, or if Mr. Marsolais decides to terminate his employment agreement at his sole discretion 24 four months following the occurrence of a “Change of Control” of the Corporation, Mr. Marsolais will be entitled to receive an amount equal to (i) 24 months of his annual base salary plus an amount equal to 100% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 40% on his then annual base salary for a 24-month period. All of his unvested options will also become vested. Mr. Marsolais will not be entitled to receive any payment related to the value of any security-based compensation and social benefits received while employed with the Corporation. In Mr. Marsolais’ agreement, a “Change of Control is defined as (i) the acquisition by a third party, acting alone or in concert with one or more persons, regardless of its structure, of 40% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation, or (ii) a transaction resulting in (x) the shareholders of the Corporation no longer holding more than 60% of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation post-transaction, or (y) post-transaction, the board of directors of the company resulting from this transaction no longer being comprised of a majority of the directors who were then acting as directors prior to the transaction; or (iii) a change in the composition of the board of directors of the Corporation occurring, without the approval by a majority vote of the directors comprising the board of directors of the Corporation prior to such change, during a shareholders’ meeting or pursuant to a resolution passed by the shareholders of the Corporation, and which results in the board of directors of the Corporation no longer being comprised of a majority of the directors of the Corporation who sat as directors immediately prior to such meeting or resolution; or (iv) a sale or the grant of an exclusive license related to all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation which represents more than 75% of the assets disposed of calculated as at the date of the last financial year preceding such sale or out-licensing or more than 75% of the revenues generated by the Corporation during the last financial year preceding such sale or out-licensing.
| Events |
Severance
($) |
Value of Stock
($) |
Value of share-
based awards (2) ($) |
|||
|
Retirement (3) |
Nil | 4,128 | 1,968 | |||
|
Termination of Employment without Just Cause (3) |
978,106 | 4,128 | 1,968 | |||
|
Termination of Employment without Just Cause in the event of a Change of Control (4) |
978,106 | 4,128 | 1,968 | |||
|
Voluntary Resignation in the event of a Change of Control (4) |
978,106 | 4,128 | 1,968 | |||
|
Voluntary Resignation (3) |
Nil | 4,128 | 1,968 | |||
| (1) |
The value assumes that upon the occurrence of an event set forth in this table, all in-the-money vested options would be exercised. The value is the difference between the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on November 29, 2024 (CAD 1.70) and the exercise price of each vested option as at that date. As at November 30, 2024, 31,249 options with an exercise price of CAD 1.52 were vested. |
| (2) |
The value of the share-based awards assumes that upon the occurrence of an event, all DSUs are redeemed. The value of share-based awards is determined by multiplying the number of DSUs held as at November 30, 2024 (1,578) by the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on November 29, 2024 (CAD 1.70). |
| (3) |
Under the Option Plan, the termination of a person’s employment with the Corporation entitles him to exercise his vested options over a one-year period after the termination date. As at November 30, 2024, 31,249 options with an exercise price of CAD 1.52 were vested. |
| (4) |
In the event of a Change of Control, all of Mr. Marsolais’ options become vested. The value is the difference between the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on November 29, 2024 (CAD 1.70) and the exercise price of each option held as at that date. As at November 30, 2024, 31,249 options with an exercise price of CAD 1.52 were vested. |
John Leasure
Global Commercial Officer
The Corporation, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Theratechnologies U.S., Inc. (“Thera US”), entered into an employment agreement with Mr. John Leasure on March 23, 2021, for an indeterminate term. Effective April 11, 2022, the Corporation entered into a new employment agreement (“2022 Agreement”) with Mr. Leasure for an indeterminate term. Under the terms of the 2022 Agreement, Mr. Leasure acts as Global Commercial Officer of the Corporation and of all of the Corporation’s subsidiaries. Mr. Leasure is entitled to receive an annual base salary subject to review on an annual basis by the Compensation Committee, and the payment of an annual bonus set at 40% of his annual base salary conditional upon his attainment of annual objectives set by the President and Chief Executive Officer. The payment of an annual bonus is subject to clawback provisions requiring Mr. Leasure to repay to the Corporation the last bonus received in the event of violations of certain U.S. Food and Drug Administration rules or other laws applicable to the commercialization of pharmaceutical products in the United States. Under the terms of the 2022 Agreement, Mr. Leasure is also entitled to participate in equity-based incentive plans that the Corporation may implement from time to time. The 2022 Agreement provides that he is entitled to receive a number of stock options of the Corporation, if and when granted by the Board of the Corporation under the Option Plan, representing a target value between 20% to 45% of his annual base salary. The Corporation agreed to match on a dollar-for-dollar basis the funding by Mr. Leasure’s Canadian registered retirement savings plan up to an amount equal to 50% of the maximum annual contribution allowed under Canadian applicable laws. Mr. Leasure is entitled to participate in Thera US’ social benefits comprised of disability and death-in-service benefits and health insurance. The 2022 Agreement contains non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disclosure and assignment of intellectual property provisions in favour of the Corporation. Mr. Leasure is entitled to terminate the 2022 Agreement at will upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Corporation.
112
Table of Contents
On July 31, 2023, the 2022 Agreement was amended to provide new termination terms. Under the new terms, if the Corporation terminates Mr. Leasure’s employment without just and sufficient cause or further to an internal reorganization (but excluding after a “Change of Control”), Mr. Leasure will be entitled to receive an amount equal to (i) 12 months of his annual base salary plus an amount equal to 100% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 40% on his then annual base salary for a 12-month period if Mr. Leasure has less than 5 years of service upon termination of his employment agreement (ii) 18 months of his annual base salary plus an amount equal to 100% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 40% on his then annual base salary for an 18-month period if Mr. Leasure has less more than 5 years but less than 10 years of service upon termination of his employment agreement; or (ii) 24 months of his annual base salary plus an amount equal to 100% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 40% on his then annual base salary for a 24-month period if Mr. Leasure has 10 years or more of service upon termination of his employment agreement. Mr. Leasure will not be entitled to receive any payment related to the value of any security-based compensation and social benefits received while employed with the Corporation.
In the event of a “Change of Control” of the Corporation resulting in the termination of Mr. Leasure’s employment without just and sufficient cause occurring within twenty-four (24) months of such “Change of Control”, or if Mr. Leasure decides to terminate his employment agreement at his sole discretion 24 four months following the occurrence of a “Change of Control” of the Corporation, Mr. Leasure will be entitled to receive an amount equal to (i) 12 months of his annual base salary plus an amount equal to 100% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 40% on his then annual base salary for a 12-month period if Mr. Leasure has less than 5 years of service upon termination of his employment agreement, (ii) 18 months of his annual base salary plus an amount equal to 100% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 40% on his then annual base salary for an 18-month period if Mr. Leasure has more than 5 years but less than 10 years of service upon termination of his employment agreement; or (iii) 24 months of his annual base salary plus an amount equal to 100% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 40% on his then annual base salary for a 24-month period if Mr. Leasure has 10 years or more of service upon termination of his employment agreement. All of his unvested options will also become vested. Mr. Leasure will not be entitled to receive any payment related to the value of any security-based compensation and social benefits received while employed with the Corporation.
In Mr. Leasure’s agreement, a “Change of Control is defined as (i) the acquisition by a third party, acting alone or in concert with one or more persons, regardless of its structure, of 40% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation, or (ii) a transaction resulting in (x) the shareholders of the Corporation no longer holding more than 60% of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation post-transaction, or (y) post-transaction, the board of directors of the company resulting from this transaction no longer being comprised of a majority of the directors who were then acting as directors prior to the transaction; or (iii) a change in the composition of the board of directors of the Corporation occurring, without the approval by a majority vote of the directors comprising the board of directors of the Corporation prior to such change, during a shareholders’ meeting or pursuant to a resolution passed by the shareholders of the Corporation, and which results in the board of directors of the Corporation no longer being comprised of a majority of the directors of the Corporation who sat as directors immediately prior to such meeting or resolution; or (iv) a sale or the grant of an exclusive license related to all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation which represents more than 75% of the assets disposed of calculated as at the date of the last financial year preceding such sale or out-licensing or more than 75% of the revenues generated by the Corporation during the last financial year preceding such sale or out-licensing.
113
Table of Contents
| Events |
Severance ($) |
Value of Stock Options (1) ($) |
Value of share-
($) |
|||
|
Retirement (3) |
Nil | Nil | Nil | |||
|
Termination of Employment without Just Cause (3) |
480,816 | Nil | Nil | |||
| Termination of Employment without Just Cause in the event of a Change of Control (4) | 480,816 | Nil | Nil | |||
|
Voluntary Resignation in the event of a Change of Control (4) |
480,816 | Nil | Nil | |||
|
Voluntary Resignation (3) |
Nil | Nil | Nil | |||
| (1) |
The value assumes that upon the occurrence of an event, all in-the-money vested options would be exercised. The value is the difference between the closing price of the Common Shares on November 29, 2024, on the Nasdaq ($1.21) and the exercise price of each vested option as at November 30, 2024. As at November 30, 2024, none of the options that were vested had an exercise price inferior to the closing price of the Common Shares on the Nasdaq. |
| (2) |
Mr. Leasure does not hold any share-based awards. |
| (3) |
Under the Option Plan, the termination of a person’s employment with the Corporation entitles him to exercise his vested options over a one-year period after the termination date. As at November 30, 2024, none of the options that were vested had an exercise price inferior to the closing price of the Common Shares on the Nasdaq. |
| (4) |
In the event of a Change of Control, all of Mr. Leasure’s options become vested. The value is the difference between the closing price of the Common Shares on November 29, 2024, on the Nasdaq ($1.21) and the exercise price of each option held as at that date. As at November 30, 2024, none of the options held by Mr. Leasure had an exercise price inferior to the closing price of the Common Shares on the Nasdaq. |
Jocelyn Lafond
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
The Corporation entered into an employment agreement for an indeterminate term with Mr. Lafond on March 29, 2007, and an amendment was subsequently entered into on July 5, 2012, to change some of the termination terms. Additional amendments were then entered into on July 27, 2023, and December 15, 2023, to further amend the termination terms of Mr. Lafond’s employment and to increase his annual bonus target rate to 40% from 33.33% beginning in the 2024 fiscal year of the Corporation. Mr. Lafond’s employment agreement provides for the payment of an annual base salary subject to review on an annual basis by the Compensation Committee, and the payment of an annual bonus of up to 40% (33.33% in the 2023 fiscal) of his annual base salary conditional upon his attainment of annual objectives set by the President and Chief Executive Officer. In addition, Mr. Lafond is entitled to participate in incentive programs developed by the Board or any committee thereof. The terms of Mr. Lafond’s employment agreement contain non-solicitation, non-disclosure and assignment of intellectual property provisions in favour of the Corporation.
On July 27, 2023, an amendment to the termination terms of Mr. Lafond’s employment agreement was entered into. Under the new terms, if the Corporation terminates Mr. Lafond’ employment without just and sufficient cause or further to an internal reorganization (but excluding after a “Change of Control”), Mr. Lafond will be entitled to receive an amount equal to (i) 24 months of his annual base salary plus an amount equal to 100% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 40% on his then annual base salary for a 24-month period. Mr. Lafond will not be entitled to receive any payment related to the value of any security-based compensation and social benefits received while employed with the Corporation.
In the event of a “Change of Control” of the Corporation resulting in the termination of Mr. Lafond’s employment without just and sufficient cause occurring within 24 months of such “Change of Control”, or if Mr. Lafond decides to terminate his employment agreement at his sole discretion 24 four months following the occurrence of a “Change of Control” of the Corporation, Mr. Lafond will be entitled to receive an amount equal to (i) 24 months of his annual base salary plus an amount equal to 100% of his annual bonus target, calculated at a rate of 40% on his then annual base salary for a 24-month period. All of his unvested options will also become vested. Mr. Lafond will not be entitled to receive any payment related to the value of any security-based compensation and social benefits received while employed with the Corporation. In Mr. Lafond’s agreement, a “Change of Control is defined as (i) the acquisition by a third party, acting alone or in concert with one or more persons, regardless of its structure, of 40% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation, or (ii) a transaction resulting in (x) the shareholders of the Corporation no longer holding more than 60% of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation post-transaction, or (y) post-transaction, the board of directors of the company resulting from this transaction no longer being comprised of a majority of the directors who were then acting as directors prior to the transaction; or (iii) a change in the composition of the board of directors of the Corporation occurring, without the approval by a majority vote of the directors comprising the board of directors of the Corporation prior to such change, during a shareholders’ meeting or pursuant to a resolution passed by the shareholders of the Corporation, and which results in the board of directors of the Corporation no longer being comprised of a majority of the directors of the Corporation who sat as directors immediately prior to such meeting or resolution; or (iv) a sale or the grant of an exclusive license related to all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation which represents more than 75% of the assets disposed of calculated as at the date of the last financial year preceding such sale or out-licensing or more than 75% of the revenues generated by the Corporation during the last financial year preceding such sale or out-licensing.
114
Table of Contents
| Events |
Severance ($) |
Value of Stock Options (1) ($) |
Value of share- based awards (2) ($) |
|||
|
Retirement (3) |
Nil | 3,468 | 1,560 | |||
|
Termination of Employment without Just Cause (3) |
733,040 | 3,468 | 1,560 | |||
|
Termination of Employment without Just Cause in the event of a Change of Control (4) |
733,040 | 3,468 | 1,560 | |||
|
Voluntary Resignation in the event of a Change of Control (4) |
733,040 | 3,468 | 1,560 | |||
|
Voluntary Resignation (3) |
Nil | 3,468 | 1,560 | |||
| (1) |
The value assumes that upon the occurrence of an event, all in-the-money vested options would be exercised. The value is the difference between the closing price of the Common Shares on November 29, 2024 on the TSX (CAD 1.70) and the exercise price of each vested option as at November 30, 2024. As at November 30, 2024, 26,250 options with an exercise price of CAD 1.52 were vested. |
| (2) |
The value of the share-based awards assumes that upon the occurrence of an event, all DSUs are redeemed. The value of share-based awards is determined by multiplying the number of DSUs held as at November 30, 2024 (1,250) by the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on November 29, 2024 (CAD 1.70). |
| (3) |
Under the Option Plan, the termination of a person’s employment with the Corporation entitles him to exercise his vested options over a one-year period after the termination date. As at November 30, 2024, 26,250 options with an exercise price of CAD 1.52 were vested. |
| (4) |
In the event of a Change of Control, all of Mr. Lafond’s options become vested. The value is the difference between the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX on November 29, 2024 (CAD 1.70) and the exercise price of each option held as at that date. As at November 30, 2024, 26,250 options with an exercise price of CAD 1.52 were vested. |
| C. |
Board Practices. |
See “Item 6A – Directors and Senior Management” of this Annual Report for information regarding the term of office of our directors and Executive Officers and the period during which each of them has served in that office.
In the event any of our directors resign from the Board or is not reelected, they are not entitled to receive any benefit, other than the right to redeem their DSUs under the DSU Plan and to exercise their options under the Option Plan. See “Item 6B – Compensation – Summary of Employment Agreements – Termination and Change of Control Provisions” for a summary of our Executive Officers Employment Agreements.
We have entered into a consulting agreement with JP Arena Regulatory Consulting, LLC (“JP Arena Agreement”), a company wholly owned by Joseph Arena. Under the JP Arena Agreement, JP Arena Regulatory Consulting, LLC provides the services of Joseph Arena to act as a director of the Company. The annual retainer fee payable in cash to Joseph Arena is made to JP Arena Regulatory Consulting, LLC. All DSUs or options granted pursuant to the DSU Plan or the Option Plan are issued to Joseph Arena, personally.
115
Table of Contents
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our Board of Directors currently has three (3) committees: an audit committee (“Audit Committee”), the Compensation Committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee (“Corporate Governance Committee”). Each of these committees has adopted charters describing their mandates, roles and functions. These charters are available on our website at www.theratech.com and have been attached as exhibits to this Annual Report. All of the members of these committees are independent directors, are appointed annually by our Board of Directors and carry out their mandate until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until they resign.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is currently composed of three independent directors, namely, Mr. Frank Holler, who acts as the Chair, Mrs. Elina Tea and Mr. Jordan Zwick. All of our Audit Committee’s members are financially literate. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Frank Holler meets the “Audit Committee financial expert” criteria prescribed by the SEC. The Audit Committee members are scheduled to meet without Executive Officers being present on a regular basis.
The Audit Committee is responsible for assisting our Board of Directors to oversee the followings:
– the integrity of the Corporation’s financial statements and information related thereto;
– the Corporation’s internal control system;
– the appointment and performance assessment of our external auditors; and
– the Corporation’s risk management matters.
The Audit Committee reviews our annual and quarterly consolidated financial statements, as well as our annual and quarterly MDA, approves our quarterly consolidated financial statements and MDA related thereto, reviews and discusses with our Executive Officers and external auditors major issues regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentations as well as major issues relating to the adequacy of our internal controls systems. The Audit Committee is also responsible to supervise the performance of our external auditors, recommend to the Board of Directors the compensation to be paid to our external auditors, to approve all services which are non-audit services, together with the costs therefor, and to oversee the most important risks faced by the Corporation and make recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect thereto as well as on measures that could be implemented to reduce those risks.
Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committee is currently composed of three independent directors, namely Mrs. Dale Weil who acts as Chair, Mr. Andrew Molson and Mr. Joseph Arena.
The Compensation Committee is responsible for assisting the Board of Directors to oversee the followings:
– the compensation of the Executive Officers;
– the assessment of the Executive Officers;
– the compensation of directors and members of committees;
– stock option grants; and
– overall increase in total compensation.
116
Table of Contents
The Compensation Committee is responsible to develop a compensation system that allows the Corporation to retain and attract skilled individuals. The Compensation Committee reviews and establishes the total compensation to be paid to Executive Officers and to the directors, oversees the terms and conditions of the Executive Officers’ employment agreements and any amendment thereto, oversees short and long-term compensation programs for Executive Officers and directors and assess the performance of the President and Chief Executive Officer as well as the performance of Executive Officers in collaboration with the President and Chief Executive Officer. The Compensation Committee also oversees on an annual basis the increase in overall compensation to all of our employees.
Corporate Governance Committee
The Corporate Governance Committee is currently composed of four independent directors, namely Mr. Andrew Molson, who acts as the Chair, Mr. Frank Holler, Mrs. Dawn Svoronos and Mrs. Dale Weil.
The Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for assisting the Board of Directors to oversee the followings:
| – |
recruiting candidates for the Board; |
| – |
reviewing the size, composition and function of the Board; |
| – |
the orientation and education of directors; and |
| – |
governance. |
The Corporate Governance Committee’s role consists in assessing the effectiveness of the Board of Directors by examining its size, the areas of expertise of each director and ensuring that governance principles are followed. The Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for the recruitment of candidates when need be and for the development of orientation and continuing education policy for directors. The Corporate Governance Committee reviews the corporate governance rules and guidelines published from time to time by regulatory agencies and by shareholders groups and reports to the Board of Directors. Guidelines are adopted if they are suitable for the Corporation given its size and level of activities.
| D. |
Employees |
As at November 30, 2024, we had a total of 51 employees in Canada, 41 employees in the United States and 2 employees in Ireland. All of our employees are engaged in the following activities: (i) 29 in administration, (ii) 21 in regulatory and medical, (iii) 38 in commercialization, including marketing, and (iv) 6 in research and development functions. None of our employees are unionized. We believe the relations with our employees are good.
Through Syneos, as a November 30, 2024, we had an additional 6 full-time and 5 part-time persons dedicated to the commercialization of EGRIFTA SV ® and Trogarzo ® in the United States, however as of January 1, 2025, that number was reduced to 5 part-time persons.
| E. |
Share ownership |
See “Item 6A – Directors and Senior Management” of this Annual Report for additional information on the share ownership and details on the number of options and DSUs held by our directors and Executive Officers.
As of the date of this Annual Report, the total number of Common Shares held by our directors and Executive Officers amounted to 560,277, which represented 1.22% of our issued and outstanding Common Shares.
See “Item 6B – Compensation” of this Annual Report for a description of the Option Plan and DSU Plan.
117
Table of Contents
| F. |
Disclosure of a registrant’s action to recover erroneously awarded compensation |
Not applicable.
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
| A. |
Major shareholders. |
Based on information publicly available as of February 24, 2025, on EDGAR ( www.sec.gov/edgar ), the following table provides information on the major shareholders of the Company that are the beneficial owners of, or have control over, 5% or more of the Common Shares. No major shareholder has different voting rights.
|
Names of shareholders |
Number of Common
Shares |
Percentage of
Common Shares |
||
|
Investissement Québec |
9,118,184 | 19.8% | ||
|
Soleus Capital Master Fund, L.P (1) |
4,801,376 | 10.4% | ||
|
AIGH Capital Management, LLC (2) |
3,026,569 | 6.6% | ||
|
Nantahala Capital Management, LLC |
2,682,228 | 5.8% | ||
|
Morgan Stanley (3) |
2,313,769 | 5.0% |
| (1) |
Soleus Capital Master Fund, L.P. (“Soleus”) reported holding 2,199,781 Common Shares on February 14, 2023, or approximately 9.03% of the then issued and outstanding Common Shares. Soleus reported holding 2,031,477 Common Shares on November 14, 2023, or approximately 8.3% of the then issued and outstanding Common Shares. Soleus reported holding 1,923,021 Common Shares on February 10, 2022, or approximately 7.9% of the then issued and outstanding Common Shares. |
| (2) |
AIGH Capital Management, LLC reported holding 3,824,063 Common Shares on November 29, 2023, or approximately 8.3% of the then issued and outstanding Common Shares. |
| (3) |
Morgan Stanley (“MS”) reported holding 7,877,403 Common Shares on February 10, 2023, or approximately 8.14% of the then issued and outstanding Common Shares (prior to giving effect to the 1:4 Common Share consolidation effective July 31, 2023). MS reported holding 4,834,138 Common Shares on February 11, 2022, or approximately 4.61% of the then issued and outstanding Common Shares (prior to giving effect to the 1:4 Common Share consolidation effective July 31, 2023). |
The following table indicates as of February 14, 2025, the total number of Common Shares issued and outstanding, the approximate total number of holders of record of Common Shares, the number of holders of record of Common Shares with U.S. addresses, the portion of the outstanding Common Shares held by U.S. holders of record and the percentage of Common Shares held by U.S. holders of record. This table does not indicate beneficial ownership of Common Shares.
|
Total number of
holders of record (1) |
Total number of
Common Shares issued and outstanding |
Number of U.S
holders of record |
Number of Common
Shares held by U.S. holders of record (2) |
Percentage of
Common Shares held by U.S. holders of record |
||||
|
20 |
45,980,019 | 2 | 13,918,352 | 30.28% |
| (1) |
A holder of record is a shareholder whose Common Shares are registered in his name in the Corporation’s share register. |
| (2) |
The computation of the number of Common Shares held in the U.S. is based upon the number of registered holders of record with U.S. addresses. U.S. residents may beneficially own Common Shares owned of record by non-U.S. residents. |
The Corporation is not owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any other corporation or by any foreign government.
To our knowledge, there is no arrangement, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Corporation.
118
Table of Contents
| B. |
Related party transactions. |
On November 27, 2024, the Corporation entered into the IQ Credit Agreement with IQ, the Corporation’s largest shareholders, for a $15 million second ranking secured term loan, with interest based on US Government rates plus a margin based on Company’s total net debt-to-Adjusted EBITDA ratio. The loan will be interest-only and be subject to full repayment after 42 months. The US interest rate is currently set at US Government rates plus 7.23%, or 11.45%. See “Item 4A – History and Development of the Company – Recent Developments”, “Item 10C – Material Contracts”, and refer to Note 16 of the Audited Financial Statements for more information on the IQ Credit Agreement.
None of our directors and Executive Officers or persons who held such positions during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024 is indebted to us or any of our subsidiaries or was indebted to us or any of our subsidiaries at any time during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024 and as at February 25, 2025.
| C. |
Interests of experts and counsel. |
Not applicable.
Item 8. Financial Information
| A. |
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information. |
See “Item 18 - Financial Statements” of this Annual Report for certain other information required by this Item.
Item 9. The Offer and Listings
| A. |
Offer and listing details . |
Not applicable, except for Item 9A(4). Our Common Shares are listed and posted for trading on the TSX and on the Nasdaq under the symbol “TH” and “THTX”, respectively. See “Item 10B – Memorandum and Articles of Association – Rights, Preference and Restrictions” of this Annual Report for a description of the rights attached to our Common Shares.
| B. |
Plan of distribution. |
Not applicable.
| C. |
Markets. |
Our Common Shares are listed and posted for trading on the TSX and on the Nasdaq under the symbol “TH” and “THTX”, respectively.
| D. |
Selling shareholders. |
Not applicable.
| E. |
Dilution. |
Not applicable.
| F. |
Expenses of the issue. |
Not applicable.
Item 10. Additional Information
| A. |
Share capital. |
Not applicable.
119
Table of Contents
| B. |
Memorandum and Articles of Association. |
Incorporation
We are governed by our articles of incorporation (“Articles”), under the QBCA, and by our general by-laws (“By-laws”). Our Articles and By-laws can be found on our website ( www.theratech.com ) under the tab “Investors -Corporate Governance – Documents Charters” and under the heading “Corporate Documents”.
Objects and Purposes
Our Articles and By-laws do not define any of the Corporation’s objects and purposes. In that respect, the Corporation has no limit on the type of business it can carry out.
Directors
Our Articles do not contain any provision regarding: (a) a director’s power to vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which the director is materially interested; (b) a director’s power in the absence of an independent quorum, to vote compensation to itself or any members of the committees of the Board of Directors; (c) borrowing powers exercisable by the directors and how such powers can be varied; (d) retirement or non-retirement of directors under an age limit requirement; and (e) number of shares, if any, required for a director’s qualification. However, our By-laws provide that a director shall avoid placing himself/herself in a situation where his/her personal interest would conflict with his/her obligations as a director of the Corporation. If such is the case, our By-laws provide that he/she must declare to the Corporation any interest he/she has in an enterprise or other entity that may place him/her in a situation of conflict of interest. Our By-laws do not prohibit a director from acquiring rights in the Corporation’s property or from entering into contracts with the Corporation on the condition that he/she immediately informs the Corporation of such fact by indicating any interest he/she has in an enterprise or other entity that may place him/her in a situation of conflict of interest. A director who is interested in an acquisition of property from the Corporation or a contract with the Corporation must abstain, unless required, from the discussion and voting on the question. However, the foregoing does not apply to questions regarding the remuneration or directorship of a director. Furthermore, the By-laws state that an interested director must leave the meeting while the Board of Directors discusses and votes on such acquisition or contract if requested by the Chair of the Board of Directors or any director. The same rule is applicable to any director who has an interest in an offeror making an offer to purchase the Common Shares of the Corporation by way of a take-over bid while the Board of Directors discusses and votes on such offer.
The quorum at every meeting of the Board of Directors has been set to the majority of the directors in office, with a minimum of three (3). Our By-laws require that a quorum be present for the entire duration of the meeting. As a result of the foregoing, in the absence of a quorum, a director has no power to make any decision regarding, among other things, compensation to himself/herself or to any member of the committees of the Board of Directors. Our Bylaws provide that the directors may borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation.
Our By-laws do not contain any requirements with respect to a mandatory retirement age for our directors and the number of shares required for directors’ qualifications. However, in December 2010, the Board adopted the Shareholding Policy for its directors and Executive Officers. See “Item 6A – Directors and senior management – Directors and Executive Officers Shareholding Policy” of this Annual Report for a description of the Shareholding Policy.
The Board has adopted a formal retirement policy in the context of its succession planning process. Under this policy, directors who are not employees of the Corporation who reach the age of 75 or who have been acting as directors for fifteen (15) consecutive years may not be nominees for re-election at the subsequent annual meeting of shareholders.
120
Table of Contents
Our By-laws contain a framework in relation to the nomination of directors of the Corporation (“Advance Notice By-Law”). The Advance Notice By-law fixes a deadline by which director nominations must be submitted by a shareholder to the Corporation prior to any annual or special meeting of shareholders and specifies the information that a shareholder must include in the notice. Pursuant to the Advance Notice By-law, notices must be made, not less than thirty days (30) prior to the date of the annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting of shareholders is to be held on a date that is less than fifty (50) days after the date (“Notice Date”) on which the first public announcement of the date of the meeting was made, notice by the nominating shareholder may be made not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the Notice Date. In the case of a special meeting (which is not also an annual meeting) of shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors (whether or not called for other purposes), notice by the nominating shareholders must be made not later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15th) day following the date on which the first public announcement of the date of the meeting was made.
Description of Capital
We are authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares and an unlimited number of preferred shares issuable in series.
Rights, Preference and Restrictions
Subject to the priority rights of holders of preferred shares, holders of Common Shares are entitled to any dividend declared by the Board of Directors, to one vote per share at meetings of our shareholders and, in the event of our liquidation or dissolution, to participate in the distribution of the assets.
Preferred shares carry no voting rights. Preferred shares may be issued at any time in one or more series. Our articles of incorporation give our Board of Directors the power to fix the number of preferred shares and the consideration per share, as well as to determine the provisions attached to the preferred shares of each series (including dividends, redemption and conversion rights, if any). The shares of every series of preferred shares will have priority over all our other shares, including Common Shares, with respect to the payment of dividends and return of capital in the event of our liquidation or dissolution.
The Common Shares issued represent the total voting rights pertaining to our securities.
Our shareholders are not liable to capital calls by the Corporation and there exists no provision discriminating against any existing or prospective holder of our Common Shares as a result of a shareholder owning a substantial number of our Common Shares.
In order to change the rights attached to our Common Shares and, if issued, the rights attached to our preferred shares, the vote of at least 66 2/3% of the holders of Common Shares or holders of preferred shares, as the case may be, must be cast at a shareholders meeting called for amending the rights attached to our Common Shares or preferred shares, as the case may be.
Shareholder Meetings
Our By-laws provide that the annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation must be held on a yearly basis on such date and on such time as may be fixed by the Board of Directors. However, under the rules and regulations of the TSX, annual general meetings must be held within six (6) months of the fiscal year-end of a listed issuer.
Our By-laws provide that special meetings of shareholders may be called at any time as determined by the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board of Directors or the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Our shareholders are entitled to call special general meetings of shareholders provided that they hold at least 10% of the issued and outstanding classes of shares entitled to vote at the meeting so called.
Our By-laws provide that notice of each annual and special meeting of shareholders must be sent to the shareholders entitled to attend such meetings at least twenty-one (21) days prior to the date fixed for such meeting. The only persons entitled to assist to a meeting of shareholders are the shareholders themselves, unless this requirement is waived by the Chair of the meeting at the beginning of each meeting.
121
Table of Contents
Our By-laws provide that one or more persons present in person or duly represented and holding not less than 10% of the shares giving the right to vote at a meeting constitute the quorum.
Limitations on Rights to Own Securities
Neither Canadian law nor our Articles or By-laws limit the right of a non-resident to hold or vote our Common Shares, other than as provided in the Investment Canada Act (“Investment Act”).
The Investment Act requires any person that is a “non-Canadian” (as defined in the Investment Act) who acquires “control” (as defined in the Investment Act) of an existing Canadian business to file either a pre-closing application for review or a post-closing notification with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada.
As of the date hereof, the threshold for review of a direct acquisition of control of a non-cultural Canadian business by a World Trade Organization member country investor that is not a state-owned enterprise is an enterprise value of assets that exceeds CA$1.386 billion. For “trade agreement investors” that are not state-owned enterprises (as defined in the Investment Act), the threshold for review of a direct acquisition of control of a non-cultural Canadian business is an enterprise value of assets that exceeds CA$2.079 billion. The enterprise value review thresholds for both World Trade Organization member countries and trade agreement investors are indexed to annual GDP growth and are adjusted accordingly each year. For purposes of a publicly traded company, the “enterprise value” of the assets of the Canadian business is equal to the market capitalization of the entity, plus its liabilities (excluding its operating liabilities), minus its cash and cash equivalents.
As such, under the Investment Act, the acquisition of control of us (either through the acquisition of our Common Shares or all or substantially all our assets) by a non-Canadian who is a World Trade Organization member country investor or a trade agreement investor, including a U.S. investor, would be reviewable only if the enterprise value of our assets exceeds the specified threshold for review.
Where the acquisition of control is a reviewable transaction, the Investment Act generally prohibits the implementation of the reviewable transaction unless, after review, the relevant Minister is satisfied or deemed to be satisfied that the acquisition is likely to be of net benefit to Canada.
The acquisition of a majority of the voting interests of an entity is deemed to be acquisition of “control” of that entity. The acquisition of less than a majority but one-third or more of the total number of votes attached to all of the voting shares of a corporation or of an equivalent undivided ownership interest in the total number of votes attached to all of the voting shares of the corporation is presumed to be an acquisition of control of that corporation unless it can be established that, on the acquisition, the corporation is not controlled in fact by the acquiror through the ownership of voting shares. The acquisition of less than one-third of the total number of votes attached to all of the voting shares of a corporation is deemed not to be acquisition of control of that corporation subject to certain discretionary rights relative to investments involving state-owned enterprises. Other than in connection with a “national security” review, discussed below, certain transactions in relation to our Common Shares would be exempt from the Investment Act including:
| ● |
the acquisition of our Common Shares by a person in the ordinary course of that person’s business as a trader or dealer in securities; |
| ● |
the acquisition or control of us in connection with the realization of security granted for a loan or other financial assistance and not for any purpose related to the provisions of the Investment Act, if the acquisition is subject to approval under the Bank Act, the Cooperative Credit Associations Act, the Insurance Companies Act or the Trust and Loan Companies Act; and |
| ● |
the acquisition or control of us by reason of an amalgamation, merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization following which the ultimate direct or indirect control in fact of us, through the ownership of our voting interests, remains unchanged. |
122
Table of Contents
Under the national security regime in the Investment Act, review on a discretionary basis may also be undertaken by the federal government in respect of a much broader range of investments by a non-Canadian to “acquire, in whole or in part, or to establish an entity carrying on all or any part of its operations in Canada”. The relevant test is whether such an investment by a non-Canadian could be “injurious to national security”. The Minister of Innovation, Science and Economic Development has broad discretion to determine whether an investor is a non-Canadian and therefore may be subject to national security review. Review on national security grounds is at the discretion of the federal government and may occur on a pre- or post-closing basis.
Change in Control
Our By-laws do not contain any provision that would have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Corporation. However, the Corporation has a shareholder rights plan in place which could act as a deterrent to acquire the control of the Corporation. See ‘Item 10B -Memorandum of Articles of Association—Shareholder Rights Plan” below.
Shareholder Rights Plan
On March 3, 2022, the Board approved the amendment and renewal of the Corporation’s Shareholder Rights Plan and, on April 6, 2022, the Corporation and Computershare Trust Services of Canada entered into an amended and restated shareholder rights plan agreement (“Rights Plan”) which was subsequently ratified by the shareholders on May 9, 2022.
The original Shareholder Rights Plan was adopted by the Board on February 10, 2010 and ratified by the shareholders on March 25, 2010. It was first renewed on February 21, 2013 and ratified by the shareholders on May 24, 2013 and subsequently renewed on April 15, 2016 and April 10, 2019 and ratified by shareholders on May 17, 2016 and May 15, 2019.
Purpose of the Rights Plan
The purpose of the Rights Plan is to ensure equal treatment of shareholders and to give adequate time for shareholders to properly assess the merits of a bid without undue pressure, and to allow competing bids to emerge. The Rights Plan is designed to give the Board time to consider alternatives, allowing shareholders to receive full and fair value for their shares. The Rights Plan was not renewed by the Board in response to any acquisition proposal and is not designed to secure the continuance in office of the current management or the directors of the Corporation. The renewal of the Rights Plan does not in any way lessen the duties of the directors to fully and fairly examine all bids which may be made to acquire the Common Shares of the Corporation and to exercise such duties with a view to the best interest of the shareholders and the Corporation.
Under Canadian securities legislation, a takeover bid generally means an offer to acquire voting or equity voting shares of a corporation that, together with shares already owned by the bidder and certain parties related thereto, amount to 20% or more of the outstanding shares of that class.
Under the legislative framework for takeover bids in Canada, as amended on May 9, 2016, shareholders may not be treated equally if an important number of Common Shares is acquired pursuant to a private agreement in which a small group of shareholders or a shareholder dispose of their Common Shares at a premium to market price, which premium is not shared with the other shareholders of the Corporation. In addition, a person may gradually accumulate Common Shares through stock exchange acquisitions which results in an acquisition of control of the Corporation, without payment of fair value for control or a fair sharing of a control premium amongst all shareholders. The Rights Plan addresses these concerns by applying to all acquisitions of 20% or more of the Common Shares of the Corporation, ensuring that shareholders receive equal treatment.
123
Table of Contents
The Rights Plan also addresses the use of “hard” lock-up agreements, whereby shareholders commit to tender their Common Shares to a takeover bid in lock-up agreements which are either irrevocable or revocable but subject to restrictive termination conditions. Such agreements could have the effect of deterring other potential bidders from bringing forward competing bids, particularly where the number of lock-up shares would make it difficult or unlikely for a competing bidder’s bid to achieve the 50% minimum tender requirement imposed by the takeover bid rules. The Rights Plan is designed to prevent these lock-up agreements that are not in the best interest of the Corporation and its shareholders and to encourage bidders to structure lock-up agreements so as to provide the locked-up shareholders reasonable flexibility to terminate such agreements to deposit their shares to a higher value bid or support another transaction offering greater value.
The issue of rights (“Rights”) will not in any way adversely alter the financial condition of the Corporation and will not change the way in which shareholders trade their Common Shares. However, by permitting holders of Rights other than an “Acquiring Person” (as defined below) to acquire additional Common Shares of the Corporation at a discount to market value, the Rights may cause substantial dilution to a person or group that acquires 20% or more of the outstanding Common Shares other than by way of a “Permitted Bid” (as defined below). A potential bidder can avoid the dilutive features of the Rights Plan by making a bid that conforms to the requirements of a Permitted Bid.
The Corporation has reviewed the Rights Plan for conformity with current practices of Canadian companies with respect to shareholder protection rights plans and believe that the Rights Plan preserves the fair treatment of shareholders, is consistent with best Canadian corporate practices and addresses institutional investor guidelines.
Terms of the Rights Plan
The following is a summary of the principal terms of the Rights Plan and is provided subject to the terms and conditions thereof. A complete copy of the Rights Plan has been filed and is available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca and on EDGAR at www.sec.gov/edgar .
Issue of Rights
In order to implement the rights plan in 2010, the Board authorized the Corporation to issue one right in respect of each Common Share outstanding as of 6:00 p.m. (Montreal time) on March 25, 2010 (“Record Time”). One Right was also issued with each Common Share issued after March 25, 2010, and one Right will also continue to be issued and attached to each subsequently issued Common Share if the Rights Plan is approved by shareholders at the Meeting.
Rights-Exercise Privilege
The Rights will be separate from the Common Shares to which they are attached and will become exercisable at the time (“Separation Time”) that is ten (10) business days after the earlier of: (i) the first date of public announcement that an “Acquiring Person” (as defined below) has become such; (ii) the date of commencement of, or first public announcement in respect of, a takeover bid which will permit an offeror to hold 20% or more of the Common Shares, other than by an acquisition pursuant to a takeover bid permitted by the Rights Plan (“Permitted Bid” as defined below); (iii) the date upon which a Permitted Bid ceases to be a Permitted Bid; or (iv) such other date as may be determined in good faith by the Board.
The acquisition permitting a person (“Acquiring Person”), including others acting jointly or in concert with such person, to hold 20% or more of the outstanding Common Shares, other than by way of a Permitted Bid, is referred to as a “Flip-in Event.” Any Rights held by an Acquiring Person on or after the earlier of the Separation Time or the first date of a public announcement (“Common Share Acquisition Date”) by the Corporation or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such will become null and void upon the occurrence of a Flip-in Event. Ten (10) trading days (or such longer period as may be required to satisfy the requirements of applicable securities laws) after the occurrence of the Common Share Acquisition Date, each Right (other than those held by the Acquiring Person) will permit the holder to purchase for the exercise price that number of Common Shares determined as follows: a value of twice the exercise price divided by the “Market Price” (defined under the Rights Plan as being the average weighted trading price per Common Share for the 20 consecutive trading days through and including the trading day immediately preceding the relevant date) on the Common Share Acquisition Date. The exercise price under the Rights Plan has been set to three (3) times the Market Price.
124
Table of Contents
Upon the occurrence of a Flip-in Event and the separation of the Rights from the Common Shares, reported earnings per share on a fully diluted or non-diluted basis may be affected. Holders of Rights who do not exercise their Rights upon the occurrence of a Flip-in Event may suffer substantial dilution.
Permitted Lock-Up Agreements
A bidder may enter into lock-up agreements with the shareholders of the Corporation whereby such shareholders agree to tender their Common Shares to the takeover bid (“Lock-up Bid”) without a Flip-in Event occurring. Any such agreement must be made available to the public and must permit or must have the effect to permit the shareholder to withdraw the Common Shares to tender to another takeover bid or to support another transaction that exceeds the value of the Lock-up Bid.
Certificates and Transferability
Prior to the Separation Time, the Rights will be evidenced by a legend imprinted on certificates for Common Shares issued after the Record Time (or, if issued in book entry form, by the book entry form registration for the associated Common Shares). Rights are also attached to Common Shares outstanding on the Record Time, although share certificates will not bear such a legend. Prior to the Separation Time, Rights will not be transferable separately from the Common Shares. From and after the Separation Time, the Rights will be evidenced by Rights certificates (or separate book entry registration), which will be transferable and traded separately from the Common Shares.
“Permitted Bid” Requirements
A “Permitted Bid” is a takeover bid that does not trigger the exercise of Rights. A “Permitted Bid” is a bid that aims to acquire shares which, together with the other securities beneficially owned by the bidder, represent not less than 20% of the outstanding Common Shares and satisfies the following requirements:
| (i) |
the bid is made by means of a takeover bid circular; |
| (ii) |
the bid must be made to all holders of Common Shares; |
| (iii) |
the bid must be outstanding for a minimum period of 105 days or such shorter period that a take-over bid must remain open for deposits of securities, in the applicable circumstances, pursuant to Canadian securities laws; |
| (iv) |
Common Shares and/or Convertible Securities tendered pursuant to the bid may not be taken up prior to the expiry of the period referred to in paragraph (iii) above and only if at such time more than 50% of the Common Shares and/or Convertible Securities held by the shareholders other than the bidder, its associates and affiliates, and persons acting jointly or in concert with such persons (“Independent Shareholders”), have been tendered pursuant to the bid and not withdrawn; |
| (v) |
if more than 50% of the Common Shares and/or Convertible Securities held by Independent Shareholders are tendered to the bid within the 105-day period, the bidder must make a public announcement of that fact and the bid must remain open for deposits of shares for an additional ten (10) business days from the date of such public announcement. |
The Rights Plan allows for a competing Permitted Bid (“Competing Permitted Bid”) to be made while a Permitted Bid is in existence. A Competing Permitted Bid must satisfy all the requirements of a Permitted Bid except that, as proposed to be amended, it must be outstanding for a minimum number of days as required under Canadian securities laws.
125
Table of Contents
Waiver and Redemptions
The Board acting in good faith may, prior to a Flip-in Event, waive the dilutive effects of the Rights Plan in respect of a particular Flip-in Event that would result from a takeover bid made by way of takeover bid circular to all holders of Common Shares, in which event such waiver would be deemed also to be a waiver in respect of any other Flip-in Event. The Board may also waive the Rights Plan in respect of a particular Flip-in Event that has occurred through inadvertence, provided that the Acquiring Person that inadvertently triggered such Flip-in Event reduces its beneficial holdings to less than 20% of the outstanding Common Shares within 14 days or any other period that may be specified by the Board. At any time prior to the occurrence of a Flip-in Event, the Board may, subject to the prior approval of the holders of Common Shares, elect to redeem all, but not less than all, of the outstanding Rights at a price of $0.0001 per right.
Exemption for Investment Managers
Investment managers (for client accounts), trust companies and pension funds (acting in their capacity as trustees and administrators) acquiring shares permitting them to hold 20% or more of the Common Shares are exempt from triggering a Flip-in Event, provided that they are not making, or are not part of a group making, a takeover bid.
Supplements and Amendments
The Corporation is authorized to make amendments to the Rights Plan to correct any clerical or typographical error or to maintain the validity of the Rights Plan as a result of changes in laws or regulations. Material amendments or supplements to the Rights Plan will require, subject to the regulatory authorities, the prior approval of the shareholders or, after the Separation Time, holders of Rights.
Differences in Corporate Law
We are governed by the QBCA which is generally similar to laws applicable to United States corporations. Below are significant differences between the QBCA and the DGCL, which governs companies incorporated in the State of Delaware. The DGCL was selected as a comparable against the QBCA given that many U.S. companies are incorporated under the DGCL. This summary is not an exhaustive review of the two statutes, and reference should be made to the full text of both statutes for particulars of the differences.
| Delaware | Quebec | |
|
Number and Election of Directors |
||
|
Under the DGCL, the board of directors must consist of at least one member. The number of directors shall be fixed by the bylaws of the corporation, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number of directors shall only be made by an amendment of the certificate of incorporation. Under the DGCL, directors are elected at annual stockholder meetings by plurality vote of the stockholders, unless a shareholder- adopted bylaw prescribes a different required vote. |
Under the QBCA, the board of directors of a corporation must consist of at least three members, at least two of whom must not be officers or employees of the corporation or an affiliate of the corporation, so long as the corporation remains a “reporting issuer” for purposes of the QBCA, which includes a corporation that has made a distribution of securities to the public. Under the QBCA, directors are elected by the shareholders, in the manner and for the term, not exceeding three years, set out in the corporation’s bylaws. Our By-laws provide that our directors are elected at each annual meeting of shareholders and our articles of incorporation provide that directors may appoint one or more directors between such meetings until the close of the next annual meeting of the shareholders, so long as the total number of directors appointed does not exceed thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the number of directors elected at the previous annual meeting of shareholders. |
|
|
Removal of Directors |
||
|
Under the DGCL, any or all directors may be removed with or without cause by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors unless the corporation has a classified board (and the certificate of incorporation does not say otherwise), then such removal can only be for cause, or in certain other circumstances if the corporation has cumulative voting. |
Under the QBCA, unless the articles of a corporation provide for cumulative voting (which is not the case for us), shareholders of the corporation may, by resolution passed by a majority of the vote cast thereon at a special meeting of shareholders, remove any or all directors from office and may elect any qualified person to fill the resulting vacancy. |
|
126
Table of Contents
| Delaware | Quebec | |
|
Vacancies on the Board of Directors |
||
|
Under the DGCL, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. |
Under the QBCA, vacancies that exist on the board of directors may generally be filled by the board if the remaining directors constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum, the remaining directors shall call a meeting of shareholders to fill the vacancy. |
|
|
Board of Directors Quorum and Vote Requirements |
||
|
Under the DGCL, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business unless the certificate or bylaws require a greater number. The bylaws may lower the number required for a quorum to one- third the number of directors, but no less. |
Under the QBCA, subject to the corporation’s bylaws, a majority of the directors in office constitutes a quorum at any meeting of the board. Our By-laws also provide that a majority of the directors in office, although no less than three, constitutes a quorum at any meeting of the board. |
|
|
Under the DGCL, the board of directors may take action by the majority vote of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present unless the certificate of incorporation or bylaws require a greater vote. |
Under the QBCA, a quorum of directors may exercise all the powers of the directors despite any vacancy on the board. |
|
|
Transactions with Directors and Officers |
||
|
The DGCL generally provides that no transaction between a corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between a corporation and any other corporation or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers, are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board or committee which authorizes the transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s votes are counted for such purpose, if (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s interest and as to the transaction are known to the board of directors or the committee, and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum (ii) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s interest and as to the transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the board of directors, a committee or the stockholders. |
Under the QBCA, every director or officer of a corporation must disclose the nature and value of any interest he or she has in a contract or transaction to which the corporation is a party. For the purposes of this rule, “interest” means any financial stake in a contract or transaction that may reasonably be considered likely to influence decision- making. Furthermore, a proposed contract or a proposed transaction, including related negotiations, is considered a contract or transaction. In addition, a director or an officer must disclose any contract or transaction to which the corporation and any of the following are a party: (i) an associate of the director or officer; (ii) a group of which the director or officer is a director or officer; or (iii) a group in which the director or officer or an associate of the director or officer has an interest. Such disclosure is required even for a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the board of directors. If a director is required to disclose his or her interest in a contract or transaction, such director is not allowed to vote on any resolution to approve, amend or terminate the contract or transaction or be present during deliberations concerning the approval, amendment or termination of such contract or transaction, unless the contract or transaction (i) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as a director or an affiliate of the corporation, or, if the corporation is not a reporting issuer, as an officer, employee or mandatory of the corporation or an affiliate of the corporation, (ii) is for indemnity or liability insurance under the QBCA, or (iii) is with an affiliate of the corporation, and the sole interest of the director is as a director or officer of the affiliate. If a director or officer does not disclose his or her interest in accordance with the QBCA, or (in the case of a director) votes in respect of a resolution on a contract or transaction in which he or she is interested contrary to the QBCA, the corporation or a shareholder may ask the court to declare the contract or transaction null and to require the director or officer to account to the corporation for any profit or gain realized on it by the director or officer or the associates of the director or officer, and to remit the profit or gain to the corporation, according to the conditions the court considers appropriate. However, the contract or transaction may not be declared null if it was approved by the board of directors and the contract or transaction was in the interest of the corporation when it was approved, nor may the director or officer concerned, in such a case, be required to account for any profit or gain realized or to remit the profit or gain to the corporation. In addition, the contract or transaction may not be declared null if it was approved by ordinary resolution by the shareholders entitled to vote who do not have an interest in the contract or transaction, the required disclosure was made to the shareholders before the transaction was approved and the contract or transaction was in the best interests of the corporation when it was approved, and if the director or officer acted honestly and in good faith, he or she may not be required to account for the profit or gain realized and to remit the profit or gain to the corporation. |
|
127
Table of Contents
| Delaware | Quebec | |
|
Limitation on Liability of Directors |
||
|
Under the DGCL, a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.
The DGCL permits indemnification for derivative suits only for expenses (including legal fees) and only if the person is not found liable, unless a court determines the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to the indemnification. |
Under the QBCA, a corporation must indemnify a director or officer, a former director or officer, a mandatory or any other person who acts or acted at the corporation’s request as a director or officer, or an individual acting in a similar capacity of another group (who is referred to in this document as an indemnifiable person) against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by the indemnifiable person on the exercise of the person’s functions or arising from any investigative or other proceeding in which the person is involved if (i) the person acted with honestly and loyalty in the interest of the corporation or other group, and (ii) in the case of a proceeding enforceable by a monetary penalty, the person had reasonable grounds for believing the person’s conduct was lawful.
An indemnifiable person may not be indemnified by the corporation if the court determines that the person has committed an intentional or gross fault. In the case of a derivative action, indemnity may be made only with court approval. |
|
128
Table of Contents
| Delaware | Quebec | |
|
Call and Notice of Stockholder Meetings |
||
|
Under the DGCL, an annual stockholder meeting is held on such date and at such time as designated by or in the manner provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws and any stockholders meeting may be held at such place as may be designated by or in the manner provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors. Special stockholder meetings may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to call such meeting under the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws. If an annual meeting for election of directors is not held on the date designated or an action by written consent to elect directors in lieu of an annual meeting has not been taken within 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated, for a period of 13 months after the later of the last annual meeting or the last action by written consent to elect directors in lieu of an annual meeting, the Delaware Court of Chancery may summarily order a meeting to be held upon the application of any stockholder or director. |
Under the QBCA, an annual meeting of shareholders must be held no later than fifteen months after holding the last preceding annual meeting. Under the QBCA, the directors of a corporation may call a special meeting at any time. In addition, holders of not less than 10 percent of the issued shares of a corporation that carry the right to vote at a meeting sought to be held may requisition the directors to call a meeting of shareholders. |
|
|
Stockholder Action by Written Consent |
||
|
Under the DGCL, stockholders may act by written consent without a meeting if they hold outstanding stock that has at least the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted, unless such action is prohibited by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. |
Under the QBCA, a written resolution signed by all the shareholders of a corporation who would have been entitled to vote on the resolution at a meeting is effective to approve the resolution. |
|
|
Stockholder Nominations and Proposals |
||
|
Not applicable. |
Under the QBCA, a shareholder entitled to vote at a shareholders’ meeting may submit a shareholder proposal relating to matters which the shareholder wishes to propose and discuss at an annual shareholders’ meeting and, subject to such shareholder’s compliance with the prescribed time periods and other requirements of the QBCA pertaining to shareholder proposals, the corporation is required to include such proposal in the information circular pertaining to any annual meeting at which it solicits proxies, subject to certain exceptions. Notice of such a proposal must be provided to the corporation at least 90 days before the one year anniversary date of the notice of meeting for the last annual shareholders’ meeting.
In addition, the QBCA requires that any shareholder proposal that includes nominations for the election of directors must be signed by one or more holders of shares representing in the aggregate not less than five per cent of the shares or five per cent of the shares of a class of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting to which the proposal is to be presented. |
|
129
Table of Contents
| Delaware | Quebec | |
|
Stockholder Quorum and Vote Requirements |
||
|
Under the DGCL, a quorum for a stock corporation is a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting unless the certificate of incorporation or bylaws specify a different quorum, but in no event may a quorum be less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote, except where a separate vote by a class(es) or series is required, in which case a quorum will consist of no less than one-third of the shares of such class(es) or series. Unless the DGCL, certificate of incorporation or bylaws provide for a greater vote, generally the required vote under the DGCL is a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy, except for the election of directors which requires a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy. |
Under the QBCA, unless the bylaws otherwise provide, the holders of a majority of the shares of a corporation entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders, whether present in person or represented by proxy, constitute a quorum. |
|
|
Amendment of Governing Instrument |
||
|
Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation. Generally, under the DGCL, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock, and a majority of the outstanding stock of each class, entitled to vote on such matter, is required to approve a proposed amendment to the certificate of incorporation, following the adoption of the amendment by the board of directors of the corporation, provided that the certificate of incorporation may provide for a greater vote. Under the DGCL, holders of the outstanding shares of a class are entitled to vote as a class on the proposed amendment (whether or not entitled to vote on such matter by the certificate of incorporation), if the amendment would have certain consequences that adversely affect the rights and preferences of such class. If the adverse consequences of the amendment would impact one or more series of any class, but not the entire class, then only the shares of the series being affected by the amendment will be considered a separate class when voting on the proposed amendment.
Amendment of Bylaws. Under the DGCL, after a corporation has received any payment for any of its stock, the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws shall be vested in the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that any corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, provide that bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the board of directors. The fact that such power has been conferred upon the board of directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws. |
Amendment of Articles. Under the QBCA, amendments to the articles of incorporation generally require the approval of not less than two thirds of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution. Specified amendments may also require the approval of other classes of shares. If the amendment is of a nature affecting a particular class or series in a manner requiring a separate class or series vote, that class or series is entitled to vote on the amendment whether or not it otherwise carries the right to vote.
Amendment of Bylaws. Under the QBCA, the directors may, by resolution, make, amend or repeal any bylaws that regulates the business or affairs of the corporation. Where the directors make, amend or repeal a bylaw, they are required under the QBCA to submit that action to the shareholders at the next meeting of shareholders and the shareholders may confirm, reject or amend that action by simple majority, or ordinary resolution. If the action is rejected by shareholders, or the directors of a corporation do not submit the action to the shareholders at the next meeting of shareholders, the action will cease to be effective, and no subsequent resolution of the directors to make, amend or repeal a bylaw having substantially the same purpose or effect will he effective until it is confirmed. |
|
|
Votes on Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets |
||
|
The DGCL provides that the adoption of a merger agreement requires the approval of a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon. |
Under the QBCA, certain extraordinary corporate actions, such as amalgamations (other than with certain affiliated corporations), continuances and sales, leases or exchanges of the property of a corporation if as a result of such alienation the corporation would be unable to retain a significant part of its business activities, and other extraordinary corporate actions such as liquidations, dissolutions and (if ordered by a court) arrangements, are required to be approved by “special resolution.” |
|
130
Table of Contents
| Delaware | Quebec | |
|
A “special resolution” is a resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution or signed by all shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution. In specified cases, a special resolution to approve the extraordinary corporate action is also required to be approved separately by the holders of a class or series of shares, including in certain cases a class or series of shares not otherwise carrying voting rights. |
||
|
Dissenter’s Rights of Appraisal |
||
|
Under the DGCL, a stockholder of a Delaware corporation generally has the right to dissent to a merger or consolidation in which the Delaware corporation is participating, subject to specified procedural requirements, including that such dissenting stockholder does not vote in favor of the merger or consolidation. However, the DGCL does not confer appraisal rights, in certain circumstances, including if the dissenting stockholder owns shares traded on a national securities exchange and will receive publicly traded shares in the merger or consolidation. Under the DGCL, a stockholder asserting appraisal rights does not receive any payment for his or her shares until the court determines the fair value or the parties otherwise agree to a value. The costs of the proceeding may be determined by the court and assessed against the parties as the court deems equitable under the circumstances. |
The QBCA provides that shareholders of a corporation are entitled to exercise dissent rights (called “the right to demand the repurchase of shares”) and to be paid the fair value of their shares in connection with specified matters, including: (i) any amalgamation with another corporation (other than with certain affiliated corporations); (ii) an amendment to the corporation’s articles to add, change or remove any provisions restricting or constraining the transfer of shares; (iii) an amendment to the corporation’s articles to add. change or remove any restriction upon the businesses or businesses that the corporation may carry on; (iv) a continuance under the laws of another jurisdiction; (v) a sale, lease or exchange of the property of the corporation or of its subsidiaries if, as a result of such alienation, the corporation is unable to retain a significant part of its business activity; (vi) a court order permitting a shareholder to exercise his right to demand the repurchase of his shares in connection with an application to the court for an order approving an arrangement proposed by the corporation; (vii) the carrying out of a going-private transaction; and (viii) certain amendments to the articles of a corporation which require a separate class or series vote by a holder of shares of any class or series. |
|
|
However, a shareholder is not entitled to dissent if an amendment to the articles is effected by a court order approving reorganization or by a court order made in connection with an action for an oppression remedy. |
||
|
Oppression Remedy |
||
|
The DGCL does not provide for a similar remedy. |
The QBCA provides an oppression remedy (called “rectification of abuse of power or iniquity”) that enables a court to make any order, whether interim or final, to rectify matters that are oppressive or unfairly prejudicial to the interests of any securityholder, director or officer of the corporation if an application is made to a court by an “applicant”. An “applicant” with respect to a corporation means any of the following: (i) a present or former registered holder or beneficiary of securities of the corporation or any of its affiliates; (ii) a present or former officer or director of the corporation or any of its affiliates and (iii) any other person who in the discretion of the court has the interest to make the application. |
|
131
Table of Contents
| Delaware | Quebec | |
|
The oppression remedy provides the court with very broad and flexible powers to intervene in corporate affairs to protect shareholders and other complainants. While conduct that is in breach of fiduciary duties of directors or that is contrary to the legal right of a complainant will normally trigger the court’s jurisdiction under the oppression remedy, the exercise of that jurisdiction does not depend on a finding of a breach of those legal and equitable rights. Furthermore, the court may order a corporation to pay the interim expenses of an applicant seeking an oppression remedy, but the applicant may be held accountable for interim costs on final disposition of the complaint (as in the case of a derivative action as described in “Shareholder Derivative Actions” below). |
||
|
Shareholder Derivative Actions |
||
|
Under the DGCL, stockholders may bring derivative actions on behalf of, and for the benefit of the corporation. The plaintiff in a derivative action on behalf of the corporation either must be or have been a stockholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction or must be a stockholder who became a stockholder by operation of law in the transaction regarding which the stockholder complains. A stockholder may not sue derivatively on behalf of the corporation unless the stockholder first makes demand on the corporation that it bring suit and the demand is refused, unless it is shown that making the demand would have been a futile act. |
Under the QBCA, an applicant, as described directly above, may apply to a Quebec court for leave to bring an action in the name of, and on behalf of, the corporation or any subsidiary, or to intervene in an existing action to which the corporation or any of its subsidiaries is a party, for the purpose of prosecuting, defending or discontinuing an action on behalf of the corporation or its subsidiary. Under the QBCA, no action may be brought and no intervention in an action may be made unless a court is satisfied that: (i) the shareholder has given the required 14-day notice to the directors of the corporation or the subsidiary of the shareholder’s intention to apply to the court if the directors do not bring, diligently prosecute or defend or discontinue the action; (ii) the shareholder is acting in good faith; and (iii) it appears to be in the interests of the corporation or the relevant subsidiary that the action be brought. prosecuted, defended or discontinued.
Under the QBCA, the court in a derivative action may make any order it thinks fit. In addition, under the QBCA, a court may order the corporation or its relevant subsidiary to pay the shareholder’s interim costs, including reasonable legal fees and disbursements. Although the shareholder may be held accountable for the interim costs on final disposition of the complaint, the shareholder is not required to give security for costs in a derivative action. |
|
|
Anti-Takeover and Ownership Provisions |
||
|
Unless an issuer opts out of the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with a holder of 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock (as defined in Section 203), referred to as an interested stockholder, for a period of three years after the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, except as otherwise provided in Section 203. For these purposes, the term “business combination” includes mergers, assets sales and other similar transactions with an interested stockholder. |
While the QBCA does not contain specific anti- takeover provisions with respect to “business combinations”, rules and policies of certain Canadian securities regulatory authorities, including Multilateral Instrument 61-101— Protection of Minority Security Holders in Special Transactions, or Multilateral Instrument 61-101, contain requirements in connection with, among other things, “related party transactions” and “business combinations”, including, among other things, any transaction by which an issuer directly or indirectly engages in the following with a related party: acquires, sells, leases or transfers an asset, acquires the related party, acquires or issues treasury securities, amends the terms of a security if the security is owned by the related party or assumes or becomes subject to a liability or takes certain other actions with respect to debt. |
|
132
Table of Contents
| Quebec | ||
|
The term “related party” includes (i) a control person of the corporation, including a person of which the corporation is a control person, (ii) directors and senior officers and (iii) holders of more than 10% of the voting rights attached to all outstanding voting securities of the issuer or holders of a sufficient number of any securities of the issuer to materially affect control of the issuer.
Multilateral Instrument 61-101 requires, subject to certain exceptions, the preparation of a formal valuation relating to certain aspects of the transaction and more detailed disclosure in the proxy material sent to security holders in connection with a related party transaction including related to the valuation. Multilateral Instrument 61-101 also requires, subject to certain exceptions, that an issuer not engage in a related party transaction unless the shareholders of the issuer, other than the related parties, approve the transaction by a simple majority of the votes cast. |
| C. |
Material contracts. |
Other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, the following contracts summarized below are the material contracts that the Company has been a party to for the two years preceding the publication of this Annual Report:
TaiMed Agreement
On March 18, 2016, we entered into a distribution and marketing agreement with TaiMed granting the Company the exclusive right to market and distribute Trogarzo ® in Canada and the United States. On March 6, 2017, we amended and restated the distribution and marketing agreement granting the Company the exclusive rights to commercialize Trogarzo ® in the United States and Canada (“North American Territory”), as well as in the European Territory. TaiMed is responsible for the manufacture and supply of Trogarzo ® under the TaiMed Agreement. TaiMed kept all rights related to the further development of ibalizumab.
On April 27, 2022, we notified TaiMed pursuant to the terms of the TaiMed Agreement that we were terminating our rights to commercialize Trogarzo ® in the European Territory. Such notice of termination became effective on December 15, 2022.
Refer to Notes 3 and 13 of the Audited Financial Statements for more information on the TaiMed Agreement.
MGH License Agreement
On February 3, 2020, we entered into the MGH License Agreement, granting us an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license under the MGH’s rights to all data, inventions and patents rights resulting from the study conducted by the MGH regarding “ Tesamorelin effects on liver fat and histology in HIV ”. The MGH License Agreement is scheduled to expire on the latest of (i) the date on which all issued patents, if any, and filed patent applications have expired or been abandoned, and (ii) one year after the last sale for which a royalty is due under the MGH License Agreement, unless earlier terminated pursuant to certain customary termination provisions. In consideration, the Company agreed to make clinical development and regulatory approval milestone payments to 4the MGH, related to the development of tesamorelin and to pay a low single-digit royalty on all sales of EGRIFTA SV ® above a certain amount. The aggregate amount of the clinical development milestone payments is $3,000,0000 US dollars and $2,250,000 US dollars for the regulatory milestones. The payment of the royalty will begin upon approval by the FDA or the EMA (the first to occur) of the Label Expansion for the treatment of any fatty liver disease, including Non-Alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease or NASH in the general population. Refer to Note 25 of the Audited Financial Statements for more information on the MGH License Agreement.
133
Table of Contents
Katana Agreement
We acquired the SORT1+ TechnologyTM platform following the acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Katana on February 25, 2019. See “Item 4B – Business Overview Research and Development Activities– Oncology – SORT1+ Technology ™ Platform” and refer to Note 13 of the Audited Financial Statements for more information on the Katana Agreement.
Transfert Plus License Agreement
Under the Transfert Plus License Agreement, we obtained the exclusive worldwide rights to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, distribute, commercialize and import the technology related to the technology platform that uses peptides as a vehicle to deliver existing cytotoxic agents to sortilin receptors which are overexpressed on cancer cells. See “Item 4B – Business Overview Research and Development Activities – Oncology – SORT1+ Technology ™ Platform” and refer to Note 13 of the Audited Financial Statements for further information on the Transfert Plus License Agreement.
Investor Rights Agreement
On October 31, 2023, in connection with a private placement of Common Shares in the capital of the Corporation, the Corporation entered into the Investor Rights Agreement with IQ pursuant to which IQ is entitled to designate one candidate to act as a director of the Corporation for as long as it holds at least 50% of the common shares purchased as part of the private placement. See “Note 19(a) of the Audited Financial Statements for more information on the Investor Rights Agreement.
Ionis Licensing Agreement
On December 3, 2024, the Company entered into an agreement with Ionis to in-license two investigational RNA-targeted medicines developed by Ionis. Under the agreement, the Company received exclusive rights in Canada to commercialize olezarsen, which is being evaluated for FCS and sHTG, and donidalorsen, which is being evaluated for the treatment of HAE. In consideration, the Company agreed to make an upfront payment of $10 million upon execution of the Ionis Licensing Agreement and the Company also agreed to cash milestone payments based on the achievement of receipt of regulatory approval milestone and receipt of public reimbursement approval milestone (up to $5,750,000), annual sales targets at three different tiers (up to $7,000,000) for donidalorsen only. In addition, Ionis will also be entitled to receive tiered double-digit royalties on annual net sales of each medicine. Royalties on annual net sales of both medicines will be owed for a period of up to 12 years. The Company is responsible for filing, obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval for olezarsen and donidalorsen in Canada. Ionis will be responsible for the supply of olezarsen and donidalorsen to Company. Ionis has granted Company a license for the manufacture of both products in certain limited circumstances. The terms of the Ionis Licensing Agreement will continue until the Company permanently ceases commercializing all licensed products in Canada, unless earlier terminated in accordance with customary termination provisions. See “Item 4B – Business Overview “Pipeline”and refer to Note 28 of the Audited Financial Statements for further information on the Ionis License Agreement.
134
Table of Contents
TD Credit Agreement
On November 27, 2024, the Company entered into a $40 million three-year non-dilutive, senior secured syndicated financing with TD Bank, as agent including a $25 million senior secured term loan (“TD Term Loan”) and a $15 million senior secured revolving facility (“TD Revolver”); each with interest on a floating rate (“SOFR”) plus a margin based on the Company’s total net debt-to-Adjusted EBITDA ratio. The TD Term Loan is payable in fixed quarterly equal payments based on a seven-year amortization period, payable on the quarter end date beginning the first full fiscal quarter following the closing date and the balance is payable on November 27, 2027. The TD Revolver is payable on November 27, 2027. The credit facilities include a $20 million accordion feature, which could expand the total commitments up to $60 million. The TD Credit Agreement grants the TD Bank a first ranking security interest on all of the Company’s assets. The Company has drawn $5million on the TD Revolver. See “Item 4A- History and Development of the Company—Recent Developments” and refer to Note 16 of the Audited Financial Statements for more information on the TD Credit Agreement.
IQ Credit Agreement
On November 27, 2024, in addition to the TD Credit Agreement, the Company also entered into a credit agreement with IQ, the Company’s largest shareholder, for a $15 million second ranking secured term loan, with interest based on US Government rates plus a margin based on Company’s total net debt-to-Adjusted EBITDA ratio. The loan will be interest-only and be subject to full repayment after 42 months. The US interest rate is currently set at US Government rates plus 7.23%, or 11.45%. See “Item 4A- History and Development of the Company - Recent Developments” and refer to Note 16 of the Audited Financial Statements for more information on the IQ Credit Agreement.
Marathon Credit Agreement
On July 13, 2022, we announced that we had entered into a binding commitment with affiliated funds of Marathon Asset Management providing for a non-dilutive term loan of up to $100 million and, on July 20, 2022, the Company executed the Marathon Credit Agreement. The Marathon Credit Agreement provided for the disbursement of $100 million in four various tranches. As guarantee for the repayment of the loan, the Corporation and each of its subsidiaries granted a first ranking security interest on all of their assets subject to certain credit card arrangements restrictions. In the fiscal year ended November 30, 2023, five amendments were entered into between the Company and Marathon to amend various terms and conditions of the Marathon Credit Agreement and on November 27, 2024, the Company repaid all obligations, including prepayment premium amounts under the Marathon Credit Agreement. Refer to Note 16 to the Audited Financial Statements for further information on the Marathon Credit Agreement.
Lease Agreement – Centurian Peel/Metcalfe Properties Inc.
On October 30, 2024, the Company entered into a Lease with Centurian Peel/Metcalfe Properties Inc., for the lease of the premises located at 1550 Metcalfe Street, Suite 810, Montreal, Quebec, H3A 1X6 (the “Building”). The leased premises consist of a portion of the 8 th floor of the Building (Suite 810) measuring 11,972 square feet and are to be used as the Company’s head office. In addition to a minimum rent, the Company will pay its proportionate share of the operating expenses and taxes of the Building. The lease is for a term of 15 years commencing on November 1, 2024 and ending on October 31, 2039. The Company has an option to extend the term for a limited number of additional periods.
Employment Agreements
The Corporation entered into an employment agreement for an indeterminate term with Mr. Paul Lévesque on March 1, 2020. See “Item 6B – Compensation – Summary of Employment Agreements – Termination and Change Control Provisions – Paul Lévesque” of this Annual Report for a summary of Mr. Paul Lévesque’s employment agreement.
The Corporation entered into an employment agreement for an indeterminate term with Mr. Philippe Dubuc on February 24, 2016, as was further amended. See “Item 6B – Compensation – Summary of Employment Agreements – Termination and Change Control Provisions – Philippe Dubuc” of this Annual Report for a summary of Mr. Philippe Dubuc’s employment agreement.
The Corporation entered into an employment agreement for an indeterminate term with Mr. Christian Marsolais on April 13, 2007, as was further amended. See “Item 6B – Compensation – Summary of Employment Agreements – Termination and Change Control Provisions – Christian Marsolais” of this Annual Report for a summary of Mr. Christian Marsolais’ employment agreement.
The Corporation, through Thera US, entered into an employment agreement with Mr. John Leasure on March 23, 2021, for an indeterminate term. Effective April 11, 2022, the Corporation entered into the 2022 Agreement, as was further amended, with Mr. Leasure for an indeterminate term. See “Item 6B – Compensation – Summary of Employment Agreements – Termination and Change Control Provisions – John Leasure” of this Annual Report for a summary of Mr. John Leasure’s employment agreement.
The Corporation entered into an employment agreement for an indeterminate term with Mr. Jocelyn Lafond on March 29, 2007, as was further amended. See “Item 6B – Compensation – Summary of Employment Agreements – Termination and Change Control Provisions – Jocelyn Lafond” of this Annual Report for a summary of Mr. Jocelyn Lafond’s employment agreement.
135
Table of Contents
| D. |
Exchange controls. |
Canada has no system of currency exchange controls. There are no governmental laws, decrees or regulations in Canada that restrict the export or import of capital, including but not limited to, foreign exchange controls, or that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of the Company’s securities. However, if dividends are paid to U.S. holders, they will be subject to Canadian withholding tax. See “Item 10 E – Taxation – Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations – Dividends” for more detail.
| E. |
Taxation. |
Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following is, as of the date hereof, a summary of certain Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to a holder of Common Shares who, at all relevant times, (A) is a resident of the United States for purposes of the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention (1980) (“Treaty”), is fully entitled to the benefits of the Treaty, and did not, does not and will not have a fixed base or permanent establishment in Canada within the meaning of the Treaty, and (B) for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (“Tax Act”), (i) is not a resident, or deemed to be a resident, of Canada; (ii) holds the Common Shares as capital property and as beneficial owner; (iii) deals at arm’s length with the Corporation and is not affiliated with the Corporation; (iv) does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold, such Common Shares in the course of carrying on a business in Canada; (v) did not acquire the Common Shares by virtue of employment, and (vi) is not a financial institution, specified financial institution, registered nonresident insurer, authorized foreign bank, exempt entity, partnership or trust (each as defined in the Tax Act) (a “U.S. Holder”). Generally, the Common Shares will be considered to be capital property to a U.S. Holder unless the U.S. Holder holds such securities in the course of carrying on a business or has acquired them in one or more transactions considered to be an adventure or concern in the nature of trade.
This summary is based upon the current provisions of the Tax Act in force as of the date hereof and our understanding of the current published administrative policies and assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”). This summary takes into account all specific proposals to amend the Tax Act publicly announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof (“Tax Proposals”) and assumes that the Tax Proposals will be enacted in the form proposed, although no assurance can be given that the Tax Proposals will be enacted in their current form or at all. This summary does not otherwise take into account any changes in law or in the administrative policies or assessing practices of the CRA, whether by legislative, governmental or judicial decision or action, nor does it take into account or consider any provincial, territorial or foreign income tax considerations, which considerations may differ significantly from the Canadian federal income tax considerations discussed in this summary.
This summary is of a general nature only, is not exhaustive of all possible Canadian federal income tax considerations and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any particular U.S. Holder. This summary is not exhaustive of all Canadian federal income tax considerations. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to their particular circumstances.
Currency Conversion
For purposes of the Tax Act, all amounts relating to the acquisition, holding or disposition of Common Shares (including dividends, adjusted cost base and proceeds of disposition) must be expressed in Canadian dollars based on the rate as quoted by the Bank of Canada for the applicable day or such other rate of exchange that is acceptable to the CRA.
Dividends
Amounts paid or credited or deemed to be paid or credited as, on account or in lieu of payment of, or in satisfaction of, dividends on Common Shares to a U.S. Holder will be subject to Canadian withholding tax. Under the Treaty, the rate of withholding tax on dividends paid or credited by the Corporation to a U.S. Holder that beneficially owns such dividends and qualifies for the full benefits of the Treaty is generally limited to 15% of the gross amount of the dividend. This rate is further reduced to 5% in the case of a U.S. Holder that is a company for purposes of the Treaty that owns at least 10% of the Corporation’s voting shares at the time the dividend is paid or deemed to be paid.
136
Table of Contents
Dispositions of Common Shares
A U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to tax under the Tax Act in respect of a capital gain realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of a Common Share, nor will capital losses arising therefrom be recognized under the Tax Act, unless the Common Share constitutes “taxable Canadian property” to the U.S. Holder for purposes of the Tax Act, and the gain is not exempt from tax pursuant to the terms of the Treaty.
Provided the Common Shares are listed on a “designated stock exchange”, as defined in the Tax Act (which currently includes the TSX), at the time of disposition, such shares generally will not constitute taxable Canadian property of a U.S. Holder at that time, unless at any time during the 60-month period immediately preceding the disposition of the Common Shares, the following two conditions are met concurrently:
| (i) |
the U.S. Holder, persons with whom the U.S. Holder did not deal at arm’s length, partnerships in which the U.S. Holder or such non-arm’s length person holds a membership interest (either directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships), or the U.S. Holder together with all such persons, owned 25% or more of the issued shares of any class or series of the capital stock of the Corporation; and |
| (ii) |
more than 50% of the fair market value of the Common Shares was derived directly or indirectly from one or any combination of real or immovable property situated in Canada, “Canadian resource properties” (as defined in the Tax Act), “timber resource properties” (as defined in the Tax Act) or an option, an interest or right in such property, whether or not such property exists. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Common Share may otherwise be deemed to be taxable Canadian property to a U.S. Holder for purposes of the Tax Act in certain circumstances.
U.S. Holders who may hold Common Shares that are, or may be, taxable Canadian property should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the application of Canadian capital gains taxation, any potential relief under the Treaty, and compliance procedures under the Tax Act, none of which is described in this summary.
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Common Shares by U.S. Holders, as defined below. This discussion is not a complete analysis or listing of all of the possible tax consequences to U.S. Holders and does not address all tax considerations that might be relevant to particular U.S. Holders of the Common Shares in light of their individual circumstances or to persons that are subject to special tax rules, such as:
| ● |
banks, insurance companies and certain other financial institutions; |
| ● |
regulated investment companies; |
| ● |
real estate investment trusts; |
| ● |
brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies; |
| ● |
tax exempt entities, qualified retirement plans, individual retirement accounts, other tax-deferred accounts or government organizations; |
| ● |
persons that do not hold Common Shares as capital assets, within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”); |
| ● |
persons holding the Common Shares as part of an integrated or conversion transaction or a constructive sale or a straddle; |
| ● |
persons that own, have owned or will own (directly, indirectly, or by attribution) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of our outstanding Common Shares; |
| ● |
U.S. expatriates; |
137
Table of Contents
| ● |
S corporations, partnerships, or other entities or arrangements classified as partnerships or otherwise treated as pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes; |
| ● |
persons holding the Common Shares in connection with a trade or business, permanent establishment, or fixed base outside the United States; |
| ● |
dealers or traders in securities; or |
| ● |
U.S. Holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. |
This summary does not address any alternative minimum tax rules, U.S. federal estate and gift tax consequences or tax consequences under any state, local or non-U.S. laws.
For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of Common Shares that is:
| ● |
an individual citizen or resident alien of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes; |
| ● |
a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia; |
| ● |
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
| ● |
a trust (A) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (B) that has a valid election in effect under applicable tax regulations (“Treasury Regulations”) issued by the United States Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), a bureau of the U.S. Treasury Department (“U.S. Treasury”) to be treated as a U.S. person. |
If a partnership or other pass-through entity is a beneficial owner of Common Shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to the partners (or other owners) will generally depend upon the status of the partners (or other owners) and the activities of the entity. Partners (or other owners) of a partnership or other pass through entity that acquires Common Shares should consult with their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of Common Shares.
The following discussion is based upon the Code, existing and proposed Treasury Regulations, judicial decisions, and administrative pronouncements, all as in effect as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. In particular, this summary does not discuss the potential effects, whether adverse or beneficial, of any proposed legislation; legislation that, if enacted, could be applied on a retroactive or prospective basis, and that could cause the tax consequences to be different than discussed in this summary. We have not requested, and do not intend to request, a ruling or other guidance from the IRS with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with or challenge any of the conclusions described herein.
The following discussion is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any beneficial owner or prospective beneficial owner of Common Shares and no opinion or representation with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any such beneficial owner or prospective beneficial owner is given. Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the particular consequences to them under U.S. federal, state and local, and any applicable non-U.S., tax laws of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of Common Shares. Holders of Common Shares are also urged to carefully review the discussion contained herein under “ Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations .”
Ownership of Common Shares
The following discussion is subject in its entirety to the rules described below under the heading “ Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules ”.
138
Table of Contents
Distributions on Common Shares
Distributions (including the amount of Canadian taxes withheld, if any) paid on Common Shares generally will be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) and will be includible in income by U.S. Holders when received. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in Common Shares. Any remaining excess distribution generally will be treated as capital gain recognized on a sale or exchange of Common Shares on the day actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder (as described below under the heading, “ Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Shares ”). However, the Corporation may not maintain the calculations of its earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles, and each U.S. Holder should assume that any distribution with respect to Common Shares will constitute ordinary dividend income.
Dividends received on Common Shares by corporate U.S. Holders generally will not be eligible for the “dividends received deduction.” Provided that we are eligible for the benefits of the Canada-U.S. Tax Convention or that the Common Shares are “readily tradable” on a U.S. securities market, dividends paid by us to non-corporate U.S. Holders generally will be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income, in each case provided certain holding periods and other conditions are satisfied, including that we will not be classified as a PFIC (as defined below) in the tax year of distribution or in the preceding tax year.
Foreign Tax Credit
In general, any Canadian withholding tax imposed on dividend payments in respect of Common Shares will be treated as a foreign income tax eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability (or, at a U.S. Holder’s election, may, in certain circumstances, be deducted in computing taxable income). Dividends paid on Common Shares will be treated as foreign-source income, and generally treated as “passive category income” for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. The Code applies complex limitations on the amount of foreign taxes that may be claimed as a credit by U.S. taxpayers. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the amount of foreign taxes that can be claimed as a credit.
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Shares
A U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale or other taxable disposition of Common Shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Common Shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition. Gain or loss realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other taxable disposition of Common Shares will be capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and will be long term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Common Shares is more than one year. In the case of a non-corporate U.S. Holder, long term capital gains will be subject to reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules
If we are classified as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) in any taxable year, a U.S. Holder will be subject to special rules generally intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that a U.S. Holder could derive from investing in a non-U.S. corporation that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis.
A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, either:
| ● |
at least 75% of its gross income is passive income (such as interest income); or |
| ● |
at least 50% of its gross assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. |
139
Table of Contents
For purposes of the gross income and gross asset tests, we will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation, the equity of which we own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value). We will also be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any partnership, the equity of which we own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value). In addition, if we own, directly or indirectly, less than 25% (by value) of the equity of a partnership, our proportionate share of the income of the partnership will be treated as passive income, and the partnership interest will be treated as a passive asset.
The determination of PFIC status is inherently factual, is subject to a number of uncertainties, and can be determined only annually after the close of the tax year in question. Additionally, the analysis depends, in part, on the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules, which are subject to differing interpretations. The Corporation does not believe that it was a PFIC for its taxable year ended November 30,2024. There can be no assurance, however, that (i) the IRS could not successfully challenge the Corporation’s PFIC status for any prior tax year; or (ii) the Corporation will not be classified as a PFIC for the current tax year or any prior or future tax year. No opinion of legal counsel or ruling from the IRS concerning the status of the Corporation as a PFIC has been obtained or will be requested. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the PFIC status of the Corporation.
If we are classified as a PFIC in any year that a U.S. Holder owns any Common Shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder in all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder owns any Common Shares, regardless of whether we continue to meet the tests described above unless (i) we cease to be a PFIC and the U.S. Holder has made a “deemed sale” election under the PFIC rules, or (ii) the U.S. Holder makes an available Qualified Electing Fund Election (a “QEF Election”) for all taxable years during such U.S. Holder’s holding period in which we are a PFIC. If the “deemed sale” election is made, a U.S. Holder will be deemed to have sold such U.S. Holder’s Common Shares at their fair market value and any gain from such deemed sale would be subject to the “excess distribution” rules described below. After the deemed sale election, so long as we do not become a PFIC in a subsequent taxable year, the U.S. Holder’s Common Shares with respect to which such election was made will not be treated as shares in a PFIC and the U.S. Holder will not be subject to the rules described below with respect to any “excess distribution” the U.S. Holder receives from us or any gain from an actual sale or other disposition of the Common Shares. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors as to the possibility and consequences of making a deemed sale election if we cease to be a PFIC and such election becomes available.
For each taxable year we are treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will be subject to special tax rules for any “excess distribution” such U.S. Holder receives and any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes from a sale or other disposition (pursuant to proposed Treasury Regulations, including, under certain circumstances, a pledge) of Common Shares, unless (i) such U.S. Holder makes an available QEF Election, or (ii) in the case of a U.S. Holder holding our Common Shares, our Common Shares constitute “marketable” securities, and such U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election as discussed below. Absent the making of a QEF Election or an available mark-to-market election, distributions a U.S. Holder receives in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions a U.S. Holder received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Common Shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:
| ● |
the excess distribution or gain will be allocated rateably over a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Common Shares; |
| ● |
the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we became a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income; and |
| ● |
the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year. |
The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or excess distribution cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the Common Shares cannot be treated as capital, even if a U.S. Holder holds the Common Shares as capital assets.
140
Table of Contents
In addition, if we are a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will generally be subject to similar rules with respect to distributions we receive from, and our dispositions of the stock of, any of our direct or indirect subsidiaries that also are PFICs, as if such distributions were indirectly received by, and/or dispositions were indirectly carried out by, such U.S. Holder. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to our subsidiaries and to their ownership of the Common Shares.
If a U.S. Holder makes an effective QEF Election, the U.S. Holder will be required to include in gross income each year, whether or not we make distributions, as capital gains, such U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of our net capital gains and, as ordinary income, such U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of our earnings in excess of our net capital gains. A U.S. Holder that makes a QEF Election generally (a) may receive a tax-free distribution from the Corporation to the extent that such distribution represents “earnings and profits” of the Corporation that were previously included in income by the U.S. Holder because of such QEF Election and (b) will adjust such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Common Shares to reflect the amount included in income or allowed as a tax-free distribution because of such QEF Election. In addition, a U.S. Holder that makes a QEF Election generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale or other taxable disposition of Common Shares. Currently, we do not expect that we would provide the information necessary for U.S. Holders to make a QEF Election if we determine that we are a PFIC. Thus, prospective investors should assume that a QEF Election will not be available.
U.S. Holders also can avoid the PFIC interest charge on excess distributions or gain relating to the Common Shares by making a mark-to-market election with respect to the Common Shares, provided that the Common Shares are “marketable.” Common Shares will be marketable if they are “regularly traded” on certain U.S. stock exchanges or on a foreign stock exchange that meets certain conditions. For these purposes, the Common Shares will be considered regularly traded in any calendar year during which they are traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. Any trades, the principal purpose of which is to meet this requirement, will be disregarded. The Common Shares are listed on the Nasdaq, which is a qualified exchange for these purposes. Consequently, if the Common Shares remain listed on the Nasdaq and are regularly traded, we expect the mark-to-market election would be available to U.S. Holders if we are a PFIC. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor as to whether a mark-to-market election is available or advisable with respect to the Common Shares.
A U.S. Holder that makes a mark-to-market election must include in ordinary income for each year the Corporation is a PFIC an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Common Shares at the close of the taxable year over the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares. An electing U.S. Holder may also claim an ordinary loss deduction for the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in the Common Shares over the fair market value of the Common Shares at the close of the taxable year, but this deduction is allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains for prior years. Gains from an actual sale or other disposition of the Common Shares will be treated as ordinary income, and any losses incurred on a sale or other disposition of the shares will be treated as an ordinary loss to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains for prior years. Any loss in excess thereof will be taxed as a capital loss, and capital losses are subject to significant limitations under the Code. Once made, the election cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS unless the Common Shares cease to be marketable.
However, a mark-to-market election generally cannot be made for equity interests in any lower-tier PFICs that we own, unless shares of such lower-tier PFIC are themselves “marketable.” As a result, even if a U.S. Holder validly makes a mark-to-market election with respect to the Common Shares, the U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules (described above) with respect to the U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any of our investments that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether any of these elections would be available and if so, what the tax consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances.
141
Table of Contents
Additional Considerations Applicable to Common Shares
Receipt of Foreign Currency
The amount of any distributions on or proceeds on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Common Shares paid to a U.S. Holder in foreign currency, generally will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of such foreign currency based on the exchange rate applicable on the date of receipt, regardless of whether such foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars at that time. A U.S. Holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Any U.S. Holder who converts or otherwise disposes of the foreign currency after the date of receipt may have a foreign currency exchange gain or loss that would be treated as ordinary income or loss, and generally will be U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. Different rules apply to U.S. Holders who use the accrual method of tax accounting. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of receiving, owning, and disposing of foreign currency.
Medicare Tax
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on the “net investment income” of certain U.S. Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts. Among other items, “net investment income” generally includes gross income from dividends, and certain net gains from sales or other taxable dispositions of Common Shares. Special rules apply to PFICs. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the Medicare tax and its applicability in their particular circumstances to income and gains in respect of an investment in the Common Shares.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
In general, information reporting will apply to payments made through a U.S. paying the Agent or U.S. intermediary to a U.S. Holder other than certain exempt recipients, such as corporations. In the event that a U.S. Holder fails to file any such required form, the U.S. Holder could be subject to significant penalties. In general, payments to U.S. Holders may be subject to backup withholding, currently at a rate of 24%, if the U.S. Holder fails to provide its taxpayer identification number (generally by providing us with a IRS Form W-9) or otherwise comply with the backup withholding rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments to a U.S. Holder under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such U.S. Holder to a refund, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the information reporting and backup withholding tax rules.
Owners of “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 (and in some circumstances, a higher threshold), may be required to file an information report (usually on IRS Form 8938) with respect to such assets with their tax returns. “Specified foreign financial assets” generally include any financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as any of the following, but only if they are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (i) stocks and securities issued by non-U.S. persons, (ii) financial instruments and contracts held for investment that have non-U.S. issuers or counterparties and (iii) interests in foreign entities. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding IRS Form 8938 and any other information reporting that may be required in connection with their ownership of Common Shares.
THE ABOVE SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO U.S. HOLDERS WITH RESPECT TO THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP, AND DISPOSITION OF COMMON SHARES. U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO THEM IN THEIR OWN PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.
| F . |
Dividends and paying agents. |
Not applicable
| G |
Statements by experts. |
Not applicable
142
Table of Contents
| H |
Documents on display. |
We “incorporate by reference” information that we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this Annual Report and more recent information automatically updates and supersedes more dated information contained or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.
We are required to file reports and other information with the securities commissions in all provinces of Canada. You are invited to read and copy any reports, statements or other information, other than confidential filings, that we file with the provincial securities commissions. These filings are also electronically available from SEDAR+ ( www.sedarplus.ca ), the Canadian equivalent of the SEC’s electronic document gathering and retrieval system EDGAR.
We are required to file reports and other information with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 , as amended, or Exchange Act. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders. Under the Exchange Act, as a foreign private issuer, we are also not required to publish financial statements as frequently or as promptly as United States companies.
You may read and copy any of our reports and information, including this Annual Report and its Exhibits at, and obtain copies upon payments of prescribed fees from, The Public Reference Room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C., 20549. In addition, the SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC on EDGAR (www.sec.gov/edgar). The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.
Additional information relating to the Corporation may be found on SEDAR+ ( www.sedarplus.ca ) and on EDGAR (www.sec.gov/edgar)), as well as on our website ( www.theratech.com ).
| I |
Subsidiary information. |
Information about our subsidiaries is detailed under “Item 4C - Organizational Structure” of this Annual Report.
| J. |
Annual Report to Security Holders. |
Not applicable
143
Table of Contents
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks
Information relating to quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risks is detailed in our Audited Financial Statements. Refer to Note 22 and Note 28 of the Audited Financial Statements and “Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” of this Annual Report.
Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
| A. |
Debt Securities. |
Not applicable
| B |
Warrants and Rights. |
Not applicable
| C |
Other Securities. |
Not applicable
| D. |
American Depositary Shares. |
Not applicable
144
Table of Contents
PART II
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
None
Item 14. Material Modification to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
None
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the securities legislation and include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed is accumulated and communicated to management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, have evaluated, or caused the evaluation of, under their direct supervision, the design and operating effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined under National Instrument 52-109 – Certification of Disclosure and Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 within the U.S. in Issuer’s Annual and Interim Filings as at November 30, 2024. Based upon that evaluation, our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, have concluded that, as of November 30, 2024, our disclosure controls and procedures were designed and operating effectively.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined under National Instrument 52-109 – Certification of Disclosure in Issuer’s Annual and Interim Filings and Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within the U.S. Our internal controls over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB. Internal controls over financial reporting include those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets, (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to consolidated financial statements preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
145
Table of Contents
Our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the design and operating effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of November 30, 2024 based on the criteria established in the “ Internal Control - Integrated Framework ” (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or COSO. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of our internal controls over financial reporting and testing of the operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Based on that assessment, our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that as of November 30, 2024, our internal controls over financial reporting were appropriately designed and operating effectively.
This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm relating to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for emerging growth companies.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period from September 1st, 2024 to November 30, 2024 and the period from December 1, 2023 to November 30, 2024 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.
Item 16. [Reserved]
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert.
The Corporation has an Audit Committee comprised of three independent directors, namely: Mr. Frank Holler, its Chair, Mrs. Elina Tea, and Mr. Jordan Zwick.
All three members of the Audit Committee are independent and financially literate. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Frank Holler is the financial expert of the Audit Committee. The SEC has indicated that the designation or identification of Mr. Holler as an audit committee financial expert does not deem him an “expert” for any purpose, impose any duties, obligations or liability on Mr. Holler that are greater than those imposed on members of the Audit Committee and board of directors who do not carry this designation or identification, or affect the duties, obligations or liability of any other member of the Audit Committee or board of directors. See “Item 6.A – Directors and Senior Management” of this Annual Report for the biography of each of the Audit Committee members.
Each member of the Audit Committee has acquired in-depth financial expertise giving each the ability to read and understand a set of financial statements which presents the breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to those that can reasonably be expected to be raised in the Corporation’s financial statements.
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
The Corporation has adopted a code of ethics for all of its directors, officers and employees (“Code of Ethics”).
No waiver from a provision of the Code of Ethics was issued by the Corporation during the Corporation’s most recently completed fiscal year.
The Code of Ethics has been posted on the Corporation’s website and is available at www.theratech.com . The Corporation undertakes to provide to any person without charge, upon request, a copy of the Code of Ethics. In order to obtain such document, a written request must be made to the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation at the following address: 2015 Peel Street, Suite 1100, Montreal, Québec, Canada, H3A 1T8.
146
Table of Contents
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
KPMG LLP have been acting as our auditors since 1993. In addition to performing the audit of our consolidated financial statements, KPMG LLP provided other services to us and they billed us the following fees in respect of each of our fiscal years ended November 30, 2024 and 2023:
|
Fees |
|
Fiscal year ended
November 30, 2024 (1) |
|
|
Fiscal year ended
November 30, 2023 (2) |
|
||
|
Audit Fees (3) |
$430,408 | $443,648 | ||||||
|
Audit-Related Fees (4) |
43,093 | 37,946 | ||||||
|
Tax Fees (5) |
86,679 | 128,507 | ||||||
|
All other Fees |
Nil | Nil | ||||||
|
Total: |
$560,180 | $610,101 | ||||||
| (1) |
These fees were paid in Canadian dollars and were converted into US dollars using the average annual exchange rate where CAD 1.00 = $0.7339. |
| (2) |
These fees were paid in Canadian dollars and were converted into US dollars using the average annual exchange rate where CAD 1.00 = $0.7404. |
| (3) |
Refers to the aggregate fees billed by our external auditors for audit services, including interim reviews and work performed in connection with securities filings. |
| (4) |
Refers to the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by our external auditors for translation. |
| (5) |
Refers to the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by our external auditors for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning, including transfer pricing. |
Audit Committee’s Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
The Audit Committee charter sets out responsibilities regarding the provision of non-audit services by the Corporation’s external auditors and requires the Audit Committee to pre-approve all permitted non-audit services to be provided by the Corporation’s external auditors, which pre-approval may be delegated to any member of the Audit Committee. The Corporation also requires pre-approval of all audit services to be provided by its external auditors. All audit and non-audit services performed by the Corporation’s external auditors for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2024, were pre-approved by the Audit Committee and none were approved on the basis of the de minimis exemption set forth in Rule 2-01(c)(7)(i)(C) of Regulation S-X.
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
Not applicable
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
Not applicable
Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.
Not applicable
Item 16G. Corporate Governance
The Company is a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act and the Common Shares are listed on Nasdaq. Rule 5615(a)(3) of The Nasdaq Stock Market Rules permits foreign private issuers to follow home country practices in lieu of certain provisions of The Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. A foreign private issuer that follows home country practices in lieu of certain provisions of Nasdaq Stock Market Rules must disclose ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies either on its website or in the annual report that it distributes to shareholders in the United States. A description of the ways in which the Company’s governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies pursuant to Nasdaq standards are as follows:
147
Table of Contents
| · |
Shareholder Meeting Quorum Requirement : Nasdaq Stock Market Rule 5620(c) (“Rule 5620(c)”) requires that the minimum quorum requirement for a meeting of shareholders be 33 1/3 % of the outstanding Common Shares. In addition, Rule 5620(c) requires that an issuer listed on Nasdaq states its quorum requirement in its by-laws. In lieu of following Rule 5620(c), the Company has elected to follow Canadian practices consistent with the requirements of the TSX and the QBCA. |
| · |
Shareholder Approval Requirement : Nasdaq Stock Market Rule 5635(d) (“Rule 5635(d)”) requires shareholder approval prior to a transaction involving the sale or issuance of a company’s common stock (or securities convertible into or exercisable for its common stock): (i) at a price below the greater of book value or market value; and (ii) which together with sales by officers, directors, or substantial stockholders, is equal to 20% or more of the company’s outstanding shares of common stock or 20% or more of the voting power prior to issuance. In lieu of following Rule 5635(d), the Company has elected to follow Canadian practices consistent with the requirements of the TSX and the QBCA. |
Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure
Not applicable.
Item 16I.Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdiction that Prevents Inspection
Not applicable.
148
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
PART III
Item 17. Financial Statements
See Item 18 – Financial Statements.
Item 18. Financial Statements
The Consolidated Financial Statements and schedules appear on pages 1 through 75 of this Annual Report and are incorporated herein by reference. Our audited financial statements as prepared by our management and approved by the Board include:
Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended November 30, 2024, 2023 and 2022
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (KPMG LLP, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, Auditor Firm ID: 85)
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
Consolidated Statements of Net Loss and Comprehensive Loss
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
150
Table of Contents
|
Page
|
||||
| 1 | ||||
| 2 | ||||
| 3 | ||||
| 5 | ||||
| 7-70 | ||||
|
Note
|
November 30,
2024 |
November 30,
2023
|
||||||||||
|
Assets
|
||||||||||||
|
Current assets
|
||||||||||||
|
Cash
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||
|
Cash equivalent held in escrow
|
28 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Bonds and money market funds
|
6 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Trade and other receivables
|
7 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Tax credits receivable
|
8 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Income taxes receivable
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Deferred tax assets
|
20 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Inventories
|
9 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Prepaid expenses and deposits
|
10 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Derivative financial assets
|
19
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Non-current
assets
|
||||||||||||
|
Bonds and money market funds
|
6 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Property and equipment
|
11 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Right-of-use-assets
|
12 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Intangible assets
|
13 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Deferred tax assets
|
20 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Deferred financing and transaction costs
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Total
non-current
assets
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Total assets
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||
|
Liabilities
|
||||||||||||
|
Current liabilities
|
||||||||||||
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
14 | $ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||
|
Provisions
|
15 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
16 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Current portion of lease liabilities
|
18 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Marathon Warrants
|
19
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Non-current
liabilities
|
||||||||||||
|
Loan-term debt
|
16 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Lease liabilities
|
18 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Total
non-current
liabilities
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Equity
|
||||||||||||
|
Share capital, warrants and subscription receipts
|
19 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Contributed surplus
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Deficit
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
19
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Total equity
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||
|
Commitments
|
25 | |||||||||||
|
Subsequent events
|
28 | |||||||||||
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||
|
(signed) Frank A. Holler
|
Director
|
(signed) Elina Tea
|
Director
|
|
Note
|
2024
|
2023
|
2022
|
|||||||||||||
|
Revenue
|
3 |
$
|
$
|
$
|
||||||||||||
|
Operating expenses
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Cost of sales
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Amortization of other asset
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Research and development expenses, net of tax credits of $
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Selling expenses
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Profit (loss) from operating activities
|
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Finance income
|
5 |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Finance costs
|
5 |
(
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||||
|
Loss before income taxes
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Income tax expense
|
20 |
(
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
Net loss
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Items that may be reclassified to net profit (loss) in the future
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Net change in fair value of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”)
|
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
$ (
|
$ (
|
$ (
|
|||||||||||||
|
Loss per share
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Basic and diluted
|
19
|
$ (
|
$ (
|
$ (
|
||||||||||||
|
Share capital
Subscription receipts
and Public Offering Warrants |
Equity
component of convertible unsecured senior notes |
Contributed
surplus |
Deficit
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) |
Total
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Note
|
Number
of shares |
Amount
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at November 30, 2021
|
|
$ |
|
$
|
$ |
|
$ |
(
|
$ (
|
$
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net loss
|
- |
|
|
|
(
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Other comprehensive income:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net change in fair value of FVOCI financial assets, net of tax
|
- |
|
|
|
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
- |
|
|
|
(
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Share issue - ATM program
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Share issue costs
|
- |
|
|
|
(
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Repurchase of convertible unsecured senior notes
|
- |
|
(
|
|
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Share-based compensation plan:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Share-based compensation for stock option plan
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Exercise of Options:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Monetary consideration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Attributed value
|
- |
|
|
(
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total contributions by owners
|
|
|
(
|
|
(
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at November 30, 2022
|
|
$ |
|
$
|
$ |
|
$ |
(
|
$
|
$ |
(
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total comprehensive loss for the period
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net loss
|
- |
|
|
|
(
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Other comprehensive income:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net change in fair value of FVOCI financial assets, net of tax
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total comprehensive loss for the period
|
- |
|
|
|
(
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Public issue of common shares
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Share issue costs
|
- |
|
|
|
(
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Conversion of convertible unsecured senior notes
|
17 |
|
|
(
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Repurchase of convertible unsecured senior notes
|
- |
|
(
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Share-based
compensation for stock option plan
|
19
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total contributions by owners
|
|
|
(
|
|
(
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at November 30, 2023
|
|
|
|
|
(
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Share capital
Subscription receipts and
Public Offering Warrants
|
Equity
component of convertible unsecured senior
notes
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive
income (loss)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Note
|
Number
of shares
|
Amount
|
Contributed
surplus
|
Deficit
|
Total
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total comprehensive loss for the period
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net loss
|
- |
|
|
|
(
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Other comprehensive income:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net change in fair value of FVOCI financial assets, net of tax
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total comprehensive loss for the period
|
- |
|
|
|
(
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Share-based compensation for stock option plan
|
19
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Change in unrecognized tax assets relating to share issue costs
|
- | - | - | - |
|
|
|
- |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total contributions by owners
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at November 30, 2024
|
|
$ |
|
$
|
$
|
$ |
(
|
$
|
$ (
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Note
|
2024
|
2023
|
2022
|
|||||||||||||
|
Cash flows from (used in)
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Operating
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Net loss
|
$ |
(
|
$ |
(
|
$ |
(
|
||||||||||
|
Adjustments for
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Depreciation of property and equipment
|
11 |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Amortization of intangible assets and other asset
|
13 |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Amortization of
right-of-use
|
12 |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Share-based
compensation for stock option plan and stock appreciation rights
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Impairment loss on intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Gain on lease termination
|
- |
|
(
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Change in fair value of derivative financial assets
|
19
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Change in fair value of liability related to deferred stock unit plan
|
19
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
Interest on convertible unsecured senior notes and long-term debt
|
5 |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Interest paid on convertible unsecured senior notes and long-term debt
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Interest income
|
5 |
(
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
Interest received
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Federal investment tax credits
|
(
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Income taxes paid
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Foreign exchange
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Gain on repurchase of convertible unsecured senior notes
|
18 |
|
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
Accretion expense, write-off, amortization of deferred financing costs and other
|
5 |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Change in fair value of Marathon Warrants
|
(
|
(
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Loss on long-term debt modifications and repayment
|
5 |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||||
|
Change in operating assets and liabilities
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Trade and other receivables
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Tax credits receivable
|
|
(
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Prepaid expenses and deposits
|
(
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Provisions
|
(
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
(
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Total cash from (used) in operating activities
|
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Note
|
2024
|
2023
|
2022
|
|||||||||||||
|
Cash flows from (used in)
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Financing activities
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Repurchase of convertible unsecured senior notes
|
17 |
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
Costs related to repurchase of convertible unsecured senior notes
|
17 |
|
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
|
17 |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Costs related to issuance of long-term debt
|
17 |
(
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
Repayment of long-term debt
|
17 |
(
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Costs related to repayment of long-term debt
|
17 |
(
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Proceeds from exercise of Options
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Proceeds from issue of common shares, Public Offering Warrants and subscription receipts
|
19
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Costs related to issuance of common shares, Public Offering Warrants and subscription receipts
|
19
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
Deferred financing costs
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Payment of lease liability
|
18 |
(
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
Total cash (used in) from financing activities
|
(
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Investing activities
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Acquisition of intangible assets
|
(
|
(
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Acquisition of property and equipment
|
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Proceeds from sale of bonds and money market funds
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Acquisition of bonds and money market funds
|
(
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Other
|
|
(
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Total cash from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Net change in cash
|
(
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Cash, beginning of year
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Effect of foreign exchange on cash
|
(
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Cash and cash equivalent held in escrow, end of year
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||||
|
·
|
Theratechnologies U.S., Inc., a company governed by the
Delaware General Corporation Law
|
|
1.
|
Basis of preparation
|
|
1.
|
Basis of preparation
(continued)
|
|
1.
|
Basis of preparation
(continued)
|
|
·
|
bonds and money market funds,
|
|
·
|
derivative financial assets and liabilities,
|
|
·
|
liabilities related to
cash-settled
share-based
arrangements,
|
|
·
|
equity-classified
share-based
payment arrangements are measured at fair value at the grant date pursuant to IFRS 2,
Share
-based
Payment
|
|
1.
|
Basis of preparation
(continued)
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
Asset
|
Method
|
Rate/period
|
||||||
|
Computer equipment
|
|
|
||||||
|
Laboratory equipment
|
and
straight-line
|
|
||||||
|
Office furniture and equipment
|
|
|
||||||
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
and economic life
|
||||||
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
·
|
it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows;
|
|
·
|
its contractual terms give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
|
|
·
|
it is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets;
|
|
·
|
its contractual terms give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
·
|
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
|
|
·
|
Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
·
|
debt securities that are determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date;
|
|
·
|
other debt securities and bank balances for which credit risk (i.e. the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial instrument) has not increased significantly since initial recognition.
|
|
·
|
the initial measurement amount of the lease liabilities recognized;
|
|
·
|
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received;
|
|
·
|
any initial direct costs incurred;
|
|
·
|
an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset, restore the site on which it is located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease contract.
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
·
|
Entities are required to classify all income and expenses into five categories in the statement of profit or loss, namely the operating, investing, financing, discontinued operations and income tax categories.
|
|
·
|
Entities are also required to present a newly-defined operating profit subtotal. Entities’ net profit will not change.
|
|
·
|
Management-defined performance measures (“MPMs”) are disclosed in a single note in the financial statements.
|
|
·
|
Enhanced guidance is provided on how to group information in the financial statements.
|
|
2.
|
Material accounting policies
(continued)
|
|
3.
|
Revenue
|
|
3.
|
Revenue
(continued)
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
2024
|
2023
|
2022
|
||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
EGRIFTA
SV
®
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||
|
Trogarzo
®
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||
| $ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
2024
|
2023
|
2022
|
||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
Canada
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
United States
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Europe
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||
| $ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
4.
|
Personnel expenses
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Note
|
2024
|
2023
|
2022
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Salaries and
short-term
employee benefits
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||||||
|
Post-employment
benefits
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Share-based
compensation
|
20
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Termination benefits
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
| $ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
5.
|
Finance income and finance costs
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Note
|
2024
|
2023
|
2022
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Gain on repurchase of convertible unsecured senior notes
|
18 | $ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||||
|
Net gain on financial instruments carried at fair value
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Gain on lease termination
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Finance income
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Accretion expense, write-off and amortization of deferred financing costs
|
16, 17, 18, 19 |
(
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
Interest on convertible unsecured senior notes and on long-term loan
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Net foreign currency loss
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Loss on long-term debt modifications and repayment
|
16, 19
|
(
|
(
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Other
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
Finance costs
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Net finance cost recognized in net profit or loss
|
$ |
(
|
$ |
(
|
$ |
(
|
||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
6.
|
Bonds and money market funds
|
|
|
||||||||
|
2024
|
2023
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
Bonds
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||
|
Guaranteed investment certificates
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
Balance as at November 30
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||
|
Current portion
|
(
|
(
|
||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
Non-current
portion
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||
|
|
||||||||
|
7.
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
||||||||
|
2024
|
2023
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
Trade receivables
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||
|
Sales taxes receivable
|
|
|
||||||
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||||
| $ |
|
$ |
|
|||||
|
|
||||||||
|
8.
|
Tax credits receivable
|
|
|
||||
|
2025
|
$ |
|
||
|
2026
|
|
|||
|
2027
|
|
|||
|
2028
|
|
|||
|
2029
|
|
|||
|
2030
|
|
|||
|
2031
|
|
|||
|
2032
|
|
|||
|
2033
|
|
|||
|
2039
|
|
|||
|
2040
|
|
|||
|
2041
|
|
|||
|
2042
|
|
|||
|
2043
|
|
|||
|
2044
|
|
|||
|
|
||||
| $ |
|
|||
|
|
||||
|
9.
|
Inventories
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2024
|
|
2023
|
||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Raw materials
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||
|
Work in progress
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
| $ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
10.
|
Prepaid expenses and deposits
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2024
|
2023
|
|||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Prepaid expenses
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
||||||||
|
Deposits
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
11.
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Computer
equipment |
Laboratory
equipment |
Office
furniture and equipment |
Leasehold
improvements |
Total
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Cost
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at
November 30, 2022 |
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Disposals
|
(
|
|
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at
November 30, 2023 |
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Disposals
|
(
|
|
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at
November 30, 2024 |
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at
November 30, 2022 |
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Disposals
|
(
|
|
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at
November 30, 2023 |
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Disposals
|
(
|
|
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at
November 30, 2024 |
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net carrying amounts
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
November 30, 2024
|
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
November 30, 2023
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
12.
|
Right-of-use
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Balance as at November 30, 2022
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
Amortization
|
(
|
|||||||
|
Termination
|
(
|
|||||||
|
New lease
|
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
Balance as at November 30, 2023
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
Amortization
|
(
|
|||||||
|
New lease
|
18(c) | $ |
|
|||||
|
|
||||||||
|
Balance as at November 30, 2024
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
13.
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercialization
rights – Trogarzo
®
North American Territory |
Commercialization
rights – Trogarzo
®
European Territory |
Commercialization
rights –
EGRIFTA
SV
®
|
Oncology
platform |
Total
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Cost
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at
November 30, 2022 |
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Disposal
|
|
(
|
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at
November 30, 2023 |
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Impairment loss
|
|
|
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at
November 30, 2024 |
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Accumulated amortization
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at
November 30, 2022 |
$
|
$
|
$
|
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Disposal
|
|
(
|
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at
November 30, 2023 |
$
|
$
|
$
|
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at
November 30, 2024 |
$
|
$
|
$
|
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net carrying amounts
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
November 30, 2024
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
November 30, 2023
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
13.
|
Intangible assets
(continued)
|
| (i) |
$
|
| (ii) |
$
®
in the United States. The $4,000 payment was made on May 15, 2018 and resulted in the issuance of
|
|
13.
|
Intangible assets
(continued)
|
|
Commercial milestone
|
Commercial milestone
payment
|
|||
|
(i) Upon first achieving annual net sales of $200,000
|
$
|
|||
|
(ii) Upon first achieving annual net sales of $500,000
|
$
|
|||
|
(iii) Upon first achieving annual net sales of $1,000,000
|
$
|
|||
|
13.
|
Intangible assets
(continued)
|
|
13.
|
Intangible assets
(continued)
|
| (i) |
First milestone payment: $
|
| (ii) |
Second milestone payment: CA$
|
| (iii) |
Third milestone payment: CA$
|
|
13.
|
Intangible assets
(continued)
|
|
14.
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
Note
|
2024
|
2023
|
||||||||||
|
Trade payables
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
Accrued liabilities and other payables
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Salaries and benefits due to key management personnel
|
27 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Employee salaries and benefits payable
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Liability related to deferred stock unit plan
|
19
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Accrued interest payable long-term debt
|
16 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
TaiMed milestone (a)
|
13 |
|
|
|||||||||
|
$
|
|
|
$ |
|
||||||||
| (a) |
On October 3, 2022, the Company announced that the FDA approved Trogarzo
®
(ibalizumab-uiyk) for administration by intravenous (IV) push, a method by which the undiluted medication is “pushed” by syringe for faster administration into the body’s circulation. Under the TaiMed Agreement, the Company had additional contingent cash-based milestones based on the attainment of the above milestones. Accordingly, a $
|
|
15.
|
Provisions
|
|
Chargebacks
|
Rebates
|
Returns
|
Restructuring
(a)
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at November 30, 2022
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||||
|
Provisions made
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Provisions used
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Effect of change in exchange rate
|
|
|
(
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at November 30, 2023
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||||
|
Provisions made
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Provisions used
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Effect of change in exchange rate
|
|
(
|
|
|
(
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Balance as at November 30, 2024
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||||
| (a) |
In July 2023, the Company initiated a reorganization mainly focused on its RD activities. In October, 2023, the Company announced changes to its operations that saw a tapering of its research and development activities. As such, for the year ended November 30, 2023, $
|
|
16.
|
Long-term debt
|
|
Face
value
|
Actual
interest rate
|
Maturity
|
Current
|
2024
Non-
current
|
Current
|
2023
Non-
current
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Marathon Term Loan
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
TD Term Loan
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
TD Revolver
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
IQ Subordinated Loan
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total long-term debt
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||||||||||||||
| • |
The TD Term Loan and the TD Revolver bear interest at the Company’s choice of Canadian prime, CORRA, US base rate and SOFR plus spread based on the chosen rate and where the Company’s total debt to EBITDA ratio falls on a pricing grid of the TD Credit Agreement. The applicable rate on November 30, 2024 was
|
| • |
The TD Term Loan is payable in fixed quarterly equal payments based on a 7-year amortization period, and the balance is payable on November 27, 2027. Voluntary prepayment
s
are permitted at any time;
|
| • |
Thera will prepay outstanding borrowings when it generates net proceeds on: (i) certain sales/issuances of capital stock or debt securities; (ii) certain net indemnity payables under a policy of insurance, and; (iii) net cash proceeds on any sale/disposition of certain assets;
|
| • |
The TD Term Loan and TD Revolver provide fixed charge coverage ratio, senior debt to EBITDA ratio and total debt to EBITDA ratio targets (as defined in the TD Credit Agreement) at all times. The financial covenants must be calculated and tested as at the end of each fiscal quarter or fiscal year end, as applicable, on a rolling four-quarter basis;
|
| • |
The TD Credit Agreement restricts the ability to incur additional debt and to make acquisitions, dispositions, in-licensing and out-licensing of products or assets, except in very limited circumstances;
|
| • |
The TD Credit Agreement grants TD Bank with a first-ranking security interest on all of the Company’s assets.
|
| • |
The IQ Term Loan bears interest at the rate of
|
| • |
The IQ Term Loan is repayable on May 27, 2028. The Company may at any time prepay the principal of the loan in minimal increments of $
|
| • |
The IQ Term Loan provides fixed charge coverage ratio, senior debt to EBITDA ratio and total debt to EBITDA ratio targets (as defined in the IQ Credit Agreement) at all times. The financial covenants must be calculated and tested as at the end of each fiscal quarter or fiscal year end, as applicable, on a rolling four-quarter basis;
|
| • |
The IQ Credit Agreement restricts the ability to incur additional debt and to make acquisitions, dispositions, in-licensing and out-licensing of products or assets, except in very limited circumstances;
|
| • |
The IQ Term Loan is subordinated to the TD Term Loan and TD Revolver;
|
| • |
The IQ Credit Agreement grants IQ with a second-ranking security interest on all of the Company’s assets.
|
|
·
|
From $
|
|
·
|
From $
|
|
16.
|
Long-term debt
(continued)
|
| - |
revising the minimum liquidity requirements for all times following October 31, 2023 to be between $
|
| - |
revising the minimum revenue requirements to be based on adjusted EBITDA-based targets instead of quarterly revenue-based targets, beginning with the quarter ending November 30, 2023;
|
| - |
deleting the prohibition against the Company having a going concern explanatory paragraph in the opinion of the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company that accompanies the Company’s annual report.
|
|
·
|
The Marathon Term Loan had an initial term of
five
years, provided for an interest-only period of
|
|
·
|
The Marathon Term Loan provided adjusted EBITDA-based targets and minimum liquidity requirements (both as defined in the Marathon Credit Agreement) for all times to be between $
|
|
·
|
The Marathon Term Loan restricted the ability to incur additional debt and to make acquisitions, dispositions,
in-licensing
and
out-licensing
of products or assets, except in very limited circumstances. A breach of the terms and conditions of the Marathon Credit Agreement would create an event of default resulting in an increase of
|
|
·
|
The lender had a first-ranking security interest on all of the Company’s assets, subject to certain credit card arrangements restrictions.
|
|
16.
|
Long-term debt
(continued)
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Marathon
Term Loan |
TD Term
Loan |
TD
Revolver |
IQ
Term Loan |
|||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Term loan as at November 30, 2022
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||
|
Issuance
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Costs related to issuance
|
(
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Costs related to Marathon Warrants (note 19
|
(
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Consideration for the Fifth Amendment
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Accretion expense
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Term loan as at November 30, 2023
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||
|
Accretion expense
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Cash paid on repayment
|
(
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Costs related to repayment
|
(
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Loss on repayment
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Issuance
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Costs related to issuance
|
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Long-term debt as at November 30, 2024
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
17.
|
Convertible
unsecured
senior notes
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
Convertible unsecured senior notes as at
November 30, 2021 |
$ |
|
|||
|
Changes from financing cash flows:
|
||||||
|
Cash paid on repurchase
|
(
|
|||||
|
Transaction costs incurred
|
(
|
|||||
|
Other changes:
|
||||||
|
Gain on repurchase
|
(
|
|||||
|
Accretion expense
|
|
|||||
|
|
||||||
|
Convertible unsecured senior notes as at
November 30, 2022 |
$ |
|
||||
|
Changes from financing cash flows:
|
||||||
|
Cash paid on repurchase
|
(
|
|||||
|
Other changes:
|
||||||
|
Conversion
|
(
|
|||||
|
Accretion expense
|
|
|||||
|
|
||||||
|
Convertible unsecured senior notes as at
November 30, 2023 and 2024 |
$ |
|
||||
|
|
||||||
|
18.
|
Leases liabilities
|
|
|
||||||
|
Carrying
value |
|
|||||
|
|
||||||
|
Balance as at November 30, 2022
|
$ |
|
||||
|
Accretion expense
|
|
|||||
|
Lease payments
|
(
|
|||||
|
Effect of change in exchange rates
|
|
|||||
|
Termination (a)
|
(
|
|||||
|
New lease (b)
|
|
|||||
|
|
||||||
|
Balance as at November 30, 2023
|
$ |
|
||||
|
Accretion expense
|
|
|||||
|
Lease payments
|
(
|
|||||
|
Lease expense
|
|
|||||
|
Effect of change in exchange rates
|
(
|
|||||
|
New lease (c)
|
|
|||||
|
|
||||||
|
Balance as at November 30, 2024
|
$ |
|
||||
|
Current portion
|
(
|
|||||
|
|
||||||
|
Non-current
portion
|
$ |
|
||||
|
|
||||||
| (a) |
On February 17, 2023, the Company terminated its lease in Ireland. Accordingly, the Company reduced its
right-of-use
|
| (b) |
On March 1, 2023, the Company signed a new lease in Ireland. Accordingly, the Company recorded a
right-of-use
|
| (c) |
On November 1, 2024, the Company signed a new lease in Canada. Accordingly, the Company recorded a
right-of-use
|
|
19.
|
Share capital, warrants and subscription receipts
|
| (a) |
Public offering
|
|
19.
|
Share capital, warrants and subscription receipts
(continued)
|
|
(b)
|
Milestone oncology
|
| (c) |
Marathon Warrants
|
|
·
|
An amendment to remove a condition precedent to the disbursement of the Tranche 2 Loan requiring the Company to have filed with the FDA the results of a human factor study before June 30, 2023; and
|
|
·
|
An amendment to allow for the inclusion of a going concern explanatory paragraph in the annual report of the independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2022.
|
|
19.
|
Share capital, warrants and subscription receipts
(continued)
|
| (c) |
Marathon Warrants (continued)
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Measurement date
as at November 30, 2024 |
Measurement date
as at November 30, 2023 |
Issuance date
measurement |
||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Risk-free
interest rate
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Average option life in years
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Share price
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||
|
Exercise price
|
$
|
$
|
$
|
|||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
19.
|
Share capital, warrants and subscription receipts
(continued)
|
| (d) |
ATM program
|
| (e) |
DSU plan
|
|
19.
|
Share capital, warrants and subscription receipts
(continued)
|
| (e) |
DSU plan (continued)
|
| (f) |
Stock Appreciation Rights
|
|
19.
|
Share capital and warrants and subscription receipts
(continued)
|
| (f) |
Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (continued)
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Granted in 2019 and 2021
|
Measurement date
as at November 30, 2024 |
|
Measurement date
as at November 30,
2023
|
|
||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Risk-free
interest rate
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Average option life in years
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Share price
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||
|
Option exercise price
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
| (g) |
Shareholder rights plan
|
|
19.
|
Share capital and warrants and subscription receipts
(continued)
|
| (g) |
Shareholder rights plan (continued)
|
| (h) |
Stock option plan
|
|
19.
|
Share capital, warrants and subscription receipts
(continued)
|
| (h) |
Stock option plan (continued)
|
|
Weighted average
exercise price
per option
|
||||||||||||
|
Number
of Options
|
CA$
|
US$
|
||||||||||
|
Options outstanding in CA$
|
||||||||||||
|
Options outstanding as at November 30, 2022
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||
|
Granted – CA$
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Forfeited and expired – CA$
|
(
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Options outstanding as at November 30, 2023
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||
|
Granted – CA$
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Forfeited and expired – CA$
|
(
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Options outstanding as at November 30, 2024 – CA$
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||
|
Options exercisable as at November 30, 2024 – CA$
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||
|
Options exercisable as at November 30, 2023 – CA$
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Options outstanding in US$
|
||||||||||||
|
Options as at November 30, 2022 – US$
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Granted – US$
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Forfeited – US$
|
(
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Options outstanding as at November 30, 2023 – US$
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||
|
Granted – US$
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Forfeited – US$
|
(
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Options outstanding as at November 30, 2024 – US$
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||
|
Options exercisable as at November 30, 2024 – US$
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||
|
Options exercisable as at November 30, 2023 – US$
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||
|
19.
|
Share capital, warrants and subscription receipts
(continued)
|
| (h) |
Stock option plan (continued)
|
|
Price range
|
Number of
options
outstanding
|
Weighted
average
remaining
life
|
Weighted
average
exercise
price
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
CA$
|
US$
|
(years)
|
CA$
|
US$
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
Price range
|
Number of
Options
outstanding
|
Weighted
average
remaining
life
|
Weighted
average
exercise
price
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
US$
|
(years)
|
US$
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
19.
|
Share capital, warrants and subscription receipts
(continued)
|
| (h) |
Stock option plan (continued)
|
|
Options granted in CA$
|
2024
|
2023
|
||||||||||
|
Risk-free
interest rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Average option life in years
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Grant-date
share price
|
$ |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Option exercise price
|
$ |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Options granted in US$
|
2024
|
2023
|
||||||||||
|
Risk-free
interest rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Average option life in years
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Grant-date
share price
|
$ |
|
|
|||||||||
|
Option exercise price
|
$ |
|
|
|||||||||
|
19.
|
Share capital, warrants and subscription receipts
(continued)
|
| (h) |
Stock option plan (continued)
|
|
Options granted in CA$
|
Number
of
Options granted
|
Weighted
average
grant date
fair value
|
||||||||||
|
2024
|
|
$ |
|
|||||||||
|
2023
|
|
$ |
|
|||||||||
|
Options granted in US$
|
Number
of
Options granted
|
Weighted
average
grant date
fair value
|
||||||||||
|
2024
|
|
$ |
|
|||||||||
|
2023
|
|
$ |
|
|||||||||
|
19.
|
Share capital, warrants and subscription receipts
(continued)
|
| (i) |
Loss per share
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
2022
|
||||||||||
|
Issued common shares as at December 1
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Effect of subscription receipts
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Effect of share options exercised
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Effect of public issue common shares
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Impact on conversion of convertible unsecured senior notes
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Effect of share issue - ATM program
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Weighted average number of common shares, basic and diluted
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| (j) |
Accumulated other comprehensive income (
loss
)
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
2022
|
||||||||||
|
Unrealized losses on FVOCI financial assets, net of tax
|
$ |
(
|
$ |
(
|
$ |
(
|
||||||
|
Cumulative exchange difference on translation of foreign operations
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| $ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||
|
20.
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2024
|
2023
|
2022
|
||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Current tax expense
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Deferred tax expense (recovery)
|
||||||||||||
|
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
|
$ |
(
|
$ |
(
|
$ |
(
|
||||||
|
Change in unrecognized deductible temporary differences
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Total deferred tax expense (recovery)
|
$ |
|
$ |
(
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Total current and deferred tax expense
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2024
|
2023
|
2022
|
||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Income taxes at domestic tax statutory rate
|
$ |
(
|
$ |
(
|
$ |
(
|
||||||
|
Change in unrecognized deductible temporary differences
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Impact of differences in statutory tax rates
|
|
(
|
|
|||||||||
|
Non-deductible
expenses and other
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Total income tax expense
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
20.
|
Income taxes
(continued)
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
2024
|
2023
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Federal
|
Provincial
|
Federal
|
Provincial
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Research and development expenses, without time limitation
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||
|
Losses carried forward 2027
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2028
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2029
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2030
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2031
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2032
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2033
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2034
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2037
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2038
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2039
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2040
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2041
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2042
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2043
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Other temporary differences, without time limitation
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Excess of tax value of property and equipment over carrying value
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Excess of tax value of intellectual property and patent fees over carrying value
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Available deductions and other
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
20.
|
Income taxes
(continued)
|
|
21.
|
Supplemental cash flow disclosures
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2024
|
2023
|
2022
|
||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Deferred financing transactions costs included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
Additions to property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Costs related to issuance of long-term debt included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Costs related to repayment of long-term debt included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Acquisition of derivative financial assets included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Additions to intangible assets included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Reclassification of other Deferred financing costs to long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Share issue cost included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
22.
|
Financial instruments
|
|
22.
|
Financial instruments
(continued)
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
2024
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Carrying
amount |
Total
contractual amount |
Less
than 1 year |
From
1 to 2 years |
More
than 3 years |
||||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||||
|
Long-term debt, including interest
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Lease liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
| $ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) |
Based on actual interest rates.
|
|
22.
|
Financial instruments
(continued)
|
|
2023
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Carrying
amount |
Total
contractual amount |
Less
than 1 year |
From
1 to 2 years |
More
than 3 years |
||||||||||||||||
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||||||
|
Facility loan, including interest
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Lease liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
| $ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||||||
| (1) |
Based on SOFR forward rates. The maturities above reflect the fact that the Marathon Credit Agreement has been amended in the subsequent event period and, as such, the contractual maturities are used.
|
|
22.
|
Financial instruments
(continued)
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|||||||||||||||
|
CA$
|
EURO
|
CA$
|
EURO
|
|||||||||||||
|
Cash
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Bonds and money market funds
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Tax credits and grants receivable
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Accounts payables and accrued liabilities
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
Lease liabilities
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
Provisions
|
|
|
(
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
Total exposure
|
(
|
(
|
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
2024
|
2023
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Average
rate |
Reporting
date rate |
Average
rate |
Reporting
date rate |
|||||||||||||
|
CA$ – US$
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Euro – US$
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2024
|
2023
|
|||||||||||||||
|
CA$
|
Euro
|
CA$
|
Euro
|
|||||||||||||
|
Positive (negative) impact
|
(
|
(
|
|
(
|
||||||||||||
|
22.
|
Financial instruments
(continued)
|
|
23.
|
Capital management
|
|
23.
|
Capital management
(continued)
|
|
24.
|
Determination of fair values
|
| Level 1: |
Defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets.
|
| Level 2: |
Defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable.
|
| Level 3: |
Defined as inputs that are based on little or no observable market data, therefore requiring entities to develop their own assumptions.
|
|
24.
|
Determination of fair
values
(continued)
|
|
Net loss
|
||||||||
|
Increase
|
Decrease
|
|||||||
|
Expected volatility (
|
$ |
(
|
$ |
|
||||
|
25.
|
Commitments
|
| (a) |
Long-term
procurement agreements and research agreements
|
|
25.
|
Commitments
(continued)
|
| (b) |
Licence
|
| (c) |
Letter of credit
|
|
26.
|
Operating segments
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
2024
|
2023
|
2022
|
||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
RxCrossroads
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
Others
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
| $ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
27.
|
Related parties
|
|
|
||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Short-term
employee benefits
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
Post-employment
benefits
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Share-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
| $ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
|||||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
28.
|
Subsequent events
|
Table of Contents
Item 19. Exhibits
151
Table of Contents
152
Table of Contents
153
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
|
THERATECHNOLOGIES INC. |
||||||
|
Date: February 26, 2025 |
By: |
/s/ Paul Lévesque |
||||
|
Name: Paul Lévesque |
||||||
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
||||||
154